Free At Last / (LAST POST)

April 10, 2022

The grass is actually greener I have to say 🇹🇭🌞

About a year and a half ago as I was standing in front of my building in Chicago, a “friend” stopped his car and blurted out the window; I heard you’re moving to Thailand. To that I replied, yes that’s correct. His reply, the grass isn’t always greener. Now,, he didn’t say great, good luck, have a good time … no, just more jealous negativity from a true frien_emy.

It’s a great pleasure not to have to be around people like him anymore. And my only regret in leaving Deathship America is not telling him, and people like him, to FUCK OFF before jumping ship.

♦️♦️♦️

Hospital Refuses Father-To-Son Kidney Transplant Over COVID Jab

April 8, 2022

by Alice Giordano via The Epoch Times

Dane Donaldson (R), with his wife Jenn and sons Ryder (C) and Tanner, who is 9 years old and requires a kidney transplant. (Courtesy of Dane Donaldson)

9-year-old boy is being denied a life-saving kidney transplant because his father is not vaccinated against COVID-19.

Dane Donaldson was found to be a perfect match for his son Tanner back in early 2018 by the Cleveland Clinic Children’s Hospital before the outbreak of the pandemic.

The family decided to wait a little longer before having Tanner undergo the transplant since transplanted kidneys from a live donor only lasted about 20 years.

Then COVID-19 hit and put a freeze on the procedure.

Now the hospital is refusing to perform the life-saving father-to-son kidney transplant it agreed to do nearly four years ago over the senior Donaldson’s unvaccinated status.

In a statement released to The Epoch Times, the Cleveland Clinic cited a 2021 policy it adopted requiring all donors and candidates for organ transplants to be fully vaccinated against the virus.

Individuals who are actively infected with COVID-19 have a much higher rate of complications during and after surgery, even if the infection is asymptomatic,” the hospital stated.

Donaldson, who is in the insurance business, told The Epoch Times he is opposed to the COVID-19 vaccine for religious reasons, but also because he has seen a rising number of clients get critically ill after receiving it. 

He believes the hospital is contradicting itself by requiring a living donor to be vaccinated, but not a deceased one.

“I asked them in that car accident victim, would you vaccinate him on the way to the hospital to rip his kidney out and they said ‘no’,”  Donaldson told The Epoch Times.

Donaldson said he even offered to sign a waiver freeing the hospital from any liability should either himself or his son develop COVID-19. At the same time, the hospital has refused to agree to take any responsibility for any side effects that he or his son experienced from the vaccine.

The hospital, he said, is blowing the chance of a lifetime for his son.

“A live donor is the best donor for kidneys,” said Donaldson, “but they’ll take a kidney from a deceased person not vaccinated, it makes no sense.”

The Cleveland hospital agreed that live donors are the best source for kidney transplant recipients, but emphasized that they were “not without risks”—noting that there is medication kidney transplant patients must take that compromises the immune system.

“We continually strive to minimize risk to our living donors, and vaccination is an important component to ensure the safest approach and optimal outcomes for donors,” it stated. 

Donaldson said he and his wife Jenn are now in the process of finding another hospital to perform the transplant. They had wanted to stay with the children’s hospital because it has been treating his son since birth.

Tanner was born with compromised kidneys due to a rare birth defect that caused irreversible kidney damage in utero and resulted in stage 4 chronic kidney disease as well as bladder and urinary dysfunctions.

He now has only 18 percent function left of his kidneys, according to Donaldson.

The Donaldsons join a number of other publicized cases of U.S. hospitals that have refused to perform organ transplants because either the donor or recipient was not vaccinated.

Last month, The Epoch Times covered the story of an Air Force veteran who was denied a kidney transplant because he was refusing the vaccine. 

Chad Carswell had only 4 percent kidney function left when the Atrium Health Wake Forest Baptist Medical Center in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, refused to keep him on their candidate list for a donated kidney.

Fortunately, after his story went public the Medical City Fort Worth Transplant Institute in Texas offered to put Carswell on their recipient list for a kidney. His attorney Adam Draper said that as of April 3, Carswell was still in need of a match for the transplant.

In January, attorneys for the conservative organization Informed Consent Action Network (ICAN) wrote a seven-page letter to the Cleveland Center requesting it reconsider the decision, and also the science behind it.

“Presently, it appears the hospital is operating under a psychosis of flawed morality in choosing to sacrifice the health and wellness of its 9-year-old patient in exchange for what it perceives to be the ‘greater good,’” ICAN’s lawyers Aaron Siri and Elizabeth Brehm wrote.

ICAN also called the hospital irrational because the entire family, including Tanner and his older brother, all had COVID-19 and recovered from it, meaning they have natural immunity.

In its letter to the hospital, ICAN cited a number of international studies that showed that re-infection of COVID-19 after recovering from the virus was rare.

Of the studies it cited was one performed by Cleveland Clinic itself.

In the study, the hospital looked at SARS-CoV-2 (the virus that causes COVID-19) infections in 52,238 vaccinated and unvaccinated health care workers over a five-month period.

It found that none of the previously infected healthcare workers who remained unvaccinated contracted SARS-CoV-2 over the course of the research despite a high background rate of COVID-19 in the hospital.


While You Were Distracted by Will Smith, the International Elitists Met at The World Government Summit

April 7, 2022

by Derrick Broze via TheLastAmericanVagabond.com

While much of the “mainstream” world has spent the last week obsessing over and debating the celebrity spectacle surrounding American actor Will Smith slapping American comedian Chris Rock, the international elitists were meeting in Dubai for the 2022 World Government Summit.

From March 28th to the 30th, corporate media journalists, heads of state, and CEOs of some of the most profitable companies in the world met for discussions on shaping the direction of the next decade and beyond. Anyone with a functioning brain should ignore the tabloids and instead pay attention to this little known gathering of globalist Technocrats.

Let’s take a look at the speakers and the panels, starting with Mr. Great Reset himself, Klaus Schwab, founder of the World Economic Forum.

Schwab gave a talk entitled, Our World Today… Why Government Must Act Now? “Thank you, to his excellency for enabling this initiative to define a longer-term narrative to make the world more resilient more inclusive and more sustainable,” Schwab stated during his address. The use of the term narrative is important because in January 2021, Klaus and the World Economic Forum announced the next phase of The Great Reset, The Great Narrative.

As with The Great Narrative event, the World Government Summit was also held in Dubai. As I wrote during the Great Narrative meeting:

“While the political leaders of the UAE and Klaus Schwab may promote themselves as the heroes of our times, we should judge them according to their actions and the company they keep, not the flowery language they use to distract us. The simple fact is the UAE has a horrible record on human rights. The nation is known for deporting those who renounce Islam, limited press freedoms, and enforcing elements of Sharia law.”

During Schwab’s short talk he also mentioned his pet project “the 4th Industrial Revolution“, which is essentially the digital panopticon of the future, where digital surveillance is omnipresent and humanity uses digital technology to alter our lives. Often associated with terms like the Internet of Things, the Internet of Bodies, the Internet of Humans, and the Internet of Senses, this world will be powered by 5G and 6G technology. Of course, for Schwab and other globalists, the 4IR also lends itself towards more central planning and top-down control. The goal is a track and trace society where all transactions are logged, every person has a digital ID that can be tracked, and social malcontents are locked out of society via social credit scores.

Immediately following Schwab was a panel which made no attempt to hide the goals of the globalists. The panel, Are We Ready for A New World Order?, featured Fred Kempe, president and CEO of the Atlantic Council since 2007, as well as an anchor for CNN and a former advisor to former US president George W. Bush. Before joining the Council, Kempe was a prize-winning editor and reporter at the Wall Street Journal for more than 25 years.

In fact, the Atlantic Council had a fairly large presence at the World Government Summit, including appearances by Defne Arslan, senior director of the Atlantic Council IN TURKEY program, and Olga Khakova, Deputy Director of Global Energy Center of Atlantic Council.

For those who are unfamiliar with the Atlantic Council, I first reported in May 2018 that Facebook had partnered with the thinktank connected to NATO. I wrote:

“The Atlantic Council of the United States was established in 1961 to bolster support for international relations. Although not officially connected to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, the Atlantic Council has spent decades promoting causes and issues which are beneficial to NATO member states. In addition, The Atlantic Council is a member of the Atlantic Treaty Organization, an umbrella organization which “acts as a network facilitator in the Euro-Atlantic and beyond.” The ATO works similarly to the Atlantic Council, bringing together political leaders, academics, military officials, journalists and diplomats to promote values that are favorable to the NATO member states. Officially, ATO is independent of NATO, but the line between the two is razor thin.

Essentially, the Atlantic Council is a think tank which can offer companies or nation states access to military officials, politicians, journalists, diplomats, etc. to help them develop a plan to implement their strategy or vision. These strategies often involve getting NATO governments or industry insiders to make decisions they might not have made without a visit from the Atlantic Council team. This allows individuals or nations to push forth their ideas under the cover of hiring what appears to be a public relations agency but is actually selling access to high-profile individuals with power to affect public policy. Indeed, everyone from George H.W. Bush to Bill Clinton to the family of international agent of disorder Zbigniew Brzezinski have spoken at or attended council events.”

Less than 6 months after Facebook and The Atlantic Council announced their partnership, more than 500 FB pages were accused of being “Russian disinformation” and deleted. The pages largely consisted of anti-war, police accountability, and independent journalism outlets. These pages and journalists directly challenged the narratives spun by the Atlantic Council stooges.

Dissecting the World Government Summit: Ukraine, SDGs, ESG, Blockchain, and AI

While many of the names in attendance might be unfamiliar to a western audience, the speakers are men and women who absolutely play a vital role in international geopolitics.

Some of the featured speakers include:

The Russia-Ukraine conflict ​​​​​​​was also part of the discussions. Notably, Maxim Timchenko, CEO of DTEK, made an appearance. His bio states, “under his leadership, DTEK has evolved from a regional conventional energy company into Ukraine’s largest private investor as well as leading energy company.”

The appearance of Mr. Timchenko should not be overlooked, especially because he appears in a discussion called Post-Crisis Ukraine: New Energy for a New Europe, featuring Olga Khakova of the Atlantic Council, and Paula Dobriansk, Senior Fellow, Harvard Kennedy School of Government of Atlantic Council. Again, the presence of the Atlantic Council should not be taken lightly. They are the representatives of the Western Bloc of the New World Order.

The Russia-Ukraine conflict also factors into another panel title, Getting Off Russian Gas: Practical Steps for Europe, featuring more of the Atlantic Council goons, including Richard Morningstar, Founding Chairman of Global Energy Center, Atlantic Council, and Phillip Cornell, Senior Fellow of Global Energy Center, Atlantic Council.

The World Government Summit also spent considerable time discussing the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) which form the core of the Agenda 2030, itself part of The Great Reset agenda. Some speakers discussing the SDGs include:

  • – Dr. Mahmoud Safwat Mohieldi, the United Nations Special Envoy for the 2030 Finance Agenda, who is speaking on a panel about Arab Nations and the UN Sustainable Development Goals.
  • – María Sandoval, First Lady of Colombia of Government of Republic of Colombia, discussed “The Role of Women in Achieving the SDGs“. The first day of the summit was actually dedicated to the role women will play in rolling out the so-called New World Order and global governance schemes. Sandoval celebrated the fact that Colombian President Ivan Duque launched “the first national development plan that was directly aligned with the SDGs, and this of course was something that provided a wider spectrum for women to act react and participate in these achievements of the SDGs.”
  • – Catherine Russell, Executive Director of United Nations Children Fund, participated in a panel titled SDGs for Every Child

The Summit also addressed the Environmental, Social, and Governance criteria (ESG) promoted by the UN in a panel entitled, Where does ESG Go From Here?. ESG investing is also sometimes referred to as sustainable investing, responsible investing, or socially responsible investing (SRI). The practice has become an increasingly popular way to promote the SDGs. The panel featured Neil R. Brown, Managing Director, KKR Global Institute and KKR Infrastructure. KKR Global Institute is the same organization that former US Army General and former CIA Director David Petraeus joined in 2013.

Additionally, a panel entitled, Is the World Ready for A Future Beyond Oil?, featured H.E. Suhail bin Mohamed AlMazrouei, Minister of Energy and Infrastructure of Ministry of Energy and Infrastructure; H.R.H Prince Abdulaziz Al Saud, Minister of Energy of Ministry of Energy – Kingdom of Saudi Arabia; and H.E. Masrour Barzani, Prime Minister of Kurdistan Regional Government.

Blockchain and Artificial Intelligence are a major piece of the Technocratic vision for 2030, so naturally there were several discussions on the use of blockchain, AI, and even 6G (the eventual successor to 5G technology).

There was a discussion on blockchain technology in a panel entitled, The Future of Blockchain… A Perspective from Industry Pioneer, featuring Changpeng Zhao, Chief Executive Officer of Binance, among others. Other panels focused on De-Fi (decentralized finance) featured Jamie Crawley, Editor in Chief of Coin Desk, and Charles Hoskinson, Co-Founder of Ethereum. I have recently reported on Hoskinson’s statements regarding using blockchain to implement ESG and SDG programs and the danger they pose to privacy and liberty.

There was also a panel focused on the introduction of Central Bank Digital Currencies entitled, CBDCs and Stablecoins: Can They Co-Exist?. The CBDCs schemes being rolled out in nations around the world are a crucial component of The Great Reset.

One panel focuses on a concept called Human Meta-Cities, which sound like a rebranding or updating of the so-called Smart Cities. The panel description states,

“in a world of change and rapid technological development, we shed light on a new vision for planning future cities centered around human needs and aspirations. This new framework will help governments refine their role in planning the new world taking advantage of the digital transformation opportunities that are taking place.”

Another panel which makes clear the Technocratic dream was entitled, The Invisible Government: Eliminating Bureaucracy Through Technology. The description of the panel states:

“Technology is creating new possibilities as it simplifies processes, enables instant feedback, and ultimately improves customer experience. In the public sector, digitalization and artificial intelligence are creating a new model of governance – “invisible” governments that are more agile, responsive, human-centric, and data-driven. In this session, global policymakers and experts will share their bold vision and experience in utilizing technology to eliminate bureaucracy and innovate government services for the future.”

What goes unsaid in the panel description is that making the government “invisible” will actually lead to a world of no accountability for government and politicians. In reality, the Technocrats imagine a world where the tyrannical technological systems are invisible and the average person has zero recourse for preventing exclusion or punishment based on their social credit score.

This is the world these technocrats — many of whom are unelected — envision. The only way this vision will not come to pass is if the people of the world throw their televisions away, ignore the celebrity drama, and start exiting from these slavery systems.


Technocracy: The Operating System For The New International Rules-Based Order

The International Rules-Based Order (IRBO) is under threat and global power is shifting. As East and West rekindle old enmities we are led to believe that this struggle will determine the future of international relations and the direction of nation states. However, the global transformation is not led by national governments but by a global network of stakeholders and global technocracy is their goal.

by IAIN DAVIS

Originally published FEBRUARY 22, 2022

In this article, we will explore the true nature of the international rules-based order (IRBO) and examine the forces that shape it. We will consider if the narratives we are commonly fed stack up. 

It is widely accepted that the IRBO is undergoing disruptive change. That transformation is often reported as an eastward shift in the balance of power between nation states. 

It is said that this new, emerging international order will be founded upon a global multipolar system of sovereign states and international law. This new system allegedly stands in opposition to the fading, western “rules-based” model. 

This time, rather than relying upon western imperialism, the new international law-based system will emphasise multipolar cooperation, trade and respect for national sovereignty. It will instead be led by a Eurasian economic and technological power-block.

The apparent, ongoing antagonism of geopolitics looks likely to maintain the East-West divide we are familiar with. However, what is now being framed as the multipolar order is, in reality, the multistakeholder order. 

As we shall discover, nation states are not the driving force behind the current restructuring of global governance. The geopolitical narratives we are given are frequently superficial. 

Those leading the transformation have no allegiance to any nation state, only to their own globalist network and collective aspirations. In their hands, international law is no more of an impediment to their ambitions than a vague commitment to “rules.”

National governments are partners within this network formed of both state and non-state actors. Despite professed animosities, they have collaborated for decades to fashion the global governance complex that is now emerging.  

No matter who is said to lead it, the IRBO is set to continue in a new form. As the post WWII system recedes, the framework being imposed to take its place is completely alien to the people who live in the former western, liberal democracies.

Thus, we too must be transformed if we are to accept the realignment. We are being conditioned to believe in the promise of the new IRBO and the global technocracy it is built upon.

The International Rules Based Order (IRBO)

In 2016, Stewart Patrick of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) published World Order: What, Exactly, are the Rules? In it, he described the post WWII era as the “international rules-based order” (IRBO).

Rooted firmly in American exceptionalism, Patrick described how the so-called IRBO acted as a mechanism for hegemonic control of global politics, the world’s economy and the international monetary and financial system (IMFS):

“What sets the post-1945 Western order apart is that it was shaped overwhelmingly by a single power, the United States. Operating within the broader context of strategic bipolarity, it constructed, managed, and defended the regimes of the capitalist world economy […] In the trade sphere, the hegemon presses for liberalization and maintains an open market; in the monetary sphere, it supplies a freely convertible international currency, manages exchange rates, provides liquidity, and serves as a lender of last resort; and in the financial sphere, it serves as a source of international investment and development.”

While international law is a component of the IRBO, it is not in and of itself law. Professor Malcolm Chalmers, writing for the UK Royal United Services Institute (RUSI), described the IRBO as a combination of universal security and economic systems combined with international agreement and conflict resolution processes. 

The current IRBO is supposedly a western system of international norms and institutions. Based upon both the post WWI and WWII settlements, what is suggested as order is little more than a realisation of “might is right” on the international stage. 

Actions Not Words

In the West, we have been educated to have faith in the IRBO. It is sold to us as an arrangement that establishes normative behaviour for nation states. A basis for international relations is supposedly agreed upon and acceptable behaviour ordained.

Far from being a set of rules to facilitate peaceful coexistence between nation states, the IRBO has always been a tool for manipulation. The question is who wields it? 

The recent joint statement between the Russian Federation and the People’s Republic of China appeared to explicitly redefine the current IRBO. Presidents Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping agreement read, in part:

“Today, the world is going through momentous changes, and humanity is entering a new era of rapid development and profound transformation. It sees the development of such processes and phenomena as multipolarity, economic globalization, the advent of information society, cultural diversity, transformation of the global governance architecture and world order. [. . .] a trend has emerged towards redistribution of power in the world. [. . .] the international law-based world order, seek genuine multipolarity with the United Nations and its Security Council playing a central and coordinating role.”

Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping in 2018 Photo: WikiCommons – www.kremlin.ru

By contrast, the speech delivered by UK Foreign Secretary Liz Truss to the Lowy Institute, a Rothschild backed Australian policy think-tank with a focus upon the Asia-Pacific region, illustrated the western position. She said:

“Russia and China are working together more and more, as they strive to set the standards in technologies like artificial intelligence, assert their dominance over the Western Pacific. [. . .] They’re destabilising the international rules-based order and they’re chipping away at the values that underpin it. [. . .] We believe in freedom and democracy. [. . .] As Prime Minister Scott Morrison said, ‘we know from the evidence of human history that democracies are the engine room of change.’ [. . .] Technology has empowered people by enabling incredible freedom, but we know it can be seized upon by others to promote fear. [. . .] By joining forces with the US we are showing our determination to protect security and stability across the region.”

Taken on face value, we would inevitably conclude that, while the axis is in flux, the adversarial stand-off continues. To a great extent, this is a fabrication. 

In discussing the IRBO, we immediately run into a nomenclature problem. Sometimes referred to as the “rules-based international order;” at other times the “international order” or “rules-based system;” or occasionally the “rules-based international system,” now we seemingly need to add “international law-based world order.” 

While there is no settled definition for this alleged system of global governance, it all amounts to the same thing. The fulcrum may have moved, but the ruse remains intact. 

This definition problem illustrates the primary flaw with any notion of a global rules-based order. It is ill-defined and transient. It relies more upon the realpolitik of the day than any genuine moral, legal or political precepts. 

While Truss accurately outlined how that so-called order can be seized and exploited, she misled her audience in regards to who the abusers are. Nor is the existing IRBO founded upon democracy and freedom. Her claims were a deceit. 

Recently the US Department of Homeland Security (DHS) stated that undermining trust in the government was achieved by individuals spreading “false” narratives and that this was tantamount to terrorism. In other words, no US citizen has any right to question government policy. If they do, they are spreading disinformation. Consequently, the DHS suggests that not trusting the government should be prosecuted as a crime.

This is the claimed justification for the focus of the new domestic terrorism unit working alongside the US Justice Department’s National Security Division. Assistant Attorney General Matthew Olsen told a Senate Judiciary Committee that the unit was created to combat the growing threat of “extremism,” which apparently includes “anti-government and anti-authority ideologies.”

To question either “authority” or “government” is an extremist position, according to the US Justice Department and the DHS. There is no room for freedom of speech in the government’s extremist ideology. Without freedom of speech, US democracy is finished.

Similarly, in New Zealand, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern (a World Economic Forum Young Global Leader) admitted her government’s intention to ignore people’s inalienable right to roam unless they submitted to vaccination. So too with the European Commission, whose EU Digital COVID Certificate limits freedom of movement only to citizens who have the right pharmaceutical products injected into them. 

These vaccine “certificates” are the gateway to full digital ID for all compliant citizens. Speaking in June 2021, the President of the EU Commission, Ursula Von Der Leyen, said:

“We want to offer to Europeans a new digital identity. An identity that ensures trust and protects users online. [. . .] It will allow everyone to control their identity online, and to interact with governments and businesses, across the EU.”

In other words, the EU citizen’s vaccine status, which will form a key part of digital identity per EU plans, will also be required for them to access goods and services. Without the appropriate authorisation, they will be excluded from society. 

Recently, some governments have appeared to backtrack on their vaccine passport (certificate) plans. This is simply a brief cessation in the face of mounting public protest

The commitment to digital identity, controlling every aspect of our lives, is inherent to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goal 16.9. The policy trajectory towards digital identity is global, no matter who allegedly leads the IRBO. 

None of these policies indicates, as Truss claimed, any underlying belief in “freedom and democracy.” Among the Five Eyes nations and across the EU, all we see is a commitment to authoritarian dictatorship.

Elizabeth Truss Photo: Policy Exchange

In the UK, where Truss is a leading government figure, plans for a dictatorship are at an advanced stage. The UK state has exploited the pseudopandemic to progress and enact a slew of dictatorial legislation.        

The Covert Human Intelligence Sources (Criminal Conduct) Act 2020 empowers the state to commit any crime it likes and removes all legal liability from its operatives; the Police, Crimes, Sentencing & Courts Bill effectively outlaws all public protest and, while currently stalled after the House of Lords rejected the Bill, some minor amendments will almost certainly see it passed into law; the Online Safety Bill, when enacted, will end freedom of speech online and the proposed changes to official secrets, counter-espionage; and counter-terrorism legislation will remove the journalist’s defence of acting in the public interest, effectively ending whistle-blowing and investigative journalism in the UK.

All these tyrannical changes are exemplified by the UK government’s proposed Human Rights Act reforms. Their press release demonstrates how their claim of respecting individual rights, freedoms and democracy is nothing more than propaganda designed to dupe an unsuspecting public.

While they speak of diversity and a historical commitment to freedom, peppering their press release with fluffy sound-bites, their actions belie their intent. They state:

“The government wants to introduce a Bill of Rights in a way that protects people’s fundamental rights whilst safeguarding the broader public interest [. . .] [T]he growth of a ‘rights culture’ [. . .] has displaced due focus on personal responsibility and the public interest. [. . .] Whilst human rights are universal, a Bill of Rights could require the courts to give greater consideration to the behaviour of claimants and the wider public interest when interpreting and balancing qualified rights. [. . .] The shift of law-making power away from Parliament towards the courts, in defining rights and weighing them against the broader public interest, has resulted in a democratic deficit. [. . .] [F]reedom of expression cannot be an absolute right when balanced against the need to protect national security, keep citizens safe and take steps to protect against harm to individuals.”

While the UK state claims “human rights are universal” they clearly aren’t if they are “qualified rights” based upon whatever the government decides to be more important. Individuals pressing their rights in court has hampered the government’s programs. This is considered to be a “democratic deficit.” Therefore, the New Bill of Rights will protect the government’s power and authority over-and-above the freedoms of the people. 

The UK Government will define “national security.” Protecting it, as they see fit, will override all individual rights. Freedom to roam, of speech and expression will not be tolerated by the UK state. Instead a commitment to the “public interest,” “safety” and protecting the population from some nebulous notion of “harm,” will replace freedom and democracy.

On both sides of the Atlantic, and in the Five Eyes global south, a new system is emerging which facilitates what Mussolini described as the Fascist State:

“The Fascist conception of life stresses the importance of the State and accepts the individual only in so far as his interests coincide with those of the State. [. . .] Liberalism denied the State in the name of the individual; Fascism reasserts the rights of the State as expressing the real essence of the individual. [. . .] The Fascist conception of the State is all embracing; outside of it no human or spiritual values can exist, much less have value. Thus understood, Fascism, is totalitarian, and the Fascist State — a synthesis and a unit inclusive of all values — interprets, develops, and potentates the whole life of a people.”

It is the US led alliance of Five Eyes nations and the European Union that claim themselves to be the protectors of the international rules-based order. With their commitment to a new form of global fascism, the idea that the IRBO keeps us safe is questionable. In truth, the current IRBO has never actually promoted either freedom or democracy. 

It is customary for the IRBO’s alleged leaders to practice double standards. Illegal wars, prolonged terrorist campaigns against their own populations, support for foreign terrorist insurgencies, cruel economic sanctions and involvement in international narcotic smuggling operations typify the activities of the nation states that claim ownership of the IRBO.

While the western hegemony insists that all follow their rules, they don’t hold themselves to the same. A few recent examples, among many, have witnessed the U.S. unilateral withdrawal from the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), often referred to as the Iran Nuclear Deal; NATO renege on assurances, given to the last Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev, that it would not expand “one inch eastward”; and the imprisonment of journalists.

This is not to claim that the supposed opponents of the current IRBO, notably Russia, China and Iran, are above reproach themselves. However, it is untenable for the “leading nations” of the existing IRBO to commandeer any moral supremacy. 

Politicians like Truss promote the IRBO as the cornerstone of international peace and security, but these are meaningless platitudes. There is nothing inherently peaceful or secure about it. 

The Real IRBO

The current IRBO is portrayed as a project of western, formerly liberal, democratic states that has capitalised upon U.S. economic and military dominance. However, despite that being how mainstream media (MSM), academia and think-tanks present it, that is not what the international rules-based order is today.

The IRBO can more accurately be described as a vehicle for a worldwide stakeholder capitalist network to manipulate nation states in pursuit of its own predominantly private, corporate agenda. Indeed, we might argue that is all it has ever been.

A truly global network of corporations, think-tanks, private foundations, intergovernmental organisations, NGOs and governments work in partnership to convert global policy agendas into policy and legislation at the national and local government level. This is the Global Public-Private Partnership (G3P) and its reach extends to every nation.

We may view the global political map as a patchwork of sovereign nations, existing in a state of anarchy (no one rules them), but the G3P does not. What the global stakeholder capitalist network (G3P) sees is an authoritarian, compartmentalised structure to be manipulated to reach their objective, with that objective being, to create a cohesive system of global governance under their rule.

Iain Davis on Unlimited Hangout Podcast

Throughout the pseudopandemic, the World Economic Forum (WEF) has partnered with government and intergovernmental organisations to promote its Great Reset policy agenda. The G3P is the embodiment of what the WEF calls the multistakeholder model of global governance.

In October 2019, shortly before the pseudopandemic began, the WEF published Global Technology Governance: A Multistakeholder Approach. Assuming the authority to demand that the world accepts the intrusion of its planned 4th Industrial Revolution, the G3P, represented by the WEF, bemoaned what they considered to be the lack of progress towards global governance.

In this multistakeholder system, elected governments are merely one among many stakeholders. Most of the leading partners in the G3P are private corporations, such as the Bank for International Settlements, or they represent private corporate interests, the World Business Council for Sustainable Development for example.

Our democratic oversight only reaches as far as our national government’s influence as a G3P stakeholder allows. We can appreciate the extent of this democratic accountability if we consider the comments of Dominic Cummings, former chief advisor to UK Prime Minister. In testimony given to a parliamentary committee on May 2021 (go to 14:02:35), Cummings said:

“In March I started getting calls from various people saying these new mRNA vaccines could well smash the conventional wisdom.. People like Bill Gates and that kind of network were saying. Essentially what happened is, there is a network of people, Bill Gates type people, who were saying completely rethink the paradigm of how you do this […] What Bill Gates and people like that were saying to me, and others in number 10, was you need to think of this much more like the classic programs of the past.. the Manhattan Project in WWII, the Apollo program […] But what Bill Gates and people were saying […] was, the actual expected return on this is so high that even if does turn out to be all wasted billions it’s still a good gamble, and that is essentially what we did.”

Cummings was talking about the UK government’s public health policy response to an alleged global pandemic. These were decisions that would impact the health of every man, woman and child in the country.

His comments reveal that the UK government was simply following the orders issued by the network of “Bill Gates type people.” The UK state designed a crucial national policy at behest of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF). They were acting under the instruction of a private, tax exempt foundation.

The BMGF are among the leading stakeholders within the G3P. Like the WEF, their partnerships with government and intergovernmental organisations are extensive. 

As we now know, the alleged vaccine safety and efficacy claims made by the BMGF, and the politicians who implemented public health policy for them, weren’t even remotely accurate. We also know that this failure is immaterial to the BMGF because the “return on this is so high” it doesn’t matter. 

The policy think-tanks lie at the heart of the G3P. They collaborate with other G3P stakeholder partners to devise the policy agendas that governments then enforce upon their populations. 

Think-tanks, such as the Royal Institute for Interantional Affairs (RIIA – Chatham House), are invariably formed by representatives from multinational corporations (including central banks), financial institutions, NGO’s, philanthropic foundations, private donors, intergovernmental organisations, academic institutions and governments, etc.

For example, Chatham House members include the United Nations, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation, The Bank of England, Astrazeneca, GlaxoSmithKline, Bloomberg, The Guardian, The City of London, The European Commission & Union, BAE systems, Goldman Sachs, De Beers, BlackRock, China International Capital Corporation, Huawei, Kings College London, the London School of Economics (LSE), Oxfam, the British Army and governments from around the world. The list goes on.

To imagine that these globalist organisations are effectively powerless and exist merely to help governments devise policy is extremely naive. A more accurate summation has been offered by a few academics. Prof. Hartwig Pautz wrote:

“[T]hey seek to influence policymakers and the wider public, and that they try to do so via informal and formal channels and by making use of their well-connected position in often transnational policy networks encompassing political parties, interest groups, corporations, international organizations, civil society organizations, and civil service bureaucracies. [. . .] [P]olicymakers increasingly need curators, arbiters, or filters to help them decide which information, data, and policy expertise to use in their decision-making processes.”

However, we only need look at the comments of people like Dominic Cummings or Hillary Clinton to recognise that even Pautz’ observations fall short. As then US Secretary of State, Clinton said that the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) role – as a US foreign policy think-tank – was to tell the US State Department “what we should be doing and how we should think about the future.”

Governments, including those of the US, Russia and China, are G3P stakeholders. In 2017, speaking at a Harvard seminar, the founder and executive chairman of the WEF, Klaus Schwab, said:

“Mrs Merkel, even Vladimir Putin, and so on, they have all been Young Global Leaders of the World Economic Forum. But what we are really proud of now with the young generation like Prime Minister Trudeau, President of Argentina and so on, is that we penetrate the cabinets. So yesterday I was at a reception for Prime Minister Trudeau and I know that half of this cabinet, or even more than half of this cabinet, are for our… actually Young Global Leaders of the World Economic Forum.”

This was no idle boast. Political leaders such as Tony Blair, Jacinda Ardern, Emmanuel Macron, Alexander De Croo (Belgian PM), Sanna Marin (Finnish PM) and many more political heavyweights have been through the YGL programme. This is why, in an address to the Canadian nation in November 2020, in direct reference to the WEF’s so-called Great Reset, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau said:

“Building back better means getting support to the most vulnerable while maintaining momentum on the 2030 agenda for sustainable development and the SDGs. [. . .] This pandemic has provided an opportunity for a reset. This is our chance to accelerate our pre-pandemic efforts to re-imagine economic systems that actually address global challenges like extreme poverty, inequality and climate change.”

Trudeau is one among many WEF Young Global Leaders (YGL), and members of its predecessor program called the Global Leaders of Tomorrow, who have shaped the global policy response to the pseudopandemic. As a YGL graduate, his task was to convince the Canadian public to embrace the G3P’s Great Reset policy agenda.

Despite Schwab’s claims, Russian President Vladimir Putin does not appear to have been among the WEF’s YGL protégés. Yet, speaking in 2019 to President Quesada of Costa Rica, Klaus Schwab repeated his statement about Putin:

“Mrs Merkel, Tony Blair, they were all, even President Putin, they were all Young Global Leaders.”

In 1993, when the Global Leaders of Tomorrow program began, Putin was 41 and the upper age limit for entry into the program was supposedly 38. It seems unlikely that Putin was “officially” a WEF YGL trainee. 

Following 16 years of service in the Soviet KGB, Putin was building his reputation as a politician in 1993, acting as deputy to the Mayor of St Petersburg, Anatoly Sobchak. Sobchak subsequently co-authored the Constitution of the Russian Federation. 

Putin at the 2009 World Economic Forum

Putin was instrumental in encouraging foreign investment into the city and it was during his time in St Petersburg that Putin seemingly developed a close relationship with Klaus Schwab. In his address to the WEF’s 2021 virtual Davos gathering, Putin said:

“Mr. Schwab, dear Klaus, [. . .] I have been to Davos many times, attending the events organized by Mr. Schwab, even back in the 1990s. Klaus just recalled that we met in 1992. Indeed, during my time in St Petersburg, I visited this important forum many times. [. . .] [I]t is difficult to overlook the fundamental changes in the global economy, politics, social life, and technology. The coronavirus pandemic [. . .] spurred and accelerated the structural changes.”

In terms of G3P partnerships, Russia’s is perhaps one of the closest to the WEF. The WEF’s annual Cyber-Polygon global cybersecurity training exercise is orchestrated by Bi.Zone, a subsidiary of Sberbank

Bi.Zone is responsible for designing and running the Cyber Polygon scenarios and exercises. Sberbank is a majority state owned Russian bank and is among the founding members of the WEF Centre For Cybersecurity (CCS).

Source: Carnegie

Other CCS partners include leading US foreign Policy think-tank the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace (CEIP), Europol (representing EU governments), INTERPOL, the Organisation of American States (representing the governments of the North and South American subcontinents), and national cyber security centres from Israel, the UK, Korea, Saudi Arabia and Switzerland (home of the BIS).

Of the many corporations involved in Cyber Polygon 2021, Russian companies formed the largest contingent from any single nation. In addition, the WEF partners with the St Petersburg International Economic Forum (SPIEF.) 

The SPIEF International Foundation was formed in St Petersburg in 1998 under the direction of Herman Gref. He was serving as vice governor of the city at the time. 

In 1993, Gref was also a close associate of Anotoly Sobchak in St Petersburg where Putin was Sobchak’s senior advisor. Gref is currently the CEO and Chairman of Sberbank.

In 2017, Schwab recognised that the SPIEF and Russia were global leaders on international regulation and stated:

“In the new economic environment and with due regard for the latest technological breakthroughs, we are faced with the need for new cooperation formats. [. . .] I am absolutely positive that Russia, as one of the leaders in responsible global regulation, must play a central role in determining new forms of co-existence in the era of the fourth industrial revolution.”

Russia and the SPIEF are part of the G3P network and are heavily involved in global cybersecurity and, in particular, the regulation of technology. It is clear that, through partners like the CFR, BMGF and the WEF, the Global Public-Private Partnership is pushing a global policy agenda supported by both sides of the East-West divide.

WEF assets, like Trudeau and other compromised officials, are positioned to ensure policy distribution is as frictionless as possible. The Russian and, as we shall see, Chinese governments are equally active stakeholders in the G3P’s global governance efforts.

If we believed the western MSM, this would present a seemingly unfathomable conundrum. While these nation states are G3P partners, we are told that they are also undermining the IRBO. Something doesn’t add up.

According to Reuters, European banks need to prepare for Russian cyber attacks. CBS claims the DHS are on full alert for the looming cyber war, while the UK media carried the same scary stories. Forbes reported that Russia had been waging a cyber war against the West for 20 years and the Guardian alleged that this was typical fare for the Russian Federation.

All of this seems extremely odd given that western global corporations such as IBM, Deutsche Bank and Santander were engaged in cyber polygon preparedness exercises that were largely run by a Russian state-owned bank. If any of the MSM’s claims are even remotely plausible, the industrial espionage risk alone would appear to have been off the charts.

Governments from across the western world participate in the WEF Cyber Security Centre which was founded, in part, by Sberbank. At the same time, they keep warning their populations about the danger of Russian cyber attacks.

Frankly, these Russian cyber-threat stories are puerile. The western governments and corporations, who appear to follow G3P orders to the letter, are seemingly content to be guided by a Russian state bank’s cybersecurity assessment and recommendations. 

A far more credible rationale for these MSM stories and government fearmongering is that they are designed to prepare us, and provide justification, for the digital transformation of the financial sector. In their 2020 cyber threats report, the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace (CEIP) stated that the pseudopandemic had necessitated this change.

In a barely concealed reference to Russia and China, the CEIP asserted that cyber attacks from nation states were inevitable. They then predicted that the response to this supposedly unavoidable attack would be to fuse the activities of banks, the financial authorities and the national security apparatus of nation states. 

Centralising authority, especially over financial systems, is always the solution as far as the G3P are concerned. Primarily because they assume the right to exercise that authority.

On the major issues, governments don’t form policy and policy is instead curated by the G3P think-tanks like the CEIP. We should not labour under the illusion that the think-tanks simply offer suggestions. They have the financial, economic and political power to make decisions on the global stage and they have done so for generations.

No one votes for think-tanks. To this extent, so-called representative democracy is a charade. We, the people, have never had any say on the “big issues.” For those of us who live in western democracies, government grandstanding simply serves to convince us that we are somehow represented in the deliberations. It is essentially a confidence trick.

This is the context within which we can come to understand the International Rules Based Order. While it currently relies upon what appears to be the western hegemony and is transitioning towards a Eurasian led multipolar system, both are just convenient mechanisms through which the G3P wields power and authority. 

As noted by many commentators, including the WEF, the IRBO is changing. As it does we all move ever closer to an IRBO based upon the Chinese model of technocracy. 

Technocracy: A G3P Love Affair

The G3P think-tanks, perhaps most notably, but not exclusively, the Trilateral Commission, have been pursuing the dream of creating a global Technate for nearly a century. The often heard pseudopandemic mantra of “led by science” exemplifies technocracy.

Technocracy grew out of the efficiency movement during the US progressive era in the early 20th century. It capitalised upon the principles of scientific management suggested by Frederick Winslow Taylor and the economic ideas of social-economist like Thorstein Veblan, who famously coined the term “conspicuous consumption.”

Veblan was among the founding members of a private research initiative in New York funded by John D. Rockefeller called the New School For Social Research. This soon led to the creation of the Technical Alliance

Howard Scott, the leader of the Technical Alliance, subsequently joined M. King Hubbert at Columbia University. In 1934, they published the Technocracy Inc. Study Course.

This was a blueprint for a North American Technate. It proposed a society led by science, engineering and academia rather than politics. Hubbert wrote:

“Technocracy finds that the production and distribution of an abundance of physical wealth on a Continental scale for the use of all Continental citizens can only be accomplished by a Continental technological control, a governance of function, a Technate.”

Technocracy demands that the activity of every citizen be continually recorded and controlled. It requires constant surveillance of the population. 

This enables the Technate’s total energy expenditure to be calculated in real time. The data is then collated and analysed in order for the central committee of technocrats to manage and distribute the Technate’s resources right down to the level of the individual.

Scott and Hubbert planned a new monetary system based upon energy consumption, with goods and services priced according to the energy cost of production. Citizens would be allocated the new currency in the form of “energy certificates.”

In the US of the 1930s, this was a technologically impossible task. Though popular for a decade or so, the people came to realise that the suggested Technate was something of an absurdity.

Despite the seemingly preposterous system proposed by Scott and Hubbert, the Rockefellers in particular could see the potential to use technocracy to enhance their control of society. They continued to bankroll the technocracy movement and associated programs, for many years, regardless of waning public interest.

Zbigniew Brzezinski Photo: Terry Ashe

In 1970, Professor Zbigniew Brzezinski published Between Two Ages: America’s Role In The Technetronic Era. At the time, he was a professor of political science at Columbia University, where Scott had met Hubbert in 1932. He had already been an advisor to both the Kennedy and Johnson campaigns and would later become National Security Advisor to US President Jimmy Carter (1977 – 1981).

Through a paper thin veil of caution, Brzezinski wrote enthusiastically about how a global scientific elite could not only use all-pervasive propaganda, economic and political manipulation to determine the direction of society, but could also exploit technology and behavioural science to brainwash and alter populations’ behaviour. Describing the form of this society and the potential for authoritarian control, he wrote:

“Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific know how. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behaviour and keeping society under close surveillance and control.”

While he didn’t use the word “technocracy,” Brzezinski nonetheless described a Technate. Realising that technology was fast approaching the point where technocracy would be feasible, he described how digital technology would dominate the “technotronic era” to transform society, culture, politics and the global balance of political power.

In 1973, Brzezinski joined David Rockefeller to form the Trilateral Commission. Their stated purpose could not have been clearer:

“[T]he most immediate purpose was to draw together [. . .] the highest-level unofficial group possible to look together at the key common problems. [. . .] .[T]here was a sense that the United States was no longer in such a singular leadership position as it had been in earlier post-World War II years. [. . .] , and that a more shared form of leadership [. . .] would be needed for the international system to navigate successfully the major challenges of the coming years. [. . .] The ‘growing interdependence’ that so impressed the founders of the Trilateral Commission in the early 1970s has deepened into ‘globalization.’ [. . .] Doubts about whether and how this primacy will change [. . .] have intensified the need to take into account the dramatic transformation of the international system. [. . ] Our membership has widened to reflect broader changes in the world. Thus, the Japan Group has become a Pacific Asian Group, including in 2009 both Chinese and Indian members.”

Source: Trilateral.org

In 1973, the Trilateralists had already identified that US primacy would be dramatically transformed. This stemmed from Brzezinski’s realisation that global corporations in the technotronic era would surpass nation states in terms not only of their financial and economic power, but also in their ability to innovate and direct the activities of billions of citizens. In Between Two Ages he wrote:  

“The nation-state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force: International banks and multi-national corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation-state.”

Fully committed to the process of globalisation, the Trilateralists started to create the new IRBO. Rather than US economic and military power the new world order would be based upon a communitarian commitment to the efficient management of resources and, via that mechanism, social control. 

Nation states would give way to a global network formed by the fusion of state and corporation. This network would manage populations and business activity through a new resource-based monetary system and economic central planning.

Individual citizens and businesses would be constantly monitored and their behaviour restricted and ordered. This would afford the G3P the global governance capability they sought. 

Brzezinski suggested how this future could be secured. Technocracy would enable the transformation:

“Both the growing capacity for the instant calculation of the most complex interactions and the increasing availability of biochemical means of human control augment the potential scope of consciously chosen direction. [. . .] In the technetronic society the trend seems to be toward aggregating the individual support of millions of unorganized citizens [. . .] and effectively exploiting the latest communication techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason. [. . .] Though the objective of shaping a community of the developed nations is less ambitious than the goal of world government, it is more attainable. [. . .] In China the Sino Soviet conflict has already accelerated the inescapable Sinification of Chinese communism. [. . .] This may both dilute the regime’s ideological tenacity and lead to more eclectic experimentation in shaping the Chinese road to modernity.”

The modernisation of China was seen as an opportunity to develop an advanced technocratic society which, while developing both economically and technologically, would remain a dictatorship. This presented the G3P with a perfect test bed for the construction of a Technate. 

Technocracy provides centralised authority over a managed capitalist system. It allows business to prosper so long as it adheres to the diktats of the technocrats.  

The new IRBO will not be based upon the primacy of nation states or their imposition of any agreed values or norms. Rather, it will be founded upon the multistakeholder system, where nominally pragmatic solutions to a declared crisis form the moral imperative. Multistakeholding means a fusion between state and corporation.

This transformation of the IRBO was emphasized by the WEF in their 2019 policy white paper Globalization 4.0. Shaping a New Global Architecture in the Age of the Fourth Industrial Revolution

“After the Second World War, leaders worked together to develop new institutional structures and governance frameworks. [. . .] The world has changed dramatically since then. [. . .] [T]he context for governance and cooperation is changing due to the Fourth Industrial Revolution. [. . .] We have entered a distinctly new era in which many of the assumptions of prior periods no longer hold. [. . .] As emerging technologies transform our systems of health, transportation, communication, production, distribution and energy, to name just a few, we will need to construct a new synergy between public policy and institutions on the one hand, and corporate behaviour and norms on the other. [. . .] As the International Organization for Public-Private Cooperation, the Forum plans to use its platform to advance such thinking and collective action through multistakeholder dialogue. This bottom-up or inductive approach involving national governmental as well as non-state and subnational actors can help accelerate the pace of governance innovations needed in the 21st century as well as enhance the legitimacy and degree of public trust in it.”

Trust is a product of faith and we are being directed to believe in the new resilient and sustainable IRBO — one based, not upon the dominance of nation states who claim moral authority, but upon a globalist multistakeholder alliance between national governments and private interests who will keep us “safe.”

The WEF stresses the need for the people to have faith in the G3P’s globalist project. One of the key themes of the 2021 Davos meeting was rebuilding trust and for 2022 restoring trust. Referring to the alleged global trust crisis, Klaus Schwab said:

“[W]e see a degradation of trust in the world, and trust only builds through personal relations. [. . .] [W]e need a slogan. The slogan is ‘Working Together, Restoring Trust.’”

Trust is key because decisions that impact us at the local level will be taken at the global level by a policy making body that is predominantly a project of unelected private corporations. We must put aside any notion of democratic accountability or oversight and accept that the G3P knows best.

This multistakeholder, globalist structure will use technocracy to conduct its policies. We will be afforded the illusion of democracy in the form of civil society. However, via technocracy, we will be robbed of all agency and political means.

China As The Engine For The New IRBO

In 1977 the Trilateral Commission wrote a paper tiled Paper No. 15 on East-West Relations (published in 1978) in which they noted:

“China is a power with an enormous potential in human and other resources, and its leaders have set out on a course of rational modernisation intended to turn it into a leading world power […] China has never acquired a sphere of influence corresponding to its strength […] The West should not be content to defend its fundamental values […] It should set itself the objective to influence the natural processes of change […] in a direction that is favorable rather than unfavorable to those values. […] There seems to exist sufficient ways for aiding China in acceptable forms with advanced civilian technology […] To grant China favourable conditions in economic relations is definitely in the political interest of the West.”

A thriving export market in China and widening the Sino-Soviet split was in the political and economic interests of western nation states. However, constructing a new superpower to rival the Soviet Union also meant building one capable of challenging the existing IRBO.

As a G3P think-tank, the Trilateral Commission are among those that maintain they are little more than talking shops for the most powerful individuals on Earth. As with all think-tanks, they portray themselves as fundamentally reactive rather than proactive. They claim that they offer suggested policy agendas, but that they have no authority to enforce adoption of those policies.

Yet, these recommended policy agendas often unfold precisely as “suggested” by the think-tanks. Multinational corporations (MNCs) the world over seemingly responded to the Trilateralists’ agenda by engaging in a concerted effort to “influence the natural process of change” in China and to empower it to acquire “a sphere of influence corresponding to its strength.”

The economic, industrial and technological revolution in China has been remarkable, but it didn’t happen by chance. China now stands as the world’s first Technate and the western, liberal democracies are earmarked for the same transformation.

Chinese state media reported that, between 1983 – 1991, foreign direct investment in China increased from $920M to 4.37Bn. By 2019, it had eclipsed $2.1Tn. In 1994, in terms of US overseas investment, China ranked 30th. By 2000, it was 11th, as MNCs quadrupled their FDI into China between 1994 and 2001.

The pseudopandemic saw an initial 42% slow-down in global FDI. Yet, investment in to China actually increased by 4%, as it overtook the US to become the world’s leading recipient of foreign direct investment. Given the huge slump during 2020, inevitably global FDI bounced back in 2021. FDI, excluding financial services, reportedly rose by an additional 20% (in dollar terms) to achieve an annual record high of $178.48Bn in China.

In 1979, the US granted China full diplomatic recognition; in 1982, the commitment was reaffirmed in the third joint communiqué; in 1984, Beijing was permitted to purchase US military hardware; in 1994, the Clinton Whitehouse intervened to scrap the cold war embargo on the export of “sensitive technology” to China (and Russia); the 2000 US – China Relations Act was signed by President Clinton (a member of the Trilateralist Commission), establishing further improvements to trade relations; and, in 2005, then Deputy Secretary of State Robert B. Zoellick, called on China to take its place as a “responsible stakeholder.” Then, in 2008, China became the world’s leading US creditor.

This is not to suggest that the relationship between the western hegemony and the rising superpower were all plain sailing. For example, news of NATO’s “accidental” 1999 bombing of the Chinese embassy in Belgrade wasn’t received well in China. There were also marked periods of apparent political enmity between the US, its western allies and China.

In 2001, while the mainstream media reported confrontations over downed spy planes and trenchant accusations from China of aiding and abetting its enemies, the Trilateralist (G3P) project remained on course. At the same time, the US supported China’s entry into the World Trade Organisation and soon thereafter the Bush administration established permanent normal trading relations (PNTR) with China.

Yet, a cursory look at the western mainstream media (MSM), and the persistent rhetoric of politicians like the UK Foreign Secretary, suggest we should be fearful and that China is a threat to the western order. How do we reconcile these allegations while, at the same time, the western order has been investing and transferring technology to bring about China’s transformation?

Despite the surface hyperbole, occasional vitriolic exchanges and alleged military accidents, the policy trajectory, in the political, economic and even military sphere, was consistent. Just as the Trilateralist Commission “advised,” the western hegemonic order tilted towards enabling the rise of China as both a technocracy and a superpower. 

George Soros – Photo: Guliver/Getty Images

George Soros is a convicted insider trader, hedge fund manager, currency speculator and investor. His tax exempt Open Society Foundation has funded political campaigns, activist movements and coups around the world for decades. Though he is ageing today, he was formerly a member of the Trilateral Commission

As such, Soros was among the global political, financial and corporate “thought leaders” who encouraged the modernisation of China. In a 2009 interview with the Financial Times, he said:

“You really need to bring China into the creation of a new world order; a financial world order […] I think you need a new world order that China has to be part of the process of creating it and they have to buy in. They have to own it the same way as, let’s say, the United States owns the Washington consensus […] A decline in the value of the dollar is necessary in order compensate for the fact that the US economy will remain rather weak […] China will be the engine driving it forward and the US will be actually a drag that’s being pulled along through a gradual decline in the value of the dollar.”

Years later, the 2016 – 2020 US Trump administration took what appeared to be an aggressive stance against China. Of particular alleged concern was the US bilateral trade deficit of up to $500Bn annually. A trade war ensued and tariffs were exchanged. 

Speaking in Beijing in 2017, then President Trump said:

“America has a huge annual trade deficit with China [. . .] shockingly, hundreds of billions of dollars each year. Estimates are as high as $500 billion a year. We must immediately address the unfair trade practices that drive this deficit, along with barriers to market success. We really have to look at access, forced technology transfer, and the theft of intellectual property, which just, by and of itself, is costing the United States and its companies at least $300 billion a year.”

The Trump administration complained bitterly about so-called forced technology transfers (FTT) stipulated by China in exchange for access to their market. Speaking of the supposed trade war between the leaders of the current IRBO and China, the CFR think-tank were among those who criticised China’s apparent protectionism and suggested theft of intellectual property.

These allegations and the declared trade hostility appeared to be little more than a diversion designed for western public consumption. In truth, both public and private deals with China were consistently built upon FTT agreements.

In 2018, the Trump administration started to impose up to 25% tariffs on imports from China. The Chinese soon reciprocated. As the US’ largest single creditor, recently eclipsed by Japan, the US ran the risk of China dumping trillions of dollars worth of US treasuries – a nuclear option, in economic terms, which would also mean huge losses for China.

While a small reduction in the US trade deficit with China was achieved in 2019, global trade tensions increased the US deficit to the rest of the world. At the start of the pseudopandemic, the overall US trade deficit had not changed. In 2020, it reached record highs. During the FDI slump in 2020, the only investment winners were China and India.

In addition to continuously approving technology transfers, the leading IRBO nations had significantly increased their research and development (R&D) partnerships with China over the same period. Irrespective of Trump’s media circus, a 2019 report by the World Bank, referencing western nations public-private R&D investments in China, noted:

“Governments in other high-income countries have supported specific technologies and industries, particularly by targeting research and development (R&D). In the United States, government agencies such as the Defense Department’s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) and the National Institutes of Health provided critical financing for key technologies. [. . .] These policies are complemented by support for key enabling technologies and industries—such as the space, defense, automotive, and steel industries—including through various funds, such as the European Structural and Investment Funds (five funds worth more than €450 billion) and Horizon 2020 (€77 billion for 2014–20).”

The Chinese government openly stated its intention for China to become a manufacturing superpower. Degrading US influence and bolstering China’s had been hardwired into western foreign economic & industrial policy and MNC investment strategies for more than a generation. It is difficult to see how any current IRBO nation, or western corporation, has been “forced” to share technology or intellectual property rights against its will.

Although the western MSM and politicians persistently alleged that China was acting against the IRBO, quite clearly that wasn’t true. Western states, and their corporate partners, were fully engaged in a process of modernising China and transforming the international order.

In response to China’s 2015 announcement of the “Made In China 2025” strategy, Klaus Schwab said that China would become “the leader in the fourth industrial revolution.” This is just as Soros and his fellow Trilateralists planned.

The WEF, not national governments, has been the leading proponent for the 4th industrial revolution (4IR). With China clearly set as the “engine” driving the global technological transformation, and Russia leading on regulation, it is apparent that, despite the sabre-rattling of politicians, western governments and corporations have been willing accomplices.

China: The World’s First Technate

Technocracy is a system of dictatorial rule based upon the allocation of resources. In 1938, Technocrat Magazine described it as follows:

“Technocracy is the science of social engineering, the scientific operation of the entire social mechanism to produce and distribute goods and services to the entire population.”

Rather like feudalism, resource distribution is controlled by a centralised authority, who mete out access to resources dependent upon the citizen’s behaviour. This is the preferred “social credit” method of population control in China. An increasing number of China’s citizens need a good social credit score in order to access resources and society. 

The whole system is administered by central planners within a subordinate policy body to the State Council called the National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC). They oversee a data mining, collection and analysis operation on an immense scale. 

China’s National People’s Congress Photo: Xinhua

Without any democratic oversight, technocracy in China stipulates that the people trust the edicts of the technocrats. They are required to believe, or at least publicly state, that decisions are taken in the interest of the general good. If they don’t comply the Technate can use its surveillance systems to identify offenders and punish them for their selfish behaviour.

In its 2014 document Planning A Social Credit System, the People’s Republic of China (PRC) spoke of their intention to “construct a social credit environment of honesty, self-discipline, trustworthiness, and mutual trust.” They announced:

“Our country is currently in a key period of economic and social transformation. Stakeholder entities are more diversified [. . .] the forms of social organization and management are undergoing deep changes. Comprehensively advancing the establishment of a social credit system is an effective method of strengthening societal creditworthiness, promoting mutual trust in society, and reducing social contradictions, and it is an urgent requirement for strengthening and innovating in social governance. [. . .] The establishment of a social credit system is an important foundation for comprehensively implementing the scientific viewpoint of development. [. . .] Accelerating and advancing the establishment of the social credit system is an important precondition for promoting the optimized allocation of resources.”

This is the epitome of technocracy. It is a monoculture where all are subservient to the technocratic state. 

There are two arms to the social credit system in China. Both individual citizens and corporations are given a rating based upon the aggregation and analysis of the data collected from their lives and business practices. 

Approximately 80% of China’s provinces have rolled out some form of the social credit system. While still in development, individual surveillance and control systems are most pervasive in the cities. People can either be placed on a “blacklist,” limiting their freedoms, or a “redlist” permitting them to engage in society in a manner deemed appropriate by the Technate. Punishments include denial of access to public transport, refused payments, public shaming or restricted employment opportunities. 

Nationally, the focus has been on constructing the Corporate Social Credit System (CSCS). Millions of businesses in China are required to demonstrate their commitment to the general good, as defined by the Technate. As long as they do, they will be allowed to prosper. If they don’t obey, they won’t. 

For numerous reasons, explored by Prof. Liu Yongmou in the Benefits of Technocracy in China, the Chinese political system lent itself well to the creation of the world’s first Technate:

“In China today, there exists a more favourable attitude toward technocracy than is found elsewhere. [. . .] Insofar as it is scientism applied to politics, the Chinese tend to have a positive attitude toward technocracy. [. . .] Technocracy also fits with the Chinese tradition of elite politics and the ideal, to reference a Confucian phrase, of ‘exalting the virtuous and the capable.’ [. . .] knowledge was more important than the representation of the interests of those being governed. [. . .] Against the background of the Chinese heritage of a long feudal culture, technocracy is a better way to confront social problems than authoritarian politics divorced from technical expertise.”

The WEF, the Trilateral Commission and other G3P think-tanks have encouraged the development needed for the PRC State Council’s NDRC to construct the burgeoning Technate. Foreign investment and an infusion of technology, from the current leading nations of the existing IRBO, has brought China to a position where it will provide the economic, political and cultural impetus for a new world order.

Technocracy, as piloted in China, is now being rolled out globally. Individual sovereignty and freedoms, the claimed moral basis for the current IRBO, are being replaced by a commitment to efficiency and resource management in the interests of the “general good.” In the West, we know this as “sustainable development.”

Such a system is perfect for those who want to wield supreme autocratic power, which is precisely why the G3P have long wished to install technocracy globally. It is the reason why they have assisted the construction of a Technate in China. The new IRBO will be led by the technocrat and they will serve the Global Public-Private Partnership.

Technocracy: An Operating System for the New IRBO

The new IRBO has nothing to do with representative democratic principles. It is entirely estranged from concepts such as freedom of speech and expression, democratic accountability, freedom of the press, freedom to roam and eschews all inalienable rights. 

It is based upon a fusion between the political state and global corporations. We have recently seen this put into devastating effect in the Five Eyes nation of Canada. 

On 14th February 2022, in response to the ongoing nationwide Truckers Freedom Convoy protests, Canadian Deputy Prime Minister and Finance Minister Chrystia Freeland stated that the government had arbitrarily decided “to broaden the scope of Canada’s anti-money laundering and terrorist financing rules.”

Starting with crowd-funding and payment platforms, including crypto-currency exchanges, these private corporations were required to report all “suspicious” transactions to the government. 

This quickly progressed to freezing protestors banks accounts. Freeland said that the private corporations were “collaborating properly and effectively.” 

This is precisely how China’s technocratic social credit model is designed to function. Those who question the authority of the G3P will be crushed. Chrystia Freeland is a World Economic Forum Board Trustee.

As previously mentioned, this government-corporate synthesis echoes the Fascist State described by Mussolini. In particular, the use of technocracy to manage the behaviour of both the individual and corporations embodies the principles he described:

“The Fascist State lays claim to rule in the economic field no less than in others. [. . .] The Fascist State organizes the nation, but it leaves the individual adequate elbow room. It has curtailed useless or harmful liberties while preserving those which are essential. In such matters the individual cannot be the judge, but the State only.”

The democratic tradition of sovereign individuals, exercising their rights and coming together to pursue their shared interests is what the UK government call the “democratic deficit.” Their intention, with their proposal for their new Bill of Rights, is to allow those who comply with their diktats some “elbow room” to live a relatively “normal” existence.

However, by defining what is in the “broader public interest,” they will curtail the liberties which they deem to be useless or harmful. “[T]he individual cannot be the judge, but the State only.” For example, the explanatory notes for the imminent Online Safety Act, The UK government announced:

“The Online Safety Bill establishes a new regulatory regime to address illegal and harmful content online, with the aim of preventing harm to individuals.”

The current Bill defines whatever the government deems to be disinformation or misinformation as “content that is harmful to adults.” Freedom of speech and expression online will effectively be terminated by the forthcoming legislation. The UK state will not allow social media users to share any information without official approval. This is equivalent to the current situation in China.

Much like China’s CSCS, at the recent COP26 summit, the chairman of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) Foundation, Erkki Liikänen, announced the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB). This will oversee the accountancy standards for businesses across the world who will be required to submit their sustainability disclosure to meet Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

The ISSB states:

“International investors with global investment portfolios are increasingly calling for high quality, transparent, reliable and comparable reporting by companies on climate and other environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters. [. . .] The intention is for the ISSB to deliver a comprehensive global baseline of sustainability-related disclosure standards that provide investors and other capital market participants with information about companies’ sustainability-related risks and opportunities to help them make informed decisions.”

The ISSB standards require businesses to commit to SDGs, with investments rated using the WEF’s stakeholder capitalism metrics. These metrics will assign an environmental, social and governance (ESG) rating to prospective investments. Any business that wishes to raise capital will need a good ESG rating.

You might imagine that MNCs would be opposed to these additional regulations. However, as with the CSCS system in China, those who work in partnership with government will do very well in this arrangement. Speaking in 2019, the UN special envoy for climate action and finance Mark Carney said:

“Companies that don’t adapt—including companies in the financial system—will go bankrupt without question. [But] there will be great fortunes made along this path aligned with what society wants.”

The G3P decrees “what society wants,” just as its government assets determine what is in “the broader public interest.” By fostering the working partnership between state and corporation, like all good technocrats, the G3P leaders can insure that those who are loyal to them and their agenda will prosper, while those who aren’t will fail.

Responding to Liikänen’s announcement, the Chinese Ministry of Finance offered to host the ISSB. This centralised control over business and economy exemplifies the technocracy the G3P have cultivated in China. The Minister of Finance, Liu Kun, said:

“Developing one single set of high quality, understandable, enforceable and globally accepted sustainability standards by the ISSB is of great significance.”

Developing one global governance authority and setting the policy agenda in every sphere of human endeavour, has been the goal of the G3P for generations. Technocracy will enable them to manage the global transition to that system and technocracy will be the instrument through which they enforce their rule.

The key element for technocracy to succeed is reform of the monetary system. In 1934, Scott and Hubbert suggested that “energy certificates” should replace the dollar. They were seeking a way to to use money both as a means of surveillance and as a means to control the behaviour of the citizenry.

China conducted operational trials of its version of Central Bank Digital Currency (digital yuan – e-RMB) in the city of Shenzhen in 2020. Since then, it claims to have conducted billions of dollars worth of transactions using the e-RMB. The People’s Bank of China has now issued its digital wallet (e-CNY) for both Android and iOS devices.

China and Russia are in the vanguard of the race to introduce Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) globally. Recently, the Bank of America said that a US CBDC was “inevitable” as the US Federal Reserve explored the possibility. The Bank of England and European Central Bank are looking to introduce the same and the Bank of Russia is some way ahead, having launched its CBDC pilot in June 2021.

CBDC is a liability of the central banks (it is always their money, not the users) and it is programmable. This means transactions can be permitted or denied by the issuing central bank at the point of payment. 

In a CBDC world, G3P partners, such as the Canadian government, won’t need to extend oppressive legislation to seize protestors bank accounts. They will simply disable their ability to buy anything. The BBC hinted at the kind of impact this would have upon society:

“Payments could be integrated with appliances at home or tills at the shops. Tax payments could be routed to HM Revenue and Customs at the point of sale [. . .] electricity meters paying suppliers directly [. . .] allowing payments such as for a few pence each time to read individual news articles.”

The BBC’s appraisal barely touched upon the degree of control CBDC affords G3P technocrats. Should CBDC become the only form of currency available to us, we won’t have any money of our own. 

All money will be controlled by the G3P’s Central Banks. They will decide what we are allowed to purchase with their CBDCs.

While technocracy was an impossible dream in the 1930s, today it is eminently achievable. Just as Brzezinski foresaw, the required technological capability now exists.

When Klaus Schwab and George Soros said China would be the engine of the new IRBO and the leaders of the 4th Industrial Revolution, they didn’t mean that China would become the centre of a political hegemony, as the US has been. Rather, China is the exemplar of technocracy, providing an operational model for the new global system alongside the supposedly necessary economic growth. 

This new IRBO is the world order designed by the G3P. It is a neofeudal, techno-fascist, global technocracy led by a worldwide, multistakeholder network of vested, private interests. 

The governments we elect will enforce the G3P policy agenda. The MSM’s task, who are both partners within and propagandists for the G3P, is to convince us to buy into it.

Ours is to ensure that we don’t fall for it.


Author Iain Davis an independent investigative journalist, blogger and author from Portsmouth in the UK. His focus is upon widening readers awareness of evidence that is not commonly reported by the so-called mainstream media. Through his writing he hopes to encourage the questioning of authority and to stimulate public debate. A frequent contributorto the UK Column, Iain’s work has been featured by the Corbett Report, the OffGuardian, Lew-Rockwell, Zero Hedge and other independent news outlets. Read more of his articles on his blog: – https://in-this-together.com

♦️♦️♦️

Compromised Biden Cannot Lead America or The World

April 3, 2022

by Vasko Kohlmayer

Last week the Russian government held a press conference where it aired accusations of breath-taking corruption on the part of Joe Biden and his family.

Unfortunately, this event was no fake news Russian propaganda. The incriminating evidence presented at the event came straight from the hard drive that belonged to Joe Biden’s son Hunter.

As you may know, in 2019 Hunter Biden carelessly abandoned his laptop at a computer repair shop in Delaware. This was an act of astounding recklessness, since the emails, text messages, files, photos, and videos contained on that computer provided extensive record of greed, corruption, bribery and graft not only on his part but also on the part of his father and other members of their family.

When the New York Post tried to report on the hard drive in October 2020, the America mainstream media and law enforcement authorities refused to acknowledge it or take appropriate action. Rather than commencing an investigation, the establishment falsely claimed that the hard drive was a product of “Russian misinformation.” They did this even though they knew it was real.  The staff of the New York Post conducted an extensive, multi-level authentication process to ensure that the hard drive was genuine, and they made the details of this process available to anyone who cared to check.

The establishment, however, banded together and refused to act. Instead of investigating the guilty party, they attacked the messenger and went into overdrive to censor the incriminating information under the cover of the “Russian misinformation” canard. With the collaboration of Big Tech and the legacy media, they managed to suppress the truth and most voters were unaware of the hard drive’s contents. Most of those who managed to hear of it still believed that it was Russian misinformation. That they fell for the establishment’s “Russian misinformation” lie is not so surprising, given the revelations seemed too outrageous to be factual.

Needless to say, it was all true. In the months following the November 2020 election, various individuals and media outlets were gradually forced to admit that the hard drive was, indeed, real. The hyper partisan New York Times and the Washington Post are among the latest to confirm this fact.

But even though the establishment has largely succeeded in keeping this information from the American public, their malfeasance is now coming to back to bite us. This is because foreign entities and governments also have Hunter Biden’s hard drive, and they are now using it to point out the obvious corruption of our president and the whole of the Washington establishment. In other words, they will do the job that our media and legal system refused to do when the scandal was first brought up in America.

They will do this before the eyes of the whole world and will bring shame on what the international community now increasingly views as a corrupt American president who leads a corrupt administration.

We got a taste of this last Thursday when the Kremlin used Hunter’s messages to show he apparently facilitated and financially benefited from bioweapons research in Ukraine. And even though the American mainstream media – true to form – refused to report on it, the rest of the world saw the evidence clear and loud. This is the headline from the British MailOnline:

Hunter Biden DID help secure millions in funding for US contractor in Ukraine specializing in deadly pathogen research, laptop emails reveal, raising more questions about the disgraced son of then vice president

To make matters worse, Hunter did this while his father was vice president of the United States. He thus used his father’s influence to put himself in a position where he could benefit from these kinds of illicit ventures.

How do you think will the rest of the world will look at our president and country in light of such information? They will see us as a double-faced hypocrite who breaks the rules and laws that it punishes others for breaking.

But they will go further. They will completely discredit our president – who claims to lead the free world – as an unscrupulous and unconscionable man who has sold out his own country. They will then imply that the whole Western system is corrupt and degenerate because it is led by a person like that.

Several foreign outlets have already reported on the Bidens’ connection to a shady Ukrainian company Burisma. As you may have heard, in 2014 Hunter Biden was put on the board of that shady outfit and paid one million dollars a year in compensation. At that time his father happened to be vice president of the United States. Because of his background in foreign affairs, Joe Biden functioned as President Obama’s point man when it came to matters of America’s foreign policy. Joe Biden relished the assignment and took deep personal interest in countries such as Ukraine, Russia, and China.

Since Hunter Biden does not appear to know much about oil or gas, he was obviously given his Burisma appointment and lavish pay because the company’s owners believed he could influence – through his father – American policy in ways that were favorable to the company.

Joe Biden would get a cut from Hunter’s takings, a fact which was communicated by Hunter in his emails. In their drive to enrich themselves, the Bidens would enter relationships with some of the shadiest characters around. Burisma, for instance, was co-founded by a well-known corrupt Ukrainian oligarch who is now a fugitive from justice.

When Burisma was being investigated for money laundering, tax evasion and other serious offences by Ukraine’s top prosecutor, one of Burisma’s top executives sent an email to Hunter Biden asking him how he could use his political influence on Burisma’s behalf. This is what he wrote, in part, to Hunter:

We urgently need your advice on how you could use your influence to convey a message / signal, etc. to stop what we consider to be politically motivated actions.

When Joe Biden subsequently visited Ukraine in his role as vice president of the United States, he pressured Ukrainian government officials to have the prosecutor fired. This he did by threatening to withhold one billion dollars in US aid which had been promised by Barrack Obama. After some resistance, the Ukrainian government officials caved in and fired the prosecutor. Joe Biden later boasted about it in a talk that was recorded on video.

Joe Biden boasts about having effected the firing of a Ukrainian prosecutor who was investigating a company by which his son was paid a million dollars per year

Notice what Joe Biden was doing: He was using US taxpayers’ money to bully a foreign government for the purpose of enriching his own family.

The offence the Bidens committed in this instance is called influence peddling. By directing US foreign policy in ways that would benefit foreign entities who kept his family on lavish payrolls, Joe Biden sold out his country and betrayed the trust of the high office he held.

While Joe Biden served as vice president of the United States, the Bidens apparently ran their influence peddling ploy in numerous places across the world.

The Bidens’ brazen influence peddling is being openly discussed in the foreign press. Just last week, for example, the UK Guardian ran a story titled Stealth Hunter: Biden’s tangled business dealings are becoming hard to ignore. The subtitle of the piece read as follows: “Influence-peddling is Washington’s ‘spectator sport’ – but now there’s an interest in taking a closer look at the president’s son.”

Former New York prosecutor Rudy Giuliani called the Bidens “a crime family.” This may sound harsh, but the evidence suggests that his description is quite accurate.

Watch Rudy Giuliani to discuss some of the misdeeds of the Biden family

Shamelessly leveraging Joe Biden’s public office into financial gain through influence peddling and shady deals is apparently the Biden family practice.

This has, in fact, been admitted by none other than Hunter Biden himself in one of the most astounding self-confessions ever recorded on video. The incident was reported on in considerable detail by MailOnline last year.

One of Hunter’s hobbies is filming himself while being engaged in sexual relations with prostitutes. After one such escapade in 2019, he left his camera running, and it recorded a conversation he had with his woman of the night. He informed her that his father was planning to run for president and then described to her his family’s modus operandi: Hunter told the lady that if Joe Biden wins Hunter will make “like a gazillion dollars.”

Now that whole world knows about this, you can only imagine the contempt in which Biden is held by foreign leaders. They know him to be a man who sends his venal son around the world to charge money as he sells out his own country. They see him as a man without character or conscience who personally enriches himself at the expense of his own nation.

How can such a compromised man lead anyone much less the world?

It was reported recently that the leaders of Saudi Arabia and UAE refused to take Biden’s phone calls when he tried to speak to them regarding Russia sanctions.

It was also reported that when Biden tried to convince Chinese president Xi to join the sanctions regime against Russia, Xi refused and then changed the subject and lectured Biden on Taiwan instead.

Are we surprised that Biden is treated like this by foreign dignitaries given what they know about him? You can be sure they have been thoroughly briefed by their staff about the evidence of his misdeeds, since their access to this information is not censored by the American legacy media or Big Tech.

But we must not be angry with foreigners for treating Biden with contempt. The problem is with America’s corrupt establishment that did not take care of this problem when it first surfaced. Instead of investigating the mischief of the Biden family, they put him in the White House.

And now this malfeasance and dereliction of duty by those who should have known better is coming back to haunt us.


Some Things You Should Maybe Know About China

April 3, 2022

by Larry Romanoff


It seems that whenever the topic of China arises, we are flooded with the most amazing observations, statements, conclusions, almost all of which appear to come from outer space. There surely cannot be another subject on this planet on which so many people are so amazingly misinformed and arrive at the most unrealistic conclusions.

We have a saying that after spending one month in China you could write a book; after a year in China, you could write a chapter; in five years you could write a paragraph, and after five years you could write a note on a postcard – about the food. That saying has become almost an urban legend but it is essentially true. I can still recall the day when, walking down a street in downtown Shanghai after being in the country for about a month, I experienced an illusion of such extreme clarity that I said to myself, “I could write a book on this place”. I cannot explain the mental or sociological processes that combine to cause that initial illusion of understanding and clarity, nor the forces that so effectively and progressively dismantle it to a condition where the more time we spend in China the less we understand it.

And yet, after living in China for nearly 20 years, I find myself constantly challenged and “corrected” by persons who have never been to China, have obviously never read anything useful about the country, and who may not even actually know a single Chinese person. Yet this total lack of knowledge is apparently not a hindrance to the huge amount of philosophical pontificating about “how things really are in China”.

I have often thought that I could stand and speak on China for an hour and that my audience (of Canadians and Americans) would sit with their mouths open and their faces blank for that full hour. They would have nothing to say and no questions to ask, because they would be unable to fathom a set of cultural circumstances where the events I report would be able to exist in their world. The disconnect would be almost total. I recently wrote an article titled “Understanding China” that contains some cultural elements of the above kind.[1]

 You might care to read it; it’s brief and interesting.

But for the rest of it, for an ‘understanding’ of China, I would be tempted to say, “don’t bother”. Don’t bother trying to understand China because that understanding is likely beyond your grasp. I am reminded of the Englishman who said that, after 25 years of marriage, he was “only beginning” to understand his French wife. It’s like that. China is a civilisation that is millennia old, with the origins of traditions and thoughts lost in the mists of time. Italy and Greece have a touch of this flavor; the other Western nations not so much, and the US and Canada really have nothing. It isn’t easy to explain, but it’s true nonetheless.

We are heavily penalised by the Western Jewish-owned media in each and every one of its aspects, because the media frame for us a picture of China that is nearly 100% false or at least badly misleading, this done from ideology and their personal agenda. We cannot overcome that without an inordinate amount of time and effort.

I would say that in general there is very little available in the English language on China, on its history or culture, that is accurate or of much use, and the European languages are not much better. There are some exceptions – the writing of Anna Louise Strong[2]

[3]

, and tracts by some mostly obscure authors who managed to relay a more or less faithful representation of China in their day.

Keep in mind that the Khazarian Jews were actively involved in the destruction of China (opium, banking theft, political and social destruction, massive wars and the most despicable cultural genocides, among other things) for about 200 years and the Americans weren’t far behind them. Thus, almost anything written by either the Jews or Americans is likely to be rubbish because both were more intent on papering over their sins than in presenting an accurate picture on any topic or aspect of China.

Jewish encyclopedias boast that opium in China was “entirely a Jewish business” and that Sassoon refused to let any non-jews participate. And the Americans, in addition to half a dozen military invasions, had their Treasury Department, their beloved Jewish-owned FED, J. P. Morgan and Citibank[4]

[5]

, and many others, all cooperating in looting the carcass while they were busy fostering yet a massive civil war through Zhang Jie Shi (Chiang Kai-Shek to you) and T. V. Soong, busily destroying any remaining semblance of government, economy, and society. Both parties failed because of Mao Tze-Dong and they of course bitterly hate him to this day.

Recent Jewish Expulsions of Note

Everyone knows that the Jews have been expelled from countless countries for at least the past 500 or even 800 years. What most people don’t know is that the process never really stopped. One of Castro’s first acts upon his successful revolution in the early 1950s was to expel all the Jews from Cuba, which is why that poor little country has been subject to barbarous and almost homicidal sanctions for the past nearly 70 years. The city of Nagasaki and the country of Japan likewise expelled all the Jews prior to WWII, which is almost certainly the reason these two were selected by Bernard Baruch (a Jew) as the targets for the atomic bombs (the “Jewish hell-bomb”, in case you don’t know, 99.5% totally-Jewish-developed).[6]

 Hitler wanted to expel all the Jews from Germany to Madagascar (his “final solution”), but he failed because the Jews managed to bring the US into the war.

Likewise, Mao’s first act on taking power after winning China’s so-called ‘civil war’ (which was not against other Chinese but against the Jews and Americans) was to expel all the Jews from China, confiscating (as did Castro) all their ill-gotten opium assets that included all of Shanghai and the Mainland branches of the HSBC. Mao actually expelled all foreigners, but the Jews were certainly the target. All Jewish publications I’ve seen, tell us only that the Jews left China “in a hurry” after the war, without specifying exactly the cause of that ‘hurry’. The Jews have hated China ever since, and have been the cause of all the isolation, trade embargoes, non-stop media hate campaign, and much else directed against China since that time.

Shanghai Saved 40,000 Jews from Hitler

Shanghai did no such thing. Populations inside and outside China (but especially inside) are being pumped by the Jews with fictional tales of how the “wonderful warm-hearted Chinese” welcomed all those Jews escaping persecution in Germany. So many tales of fond memories of the Shanghainese loving the Jews. But that isn’t exactly how it was. Shanghai already had a large contingent of wealthy opium Jews and, since the city was entirely under the control of the Japanese Imperial Army at the time, this was where the Japanese sent all the Jews on their expulsion from Japan. Neither Shanghai nor ‘China’ had anything to say about it, and the “wonderful warm-hearted Chinese” didn’t even know what happened. There were a few Jews who may have come overland through Russia and Siberia or by ship, but they were few and their transit passes were for the US, not China. It is worthy of note that the “wonderful warm-hearted Chinese” didn’t do too well under their new Jewish masters. The stories you may have heard about signs in Shanghai reading “No dogs or Chinese allowed”, are true, and those signs were erected by the Jews, not the Japanese.

Mao Tze-Dong: Killing Chinese and Drowning Kittens

It was Jews’ expulsion from China and the resulting bitter hatred of Mao that have led to 70 years of garbled hate-history of China and of Mao in particular. It may surprise some of you to learn that Mao never actually “killed” anybody. All of those stories are Jewish hate literature spawned by their resentment of having to leave China with some flesh still remaining on the bones. This was the cause of China’s great famine around 1960 when the European Jews used the services of the UN to launch a worldwide food embargo on China when that country suffered several years of natural catastrophes and experienced a severe food shortage. Using the Americans as the Banker’s Private Army (and genocidal enforcer), the entire world sat for three years and watched about 20 million Chinese starve to death. Not one country dared to give China any food, nor to sell food to China at any price.[7]

It was the European Khazarian Jews who killed all those millions of Chinese, not Chairman Mao, and they even had the chutzpah to progressively over-estimate their handiwork to as high as 80 million deaths. That is one indication of the savage and inhuman natural proclivities of the European Khazarian Jews – the Rothschilds, Sassoons, Kadoories, Sebag-Montefioris, Lehmans, de’ Medicis, Mendelssohns, Bleichroeders, Warburgs, Lazars, and a hundred other names you have never heard of.

It is the Jews who have created all the tales of China’s famine being due to Mao’s “mismanagement” of food stocks, and tales of how the man killed or executed millions of his own people – for no apparent reason since he was in the process of healing the country and attempting to rebuild it by pulling everyone together. He succeeded. If not for Mao, there would be no China today.

China’s Jewish Communism

Similarly, all of the tales you have heard about China’s Communism, the Great Leap Forward, the Cultural Revolution, China’s one-child policy, and so much more, are the result of the Jews attempting to paper over their own final “contributions” to China’s “progress”.

In case you didn’t know, Communism was a 99.985% Jewish enterprise, From Marx and Engels onward. In Russia, the Jews managed to exterminate not only the Russian Royal Family, the Romanovs (Romanoffs) and virtually all of the clergy, but also more than 30% of the total Russian population including the entire middle class and property-owners, to say nothing of looting the entire nation of money, gold, art, icons, Royal Treasure, as they left.

The Khazarian European Jews – the usual list of suspects – were entirely responsible for introducing communism to China. The Jewish Bolsheviks sent an envoy – Grigori Naumovich Voitinsky (real name Zarkhin, a Russian Jew) in the hope of duplicating the destruction of Russia in China. Voitinsky failed in his mission and was expelled, so the Jewish vision of communism never took root in China. The plan for Russia (and all European countries) was to have only a small cadre of Jews controlling the entire nation of peasant-cattle to serve them. This was the picture presented to China, one which was refused.

However, part of the communist philosophy did take hold in China, that of the oppression of the lower classes by the educated and wealthy, and it was this that was almost entirely responsible for the mistakes Mao made. He refused to consider exterminating the upper and middle classes as the Jews recommended and as they had done in Russia, but he did go so far as to try to level the playing field. Thus, doctors were sent to work on farms, and similar, in an attempt to narrow the gaps between the classes. Those attempts failed, and for decades the Jews have pilloried Mao in every way possible without revealing that he was only following their pattern for “nation-building”, but in much gentler fashion. It is the Jews, not the Chinese who should take responsibility for Mao’s social-planning failures.

China’s Jewish One-Child Policy

Similarly, it was another Jew, one of the Malthusian cult whose name escapes me at the moment, who was sent to China with instructions to cull the Chinese population – for the good of all humanity. This effort had rather more success. The man did manage to scare the hell out of the Chinese about the prospects of feeding such an enormous population, and the adoption of the one-child policy was the direct result of this encounter. Naturally, China no sooner adopted the Jews’ recommendation than they used it to pillory China yet one more time as a nation “brutally violating human rights”. Once again, it is the Jews who should take full responsibility for China’s family-planning policies since these were taken entirely on their ‘advice’.

And so on. Think of almost anything bad that you have read about China, or almost anything bad that you ‘know’ about China and, if you scratch the surface, you will find a Jew. I know that doesn’t sound very nice, but it happens to be the truth.

The point of all the above is that nearly everything you know, or think that you know, or that you believe to be true, about China and its history, is wrong. History is written by the victors or, alternatively, by those who control all the media and who own virtually all of the book publishers. And they lie because they are busy covering up their complicity in most of the crimes that have been committed against humanity anywhere, and certainly anything involving China. My comments above haven’t even scratched the surface of the Jews’ crimes in China, much less anywhere else.

Nobody in China has an Imagination

Again, we hear in the Jewish media so much about how “China” and the Chinese have never invented anything, have no imagination, and know only how to copy and steal. But the truth is 180° from this. It is reliably estimated that at least 60% of all the knowledge in the world today originated in China. Yes, that’s really true, and the estimate is not mine. We were all taught in school that the printing press with movable type was invented by Johannes Gutenberg in Germany in around 1550, but China not only invented paper but had printing presses with movable type (on both top and bottom) 600 years before Gutenberg was born. Similarly, every schoolboy knows that the Englishman James Watt invented the steam engine, but China had working steam engines 600 years before James Watt was born. The truth is that Chinese invention has always led the world, with most of these inventions having been copied or stolen by the West and China then just written out of the world’s history by the same people who stole the inventions and who own all the history book publishers. Here is the story of Chinese invention: If you don’t know about this, it’s a real eye-opener.[8]

Also, the Americans and the Jewish US media tried to tarnish China’s high-speed rail system by flooding the presses with untrue accusations of China stealing all the rail IP. I wrote an article on China’s high-speed rail; it’s interesting, and contains no lies:[9]

 And here is something else you might really enjoy reading: the story of Nüshu, one of the oldest and most beautiful, and certainly one of the more intriguing languages in the world, the only known example of a full-fledged language created by women and spoken and understood only by women.[10]

 It is a part of the UNESCO Heritage.[11]

The Jews of Asia

“The Chinese are not called “the Jews of Asia” without reason.” For your information, the Chinese are not called ‘the Jews of Asia’ with a reason, either. In fact, the Chinese are not called ‘the Jews of Asia’ at all. This originated with an article, later expanded to some 63 pages, written in 1914 by King Vajiravudh of Siam (Thailand), titled: “The Jews of the Orient/Wake Up Siam!”

A reader styling himself “thotmonger” posted a comment on Andrew Anglin’s article on unz.com “I Don’t Know Who’s Great Resetting Who Anymore”, in which he stated: “In it, Vajiravudh makes a very informed and dispassionate cultural and behavior comparison between Jews and ethnic Chinese. It holds up and has been borne out.”[12]

Well, not quite. Researchgate wrote of this paper: “the infamous and highly polemical article penned by King Vajiravudh Rama VI of Siam and first published . . . in 1914 has long been employed as the fundamental evidence of the innate anti-Chinese nature of Siam’s particular brand of royalist nationalism”.[13] In fact, rather than being “very informed and dispassionate”, it was an astonishingly vitriolic piece of venomous trash that has since 1914 been sitting the historical dustbin where it belongs. This is a warning to not believe everything you find on the internet about China, and an even more useful warning to question the motives of those who so highly recommend this brand of rubbish. And please, forget that you ever heard this expression. It’s offensive.

The US Transferred its Manufacturing Base to China; China Stole Our jobs

Well, not exactly. What happened was that the Jewish bankers and industrialists who more or less control the US, forced an agreement with the US government that all profits earned offshore would be tax-free (so long as they remained offshore). So Levi’s, making blue jeans in the US for $20 and selling them for $40, could now go to China and make the jeans for $5 and still sell for $40. As soon as Levi’s did this, the other manufacturers could see their future was in the dustbin because Levi’s could sell blue jeans for much less than the other firms’ cost of production. They had no choice but to follow. So they fired all their employees, closed their factories, and moved to China. When Mattel moved, everyone had to move, this process duplicated throughout the entire manufacturing sector. Many didn’t even have to build their own factories; they could find a Chinese factory to make their products OEM, and just collect the money. That is why Apple has something like $300 billion sitting offshore. Now, all those same firms are pressing the US government to repatriate those profits tax-free on the grounds they will use the money to “create jobs”.

We read so many different stories on this topic, assessing the blame on America’s misguided industrial policies, or how the Jews are transferring the West’s riches to China, or how the Chinese are somehow in cahoots with someone in the planned destruction of America. But this is unrelated to industrial policy; it was simply due to the Jews’ greed and their contempt of America, their willingness to bleed the nation dry so long as they profit from it. “Once we have squeezed everything we want from the US, it can dry up and blow away.”

China Stole all our IP

Yeah, sure. Send me the list. For those of you who don’t know, the US and the Khazarian Jews are the greatest thieves of IP in history. You might care to read about Operation Paperclip[14]

 and the US’ vast IP theft network[15]

, and some of the truth about ‘How the US Became Rich’:[16]

[17]

IP theft and Technology Transfer

Despite US accusations of China copying foreign technology, China’s high-technology achievements were entirely home-grown because the US has been so determined to hinder China’s rise that by 1950 it engineered an international embargo on all scientific knowledge and on almost all useful products and processes to China, including legislation that Chinese scientists cannot be invited to, or participate in, American scientific forums, while bullying other Western nations into doing the same. In October of 2019, all Chinese scientists and space technology companies were denied visas to attend the weeklong International Astronautical Congress in Washington, far from the first time such has occurred.

We hear much in the Western media about China demanding technology transfers as a condition of corporate residence in China, but this is mostly propaganda. No doubt expectations for technology and knowhow transfer do occur, since China doesn’t want to spend the rest of its life making toasters and running shoes but, since entry to the Chinese market is a gift of billions in profits, it is perfectly sensible to attach a price to it. However, one must keep in mind that no foreign company is conducting cutting-edge commercial or sensitive military research, or manufacturing quantum computers and hypersonic missiles in China. Any technology actually available for transfer would be almost entirely in consumer goods, and hardly constitute great value or threats to US ‘national security’. And, in virtually all of the cutting-edge fields and industries such as quantum computing, 5-G telecom or solar energy, China has already surpassed the US.[18]

If it Weren’t for us . . .

This has been floating around for years, the claim however it’s made, that the US deserves all the credit for China’s resurgence. AmCham (the American Chamber of Commerce) in China even made the flat claim that it – AmCham – was directly responsible for the lifting of 600 million people out of poverty. “We gave you the technology, we got you into the WTO, we did it all for you.” James Fallows in China Airborne even claimed the Chinese were dimly aware their airplanes were crashing but had no idea what to do about it, so the Americans came and taught the magic word of ‘maintenance’, thus rescuing Chinese aviation. Of all the sick jokes, that one is probably the sickest.

After doing everything possible for 70 years to bankrupt and partition China, to derail, to isolate, to rob, to starve to death, to collapse the government, to cause revolutions in, and having failed to prevent China’s rise, now the Americans and their Jewish masters are taking credit for it. The specific claims are so ridiculous I won’t bother listing and refuting them.

The South China Sea Islands

China discovered and claimed all these islands many many hundreds of years ago, long before the Vietnamese and Philipinos even learned to swim. If the US can claim Hawaii, Puerto Rico, the Bahamas and the Virgin Islands and the UK can claim the Falklands which are only about 50,000 miles from their shores, why can’t China have a few islands that are near home? They did have, until a few years ago when the Americans and their masters, always looking for a chance to create instability and launch another war, began prodding Vietnam, the Philippines, Thailand, to “occupy” those islands. “After all, they are also near your shores, so why should you let the Chinese have them? And don’t worry; we have military bases here in your country. The Chinese won’t dare do anything.”

So three countries stupidly did just that; they ‘occupied’ (and militarised) the three best, largest, and most strategic of these islands. China wasn’t about to start a war with its neighbors over this, but the government wasn’t blind to what was happening, either, so the Chinese military grabbed the three next most useful islands and did indeed fortify them with military installations. This was done in self-defense since China doesn’t need US nuclear warheads a few hundred miles from its shores, without having some kind of early-warning defense. But the only noise you hear in the Jewish media and from the White House is about “China’s militarisation of the South China Seas”.

The Diaoyu Islands

One commenter here wrote, “A decade ago, China started “an aggressive military challenge” to Japan concerning some islands. China “did not have a legal leg to stand on” but it led to “State-induced mob attacks” on Japanese businesses in China.”

“Rubbish” is much too kind a word to waste on bullshit like this. The Diaoyu Islands have belonged to China since before there was a China. Japan occupied them. The US conquered Japan in WWII and the UN left it to the US military to put things back as they were in the Pacific, in this case to return the Diaoyu Islands to China. But the Americans, taking counsel one more time from their Jewish masters who always seem to know how to set the stage for future wars, ignored the UN mandate and instead turned the islands over to Japan for “administration purposes”. And of course, the Americans and Jews (you may not know this, but Japan is a Jewish-American colony with no will or foreign policy of its own) push the Japanese to either populate these little islands or do something equally provocative to see if they can start another war between China and Japan. And, for the record, the Chinese government strongly discouraged the attacks on Japanese businesses in China, but resentment toward Japan does run deep in China, and for very good reason.

The Trouble With Taiwan

If you want to start a war with China, this is the place to do it. The Americans know it, their Jewish masters know it, and both are doing their best to make it happen. All we hear in the Western media is that China, for no good reason, considers Taiwan “a renegade province” which it resolves to bring home again one day – by force, if necessary. But this is bad because, as the BBC solemnly tells us, Taiwan is “. . . a sovereign state. It has its own constitution, democratically-corrupt leaders (although not quite as democratically-corrupt as in the US), a standing military”, to say nothing of billions of dollars of US arms and missiles, and military provocations by the score.

But how did Taiwan become a ‘renegade’ province? Simple. China underwent a civil war, with Mao on one side and the Jews and Americans on the other side, protecting their puppet Zhang Jie Shi. Mao won. Zhang’s last act, under American military support, was to totally loot China’s central bank and all other banks within reach, and flee to Taiwan. That wouldn’t have helped him much, but the US filled the Taiwan Strait with all the naval military muscle it could gather, to prevent Mao from tidying up this loose end. China didn’t have the naval power to Challenge the US fleet, and could do no more than fire occasional artillery shells at Taipei. Once again, the Jews and the Americans were setting up a lovely future war.

The Jewish media tell us that Taiwan “has never even been under the control of China’s Communist Party”, a statement that is factually true but irrelevant. Taiwan had always been part of China until the Japanese occupied it and then the Americans took it over and prevented its unification with the Mainland. China’s Communist Party is a relative newcomer to government, and it was only because of the formation of that government that the reunification was prevented. Lies and more lies.

The Trouble With Tibet

Tibet was a part of China long before George Washington cut down his fictious cherry tree, long before Benjamin Franklin conducted his fictitious Kite Experiment, and even long before Christopher Columbus opened his first aboriginal brothel in the New World.[19]

The Western media have imposed on our imaginations an image of a fabled theocracy where a reincarnated god rules over a peaceful people spinning prayer wheels in a pastoral idyll. The West’s fascination with Tibet has turned it into a mythic place upon which we project our dreams and our own spiritual fantasies. The result is what I call the Shangri-La syndrome[20], millions of Westerners choosing to believe in an attractive but wholly mythological, romantic fantasy which has never existed.

Tibet was generally self-managed, though experiencing much British and American interference and slaughter until the middle of the last century. The Western press refer euphemistically to Tibet’s pre-1950 social structure as a benign ‘feudal system’, but it was no such thing. When Mao went in to clean it up, Tibet was a slave colony. Virtually all the people were literally owned by the Dalai and other lamas, the people forbidden to own land, and worked their entire lives without pay. The highest monks each owned 35,000 to 40,000 slaves.

The level of poverty in Tibet (outside the monasteries) until the 1950s could not be imagined by Westerners; it would have to be seen to be believed. Tibetans couldn’t afford fabric clothing, still wearing sheepskins as they did centuries earlier. Life was brutal, harsh, and corrupt. Life expectancy was barely 30. The prettiest girls and boys were confiscated to the monasteries for sex. Education was forbidden to all but the monks because education was expensive and educated peasants were considered dangerous to the system. The Dalai Lama prohibited any development of industry because wealth of the population brought independence from the religion. The Lamas, however, sent their children to British schools in India, and freely transferred the Province’s financial assets to British banks.[21][22] After Mao decided that enough was enough, the situation in Tibet has soared in every way imaginable.

In China, 99.9% of Those Charged With a Crime, are Convicted

We are today treated by the Western media to ‘the fact’ of the Chinese justice system having a conviction rate of “at least 99.9%”, if not higher, accompanied by harrowing tales of criminals confessing under duress – surely the reason for the apparently high conviction rate.

First, the percentage above is a foolish and exaggerated guess, one more way to smear China. There is no agency in China that collects and collates such statistics from all levels of the courts and from all cities, towns, provinces, counties. Thus, even the legal authorities couldn’t tell you the average conviction rates. It might be possible for a particular level of court in a single city or town, but not nationwide.

Nevertheless, for comparison, the equivalent number for conviction rates in the West (at least the US and Canada) is about 60%, the number presented as an indication of ‘fairness’ or ‘justice’ in the Western system, but what does that 60% Western conviction rate mean? It means that nearly half of all people in the West who are charged with a crime, were in fact innocent, but needed the expense and trauma of a criminal trial to prove their innocence. Or, if you want to be stubborn, we can argue the other side – that 100% of those charged with a crime were in fact guilty, but that a clever and expensive lawyer let them walk free. Is that better? If you want to know the truth about China’s system, you can read this:[23]

Why do Criminals in China Confess to Their Crimes?

According to millennia of culture and tradition, if you are caught in a crime, you take it like a man; you confess, you express your regret, and you throw yourself on the mercy of the court. It helps immensely if your expression of regret is sincere. But if you try to lie your way out of it, if you refuse to admit to your crime and obstruct the investigation, the police will hold you until they eventually acquire the proof they need, after which the courts will show you no mercy.

This is the Chinese system, just as it is at home with our children, where confessing is the only smart move and trying to lie your way out is cowardly and despicable. Westerners cannot understand this, the media repeatedly referring to a “purported confession” or a “possibly coerced confession”, unable to fathom a culture where people traditionally confess to crimes when they are caught. Thus, the conclusion that any confession in China must have been forced or obtained by torture. In the West, with the legal system as created, confessing to a crime is probably stupid; in China, refusing to confess to a crime certainly is stupid.[24]

China’s “50-cent Army”

All of you must know of this, a story fabricated by David Bandurski, another Jew, this one at Hong Kong University’s ‘China Media Project’ financed by George Soros. The tale weaved by Bandurski was that the Chinese government had 288,000 people engaged full-time looking for opportunities to make posts anywhere on the internet favorable to China, with a reward of US$0.50 for each and every such post. These claims were seen by the hundreds all over the internet, on any platform permitting comments, with any comment favorable to China accused of being part of China’s 50-cent army. But then suddenly – on one day – this died, because on that day someone posted on Facebook a screenshot of a long-existing program where the government of Israel had been (and still was) offering to all Jewish university students in America, a payment of US$0.50 for every post favorable to Israel or the Jews. Bandurski went silent and we can hope he remains in that condition. There never actually was a Chinese 50-cent army but there was indeed a Jewish 50-cent army, which still exists today and which we can see on unz.com and many other places.

China’s Fall

“For me, the surprise is how China managed to fall so badly 200 years ago. Studying that would bring the biggest lessons we can all learn.” It was the Jews who destroyed China, as they are destroying the US and Europe today. China succeeded by expelling all the Jews and ensuring that any who ever returned would have no access to the makers of public policy. That is the biggest lesson you can learn, but no Western country today has the independence for such expulsions. The only result of such an attempt to reclaim control of the throne would be hundreds of mortally-disgraced politicians, and many dead ones.


Notes

[1] https://www.moonofshanghai.com/2021/07/en-larry-romanoff-understanding-china.html

Understanding China

[2] https://www.marxists.org/reference/archive/strong-anna-louise/1963/letters_china/forward.htm

How “Letter from China” Grew

[3] https://www.encyclopedia.com/arts/news-wires-white-papers-and-books/strong-anna-louise

Anna Louise Strong

[4] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/en-larry-romanoff-citibank-the-great-gold-robbery-july-07-2021/

Citibank- The Great Gold Robbery

[5] https://www.unz.com/lromanoff/us-silver-purchase-act-of-1934/

US Silver Purchase Act of 1934

[6] https://www.unz.com/lromanoff/a-few-historical-frauds/

A few Historical Frauds, by Larry Romanoff – The Unz Review

[7] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/3234/

China’s 1959 Famine

[8] https://www.unz.com/lromanoff/history-of-chinese-inventions-the-present-and-the-future-recent-chinese-state-of-the-art-innovations/

History of Chinese Inventions. The Present and the Future

[9] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/3442/

China’s High-Speed Trains

[10] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/2143/

Nüshu (女书) – The Language of Women

[11] https://en.unesco.org/courier/2018-1/nushu-tears-sunshine

Nüshu: from tears to sunshine

[12] https://www.unz.com/aanglin/i-dont-know-whos-great-resetting-who-anymore/

I Don’t Know Who’s Great Resetting Who Anymore; See comment #159

[13] https://www.researchgate.net/publication/301666099_Beyond_Jews_of_the_Orient_A_New_Interpretation_of_the_Problematic_Relationship_between_the_Thai_State_and_Its_Ethnic_Chinese_Community

[14] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/the-greatest-intellectual-property-theft-in-history-operation-paperclip-november-16-2019/

The Greatest Intellectual Property Theft in History: Operation Paperclip

[15] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/3761/

Patents, Theft of Intellectual Property (IP), Product Piracy and US-China Relations

[16] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/4646/

Nations Built on Lies; Volume 1 – How the US Became Rich

[17] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/4950/

Nations Built on Lies; Volume 1 – How the US Became Rich; Part 4 IP theft and copying

[18] https://www.unz.com/lromanoff/history-of-chinese-inventions-the-present-and-the-future-recent-chinese-state-of-the-art-innovations/

History of Chinese Inventions. The Present and the Future

[19] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/3781/

A Brief Introduction to Tibet

[20] Shangri-la was originally thrust upon the world in the 1933 novel ‘Lost Horizon’ by British author James Hilton https://www.amazon.com/Lost-Horizon-Novel-James-Hilton/dp/0062113720 who described it as a mystical, harmonious valley, gently guided by devoted lamas, the name since becoming synonymous with a mythical earthly but isolated paradise whose inhabitants are virtually immortal. However, Shangri-la really does exist, a charming town in the remote NorthWest of China’s Yunnan Province.

[21] Anna Louise Strong; Tibetan Interviews, 1959; https://www.marxists.org/reference/archive/strong-anna-louise/1959/tibet/index.htm

[22] T. D. Allman; A Myth Foisted on the Western World, The Nation Magazine; https://shugdensociety.wordpress.com/2010/07/03/a-myth-foisted-on-the-western-world/

[23] https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/politics/2847/

Chinese Criminal Confessions

[24] ibid

♦️♦️♦️

Mr. Romanoff’s writing has been translated into 32 languages and his articles posted on more than 150 foreign-language news and politics websites in more than 30 countries, as well as more than 100 English language platforms. Larry Romanoff is a retired management consultant and businessman. He has held senior executive positions in international consulting firms, and owned an international import-export business. He has been a visiting professor at Shanghai’s Fudan University, presenting case studies in international affairs to senior EMBA classes. Mr. Romanoff lives in Shanghai and is currently writing a series of ten books generally related to China and the West. He is one of the contributing authors to Cynthia McKinney’s new anthology ‘When China Sneezes’.

The Left-Wing Media “Buried” Hunter Biden Story Because It “Wasn’t Part Of Their Narrative”

April 4, 2022

The mainstream media’s decision to admit – more than a year after the fact – that the Hunter Biden laptop story was, in fact, legitimate (and not the product of ‘Russian disinformation, as a procession of high-ranking Democrat spies insisted at the time) has once again shaken the public’s trust in the media, and prompting accusations of ‘election interference’ and even inspiring a House inquiry into collusion to bury the story involving Big Tech and the MSM on behalf of Joe Biden and the Democrats.

Joe Rogan perhaps put it best when he speculated that there was “some f**kery afoot” when he slammed the media coverage of the laptop as “crazy”. Just this past week, WaPo, CNN and the NYT have gone “scorched earth” over the laptop story now that it’s become clear that the son of the president is potentially heading toward an indictment in a major tax fraud case.

But when it comes to the cover-up that may have swayed the outcome of the 2020 election, nobody has been held accountable.

https://mobile.twitter.com/BrentHBaker/status/1510244281931477002

Which is all the more reason for HBO host Bill Maher, the liberal maverick who has never been afraid to break with leftist orthodoxy, to go all-in. During Friday night’s show, he accused the “left-wing media” of burying the story because it didn’t fit with their “orthodoxy”.

“It looks like the left-wing media just buried the story because it wasn’t part of their narrative and that’s why people don’t trust the media,” Maher said.

He elaborated, calling Hunter Biden a “ne’er-do-well” who was taking money from well-connected foreigners solely because “he was the president’s son”.

“I remember reading about this a couple of years ago, the New York Post came across… Hunter Biden’s computer, which he apparently left at a computer repair store. I didn’t even know they existed. And if anyone should not leave his computer with other people, it would be Hunter Biden just for the personal stuff,” Maher said. “But it also had stuff about how, you know, c’mon, he’s a ne’er-do-well. I’m sorry, Hunter Biden, but you are… You made a living being ne’er-do-well who was taking money just because you were the vice president’s son and you had influence.”

“He got, I think $4.8, yes, million from Chinese energy companies to sit on the board and consult. Yeah, that was his passion in life,” Maher quipped. His exploration, hooker exploration, was his passion.”

Even more galling than the media blackout is the fact that Twitter froze the account of the New York Post in retaliation for its reporting.

“So the New York Post got a hold of what was in the computer. And, you know, because the New York Post is a Republican paper, and The New York Times and The Washington Post are the Democratic paper[s]…And the Republican paper, Twitter…canceled their account! They can’t even report on this story. And now two years later, The New York Times and The Washington Post have come around and say, ‘Okay, there was something there.'”

And while Maher acknowledged that reporters had reason to take the initial leak with “a giant grain of salt” given its provenance (it was leaked to the NYPost via Rudy Giuliani and the Trump camp), that should not have been an excuse to dismiss the story in its entirety.

The result is that the world of the American media has, in Maher’s telling, reverted to the model from the 19th century, when there were Republican papers and Democrat papers (and Whig papers), and the echo chamber model has become so pervasive that nobody stops to question it.

We look forward to watching the left once again try to cancel Maher for speaking truth to power.


U.S. Dollar Hegemony Ended Abruptly Last Wednesday

by Michael Hudson

March 31, 2022

Margaret Flowers: You’re listening to Clearing the FOG, speaking truth to expose the forces of greed, with Margaret Flowers. And now I turn to my guest, Michael Hudson. Michael is the president of the Institute for the Study of Long-term, Economic Trends, ISLET. He’s a Wall Street financial analyst and a distinguished research professor of Economics at the University of Missouri, in Kansas City. He’s also the author of numerous books and recently updated his book, “Super Imperialism: The economic strategy of American Empire.” Thank you for taking time to speak with me today, Michael.

Michael Hudson: Well, thanks for having me on Margaret.

MF: You’ve talked a lot and written a lot about dollar hegemony and what’s happening now with de-dollarization. Can you start out by explaining to my listeners what dollar hegemony is and how it has benefited the wealthy class in the United States?

MH: Dollar hegemony seems to be the position that has just ended as of this week very abruptly. Dollar hegemony was when America’s war in Vietnam and the military spending of the 1960s and 70s drove the United States off gold. The entire US balance of payments deficit was military spending, and it began to run down the gold supply. So, in 1971, President Nixon took the dollar off gold. Well, everybody thought America has been controlling the world economy since World War I by having most of the gold and by being the creditor to the world. And they thought what is going to happen now that the United States is running a deficit, instead of being a creditor.

Well, what happened was that, as I’ve described in Super Imperialism, when the United States went off gold, foreign central banks didn’t have anything to buy with their dollars that were flowing into their countries – again, mainly from the US military deficit but also from the investment takeovers. And they found that these dollars came in, the only thing they could do would be to recycle them to the United States. And what do central banks hold? They don’t buy property, usually, back then they didn’t. They buy Treasury bonds. And so, the United States would be spending dollars abroad and foreign central banks didn’t really have anything to do but send it right back to buy treasury bonds to finance not only the balance of payments deficit, but also the budget deficit that was largely military in character. So, dollar hegemony was the system where foreign central banks keep their monetary and international savings reserves in dollars and the dollars are used to finance the military bases around the world, almost eight hundred military bases surrounding them. So, basically central banks have to keep their savings by weaponizing them, by militarizing them, by lending them to the United States, to keep spending abroad.

This gave America a free ride. Imagine if you went to the grocery store and you just paid by giving them an IOU. And then the next week you want to buy more groceries and you give them another IOU. And they say, wait a minute, you have an IOU before and you say, well just use the IOU to pay the milk company that delivers, or the farmers that deliver. You can use this as your money and just you’ll as a customer, keep writing IOU’s and you never have to pay anything because your IOU is other people’s money. Well, that’s what dollar hegemony was, and it was a free ride. And it all ended last Wednesday when the United States grabbed Russia’s reserves having grabbed Afghanistan’s foreign reserves and Venezuela’s foreign reserves and those of other countries.

And all of a sudden, this means that other countries can no longer safely hold their reserves by sending their money back, depositing them in US banks or buying US Treasury Securities, or having other US investments because they could simply be grabbed as happened to Russia. So, all of a sudden this last week, you’re seeing the world economy fracture into two parts, a dollarized part and other countries that do not follow the neoliberal policies that the United States insists that its allies follow. We’re seeing the birth of a new dual World economy.

MF: Wow, there’s a lot to unpack there. So, are we seeing then other countries starting to disinvest in US dollars? You’ve written about how the treasury bonds that these central banks buy up have been basically funding our domestic economy. Are they starting to shed those bonds or what’s happening?

MH: No, they haven’t been funding our domestic economy because the Federal Reserve can create its own money to fund the domestic economy. We don’t need to borrow from foreign countries to fund our economy. We can print it ourselves. What the dollar hegemony does is fund the balance of payments deficit. It funds our spending in other economies, our spending abroad. It doesn’t help our economy, but it does help us get a free ride from other countries. The more dollars we spend in making a military base, all these military expenditures get turned over to the local Central Bank that turns and sends them back to the Federal Reserve or deposits them in US bank accounts. So, it’s the international free ride we get, not a domestic free ride.

MF: Okay. So are we seeing countries now, since this past week, starting to move their assets back to repatriate them because I know for Afghanistan, a big problem is that most of the government’s money was outside of the country and that has been used as a weapon against Afghanistan by seizing those assets and not allowing the Central Bank of Afghanistan to have them. Are we starting to see other countries repatriating their money and gold?

MH: Well, figures are only available at the end of each month, reported at the end of each month and then there’s a two-month delay, so we don’t have any idea what’s happening. But I’ve been talking to people all over the world in the last few days and the consensus is that everybody is now deciding the only place, certainly if you’re China or Russia or Kazakhstan or you’re in the Eurasian orbit, South Asia, East Asia, you realize, wait a minute, if all we have to do is something like Allende did in Chile or all we have to do is refuse to sell off our industry to American investors and they can treat us like they’ve treated Venezuela. So you can imagine that everybody’s watching this and there’s an expectation that as a result of the war in Ukraine, that’s really America’s NATO war, that this is going to create a balance-of-payments crisis throughout the whole Global South as their energy prices go up, oil prices soar, food prices are going to soar and this is going to make it impossible for them to pay their foreign debts unless they go without food and energy. Obviously, this is a political crisis. That is, the only result can be to split the world in two.

MF: You’ve been writing about this happening. You’ve written that the de-dollarization has been happening relatively quickly in recent years. So, are we now we’re now just seeing the end result of that? I mean, people said it could happen quickly. Is that exactly what we’re seeing right now?

MH: Yes, and nobody expected that it would happen this quickly. Nobody expected that it would be the United States itself that ends de-dollarization. People thought that, well, most of the sales of my book describing this super imperialism were bought by the Defense Department and they looked at it as a how -to-do-it book. And I was brought down to the White House and the Defense Department to explain to them how imperialism works.

I had expected that maybe China, Russia, and other countries would say, “We don’t want to give America free rides.” And yet it was the United States itself that broke all of this, by grabbing Russia’s reserves right after it grabbed Afghanistan’s and Venezuela’s reserves.

Nothing like this has happened in modern history, even in the 19th century wars. In the Crimean War in the mid-19th century, Russia, England and Germany, everybody kept paying the debts to the countries they were fighting against because the idea is that debts were sacrosanct. And now, all of a sudden, not only are debts are not sacrosanct, but countries can just grab foreign savings. I guess the problem began after the Shah of Iran fell and the United States grabbed Iran’s money and refused to let it pay its bond holders and started the whole war against Iran for trying to take control of its own oil resources. So, all of a sudden, the United States grabbing this has ended what everybody thought was an immutable morality.

MF: So that was in 1979 that the Shah fell in Iran and, and over the last number of decades, the United States has been increasingly using economic warfare against countries through what people call sanctions, but they’re actually, illegal unilateral coercive measures, has that been kind of driving and setting the stage for what is happening today?

MH: Yes, the International Monetary Fund has operated, basically, as an arm of the Defense Department. It’s been bailing out dictatorships, bailing out Ukraine, lending money to countries whose client oligarchies America wants to support, and not lending any money to countries that America doesn’t want to support, like Venezuela. So, its job is basically to promote neoliberal policies, and to insist that other countries balance their payments by undergoing a class war against labor.

The conditionality that the IMF insists upon for foreign borrowing is that countries devalue their currency and lower their wage rates and pass anti-labor legislation. Well, when you lower the currency’s exchange rate, what do you really lower? Food prices are set in dollars internationally, raw materials prices are, and prices for machinery and many goods. The only economic variable devalued is domestic labor (and domestic rents). The IMF has been using this kind of junk-economic free-trade policy as a means of keeping the wage rates in the Global South down. You could say it’s a financialization of an ultimately military conflict to promote neoliberal ideology.

MF: And you mentioned the lowering wages and things like that. And this is actually done because it’s favorable to US investors and US business, right? I mean, the World Bank actually has an index, the cost of doing business index, that helps inform large corporations about laws that countries pass that make them more favorable to businesses to come in.

MH: It’s even worse than that. The central aim of the World Bank is to prevent other countries from growing their own food. That is the prime directive. It will only make loans for countries to earn foreign currency and it has insisted ever since about 1950 that countries that borrow from it must shift their agriculture to plantation export crops to grow tropical crops that cannot be grown in the United States for environmental and weather reasons. And the countries must not grow their own food and must not undertake Land Reform or small family-based farming. So, it insisted on foreign-owned agribusiness in large plantation agriculture. And what that means is that countries that have borrowed for agricultural loans have not been loans to produce their own food. It’s been to compete with each other producing tropical export crops while being increasingly dependent on the United States for their food supplies, and for their grain. And that’s part of the corner they painted them into that is going to be creating such a world famine this summer.

MF: I definitely want to get into that as well as the energy situation and the climate crisis, but before we do that, I just want you to comment quickly on how this has also been driving countries to seek alternatives. The United States removed Russia from the SWIFT system, which is the international mechanism for doing trading and finance. It threatened China if they didn’t denounce what was happening with Russia and Ukraine to kick them out of the SWIFT system. So, this hubris of the United States is also kind of driving countries away to seek other alternatives, right?

MH: That’s the whole point. Well, fortunately they’ve been threatening to kick Russia out of SWIFT for the last two years. And so, Russia and China have been putting in place an alternative system. So, they almost pretty smoothly are shifting over to using their own currency with each other instead of using the dollar. And that’s part of what has ended the dollar standard and ended dollar hegemony.

If the way you have dollar hegemony is to have other countries deposit your money in your banks and handle their oil trade with each other by financing it in dollars, but all of a sudden you grab all their dollars and you don’t let them use US banks to pay for their oil and their trade with each other, then they’re going to shift to a different system. And that’s exactly what has ended the dollar hegemony, as you just pointed out.

MF: So, let’s get a little bit into where things are headed with this new situation, a rapidly changing situation. It may be hard to say what’s happening, but you talked about a food crisis this summer. Can you talk a little bit about more about that and does the conflict in Ukraine feed into that?

MH: Well, as President Putin and Lavrov have said, the fighting in Ukraine isn’t really over Ukraine at all. It’s a fight over what shape the world will take and whether the world will be unipolar or, as it now appears, multipolar. The US, for the last year before it began to escalate attacks on the Russian-speaking Ukraine, was trying to block Europe from, and especially Germany, from buying Russia gas and oil.

There are three pillars of American foreign policy that base American power. The first pillar is the oil industry. That’s the most powerful industry next to banking in the United States. And United States throughout the 20th century, along with Britain and France, have controlled the world oil trade.

That has benefited the United States in two ways. Number one, we are a major oil exporter because we have a big oil and gas industry. But, number two, our US companies control the foreign oil trade. So that if some country, say Chile or Venezuela, does something that the United States doesn’t like, like growing their own food or pursuing a socialist policy, the United States can simply cut off their oil and sanction them. Without oil, they don’t have energy to drive the cars or power their factories or drive their GDP.

So, the American war in Ukraine is really a war against Germany. Russia is not the enemy. Germany and Europe are the enemy and the United States made it very clear. This is a war to lock in our allies so they cannot trade with Russia. They cannot buy Russian oil. They must be dependent on American oil for which they will have to pay three or four times as much. They will have to be dependent on American liquefied natural gas for fertilizer. If they don’t buy American gas for fertilizer, and we don’t let them buy from Russia, then they cannot put fertilizer on the land and the crop yield will fall by about 50% without fertilizer.

So, the, the war in Ukraine was to make Russia look so bad by defending itself against the attacks by the Ukrainian right wing in the Russian-speaking areas that the US has said, look at how bad Russia is. You’ve got to forego buying oil and gas or grain or titanium or palladium or anything else from Russia.

And so, the effect of this war has been to lock the NATO countries into dependency on the United States because the great fear of the United States in the last few years is that as America is de-industrializing, these countries are looking to the part of the world that’s growing, China, Central Asia, Russia, South Asia. And the United States feared losing control of its satellites mainly in NATO, but also in South America. So, it sanctioned and blocked their ability to buy non-US energy. They’re blocking their ability to buy non-US food, blocking their ability to invest in or use their surplus to get prosperous by investing in China, Russia, or Eurasia.

So, this is basically a war of America to lock in its allies. Well, the result is that oil prices, now that you can’t get Russian oil, are going to go way, way up, and that is going to create a crisis for many of the Global South countries that are oil deficit countries. The fertilizer companies in Germany have already been closing down because they say, without Russian gas, we make our fertilizer out of gas, and if we can’t get Russian gas, we can’t produce the fertilizer that. So, world fertilizer prices are going way up.

Russia is the largest grain exporter. And now that grain exports are being blocked by the sanctions, the question is, what are North Africa and the Near East going to do that have been depending very largely on Russian grain exports? Their food prices are going to go way up.

You can imagine just from seeing what’s happening in the United States when gas prices go up here, food prices go up here, not only does it put a squeeze on individual family budgets, but throughout the world, it puts the squeeze on the balance of payments of other countries. And so, they’re desperate. How are they going to pay the higher prices unless they borrow even more money from US banks? And of course, that’s another arm of US policy. The US banks hope to make a killing in making loans at rising interest rates to third world countries.

And of course, arms exports. NATO in the last few days has agreed to make American arms exports to increase their purchase of arms. So, the stock market has been soaring in the last few days. They say this, the world famine, the world crisis is a bonanza for Wall Street. The oil company stocks are going way up, the military, industrial stocks, Boeing Raytheon way up, the bank stocks. This is America’s great power grab, and it realizes, when it can create a crisis and tell the Global South or poor countries your money or your life. This is how most of the great property grabs and conquests have been made throughout history.

MF: And just this week at the NATO meetings, President Biden basically said food prices are going to go up in the United States and Europe as a result of what’s happening. And that’s just the price we have to pay.

MH: Well, what he should have said, this is the price they have to pay us. That’s how the stock market took it. When he said this is the price we have to pay, this is the price consumers have to pay to the American oil companies, to the American Agricultural food distribution companies. It’s the price other countries have to pay to the United States.

This is to say to the rest of the world, you know, we’ve got you completely, I don’t know how to put it, what phrase to use, but you don’t have any choice, your money or your life. We’ve got you trapped. And he’s crowing over the fact that this resulting inflation is exactly what was intended by the war in Ukraine that has led to the isolation of Russia and other countries following a non-US policy.

MF: But more and more countries in Latin America, in Africa, are turning to countries like China for partnerships, for investment. Do you see a point coming where there is just this real shunning of the United States and turning to these alternatives?

MH: That is exactly what’s going to happen. What’s going to happen is, China’s investment is very different from US investment. US and European investment will give financial investments to countries at interest that the whole country is liable for to repay. China’s investment is taking place by means of the Belt and Road Initiative and direct capital investment in developing ports, infrastructure and railways. And instead of having a general financial claim against these countries, China has an equity claim, a property claim backed by the physical means of production that it puts in place.

Well, this summer, when countries say they cannot afford to pay their foreign debts, the United States has as a backup plan, okay, let’s write down everybody’s debts, government debts, to each other so that governments can pay the private bond holders and the banks. And they’re going to try to, essentially the US will forgive its debts so that Latin America can pay Chase Manhattan Bank and Citibank and the bondholders. And China is going to say, wait a minute, we don’t have any financial claim against these countries. We didn’t lend them dollars. We didn’t lend them our foreign currency at all. We built assets there and the assets are still in place. There’s no problem there.

So, the question is, whose debts are going to be written down to whom? And all of this is going to lead to, as you can imagine, destabilization. The United States is probably going to try to push regime change on countries that try to trade with China as it’s already threatened China with. And the more sanctions the United States imposes on Latin America, Africa and the Near East and South Asia, they will be creating a crisis, but the crisis will lead the rest of the world to treat the United States in the same way that Russia and China are treating the United States as just the enemy threatening the entire world with their neoliberal power grab. So, the United States in a way is isolating itself from the rest of the world by declaring war on it.

MF: And I think that’s not going to be good for us here at home in the United States. You’ve talked about the way that the current economy has been structured. You’ve also raised a lot of concern about the climate crisis. And of course, we have the recent IPCC report basically saying that we’re way behind in taking action to even adapt to the climate crisis or the warming that we’re going to be experiencing. So now in this new situation, how do you see that impacting the climate crisis?

MH: Here’s what Biden said, in effect: “We’re way behind in the pace of global warming.” American policy is based on increasing and accelerating global warming. That has been a central point of US policy ever since I joined the Hudson Institute in the 1970s. The United States is opposing any attempt at trying to prevent global warming because you can imagine what would happen if other countries go to solar energy and renewable energy. That will reduce their dependency on the US oil industry. If you look at American policy, it is being run basically by the oil industry to establish dependence of other countries on oil. Then obviously the last thing the United States is ever going to do is prevent global warming. So, if we’re behind in global warming, it’s that the sea level is not rising fast enough. The world is not getting hot fast enough not to lock in foreign reliance on America’s oil.

And I think you’ve seen what in the last few weeks, what President Biden has said, the fuel of the future is coal and oil. Right now, he’s in Poland. I think he’s suggesting that Polish coal, which is one of its major products, should be used in Europe instead of Russian gas. So, American foreign policy is based on the accelerated use of coal and oil, not renewable energy.

Now, that’s why I think the environmental movement should become an anti-war movement and the movement against this neoliberal dollar hegemony. You’re not going to avoid global warming unless you stop the dominance of American foreign policy by the oil industry.

MF: I think we’ve been seeing that shift over the last few years where the climate movement is starting to understand we can’t address this crisis without addressing the US military. So just in the last minutes that I have with you, what do you have to say to the listeners about where this is going for us materially as people living in the United States, a country that has been showing itself to be a failing state? The Covid-19 pandemic, I think, has really exposed that in so many ways, the financial insecurity that people are facing, housing, education, health care, all of the failures of the government to meet the basic needs of the people. How do you think that’s going to change with this new situation?

MH: Well, the United States has been getting a free ride internationally. So, much of the prosperity here has been the result of our not having to pay for our own military spending, not having to pay for many of the foreign investments that we’ve got that supply the US with low priced foreign raw materials. All that is being ended by President Biden’s policy, which, of course, the Republicans support just as much as the Democrats.

So, there’s really a political movement that is ending up impoverishing, I’d say, 99% of Americans. While the Federal Reserve saves the stock and bond market for the 1%, there’s going to be a huge squeeze that’s going to force, I think, most American families into debt leading to probably a close down of a lot of businesses just as you had the Covid crisis closing down a lot of businesses. You’re going to have the rising fuel prices, the rising food prices utterly force families into default and an inability to be self-supporting without either running into debt or selling their homes and becoming renters.

MF: And that’s a whole other problem with the buying up of the housing in the United States by these investment corporations so that they can then control those rent prices. It sounds like difficult days are ahead.

MH: Yes. Well, and nobody can really ,it’s really Uncharted Territory because nobody thought there was an alternative. The economic view was as Margaret Thatcher said, “There is no alternative.” Well, now, America’s forced the world to find its own alternative.

MF: Well, thank you for sharing that wisdom with me. I encourage people to continue to follow you and read your books and follow your writing. Where’s the best place to find you?

MH: I have a website: Michael-Hudson.com. And I’m on Patreon. I post my articles on the website and on Patreon.

MF: Well, thank you so much for taking time to speak with me today, and for the important work that you’re doing.

MH: Well, I’m awfully glad we had to talk about this, Margaret.p


Republished from Popular Resistance

The Indian CEO Virus

March 31, 2022

by Eugene Gant

Like Westbrook Pegler, I’m a member of the rabble in good standing. So when I want to hang out with my kind, I click into the comboxes under my articles, or consider carefully emails about them. I did this after Unz.com reposted my VDARE.com piece on the Indians who control Big Tech, who have become CEOs of the most influential and potentially dangerous platforms that virtually control modern communications. (VDARE.com doesn’t have a comment section because it doesn’t have Ron Unz’s charmed life and would be blamed for whatever is posted, but you can write a Letter To The Editor.) What an education! A heck of a lot of well-read people are out there, including some Righteous Indians who agree that giving their co-ethnics such power is bad for America.

I closed my first effort with an obvious truth. Indians like immigrant Twitter chieftain Parag Argawal offer big smiles and a warm, friendly manner. But that’s all show. Those who have conquered Big Tech and now censor real Americans are, I said, are “ruthless, grasping foreigners and they’re bent on using their power to import fellow “blacks with brains” and form a new Ruling Class.”

Little did I know.

The “blacks with brains” pose a threat mainly because they are “unprincipled sycophants,” a poster to Unz (calling himself Xavier) wrote:

Morality is irrelevant in Indian culture (due to Hinduism’s emphasis on escapist metaphysics) and even a cursory reading of Indian literature (from the Mahabharat to the Panchatantra) will reveal the opportunistic nature of the Indian. Put an Indian in a room full of strangers and in 10 minutes he will know exactly whose ass is worth kissing.

This sycophantic behavior is rooted in the caste system. Hinduism stresses that the greatest virtue is serving the upper castes (mainly the Brahmins). Take charity for example. Hinduism stresses the importance of charity …. but also insists that the greatest charity … that which is given to Brahmins. Hinduism also ritually humiliates the lower castes while encouraging deference for the upper castes. If a lower caste individual serves the Brahmins well, he might accumulate enough positive karma to be reincarnated as a Brahmin himself in the next life; thus allowing him to now lord over his former lower caste comrades. Hinduism is the world’s first pyramid scheme disguised [as] a religion.

That pyramid scheme has meant “superiors must be worshiped while those below must be humiliated.”

No wonder Agrawal ordered a new round of firing squads at Twitter about 30 seconds after he took over. Twitter shut down conservative Republican Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene and mRNA pioneer Robert Malone. I’m in charge now, he seemed say, and I don’t give a damn about what you stupid whites care so much about: free speech and open, vigorous debate.

Another Unz poster noted View of the State of Society among the Hindoo Subjects of Great Britain, particularly with respect to Morals, Chapter Two of a larger 1790 work by Charles Grant of the British East India Company. Grant offered a not-too-flattering assessment of Indians that comports with mine. Grant thought the Indians depraved, largely due to greed and selfishness that the “the best administration of law will not eradicate.”

“[M]oney, the grand instrument of selfish gratifications, may be called the supreme idol of the Hindoos,” Grant wrote. Indians are ever “absorbed in schemes for the gratification of avarice.”

He continued:

The people of the lower provinces in particular, with an exception of the military caste, are as dastardly as they are unprincipled. They seek their ends by mean artifices, low cunning, intrigue, falsehood, servility, and hypocritical obsequiousness. To superiors they appear full of reverence, of humble and willing submission, and readiness to do every thing that may be required of them; and as long as they discern something either to expect or to fear, they are wonderfully patient of slights, neglects, and injuries. But under all this apparent passiveness and meanness of temper, they are immovably persisting in their secret views.

Grant believed that sending Christian missionaries to India would change the character of its people. But he minced no words in describing them. Their “deliberate malice, the calumnies,” and the avowed enmity [among them] … offer a very mortifying view of the human character,” he wrote:

No stranger can sit down among them without being struck with this temper of malevolent contention and animosity, as a prominent feature in the character of the society. It is seen in every village, the inhabitants live among each other in a sort of repulsive state, nay it enters into almost every family. Seldom is there a household without its internal divisions. … The women partake of this spirit of discord. Held in slavish subjection by the men, they rife in furious passions against each other, which vent themselves in such loud, virulent, and indecent railings, as are hardly to be heard in any other part of the world.

Reading Grant’s evaluation of the “Hindoo” character proves the old adage: The more things change, the more they stay the same.

“I am an Indian and damn, this is so true,” an Indian commenter on Unz (who calls himself “R.J. MacReady” ) wrote. “Lmao.”

Having “tried to understand the Indian psyche all my life,” he wrote, “the conclusion I have come to is that nature is a huge factor, and one nobody addresses”:

India is perhaps the most temperate-tropical nation on earth which ensures a lazy body and zero desire to explore. Add to this the Indian diet which is unhealthy and lethargy inducing and what you get is a race of greedy, self-obsessed, self-centered, immoral and inward-looking masses—there is a link I am 100 percent sure. This is also the reason India has always been invaded and taken over all throughout her history.

The writer quoted from Al-Biruni, a Muslim scholar of the late 10th and early 11th century, explaining why Hindus and Muslims don’t get along even apart from the former’s idol worship:

The Hindus believe that there is no country but theirs, no nation like theirs, no kings like theirs, no religion like theirs, no science like theirs. They are haughty, foolishly vain, self-conceited, and stolid. They are by nature niggardly in communicating that which they know, and they take the greatest possible care to withhold it from men of another caste among their own people, still much more, of course, from any foreigner. According to their belief, there is no other country on earth but theirs, no other race of man but theirs, and no created beings besides them have any knowledge or science whatsoever …

… all their fanaticism is directed against those who do not belong to them – against all foreigners. They call them mlechha, i.e. impure, and forbid any connection with them, be it by intermarriage or any other kind of relationship, or by sitting, eating, and drinking with them, because thereby, they think, they would be polluted.

[What the Iranian scholar Albiruni said about Hindus, echoed centuries later by VivekanandaScroll.In, September 24, 2019]

The Indian commenter believed that “nature (environment) and genetics is also a huge contributory factor why Indians are the way they are,” and why nothing has changed since at least Albiruni’s time.

Another poster noted that Indians are the “con artists of the East.” Scam calls come mostly from India, particularly those from “tech support” at Apple and other Big Tech firms.

One reader emailed me directly. “I’d mostly agree with you except for the conclusion,” he explained. “Even Indians in India are pained by these folks.”

“Excellent article,” another wrote:

East Indian influence and power completely overlooked by Right and Left. If you want to see what America would like if these people have control, look no farther than the mess modern India is.

An email from a tech engineer in Silicon Valley offered the history, or at least some “clues,” that explain the Indian takeover of Big Tech.

This writer worked in Silicon Valley, and believes the Indian invasion began at Oracle. Although he had worked with Chinese, Koreans and “even an Iranian or two” in the industry, he hadn’t worked with an Indian…until he landed at Oracle. “Oracle was a huge employer, even back in the early 1990s, with over 5,000 employees, and they were just beginning to sell Oracle in India,” he wrote.

He also observed that Oracle cofounder Larry Ellison is Jewish. “The entire f [deleted]’ corporation was Jewish.” And the people who ran things had a lot in common with Indians. “Control of the corporation, itself, became the thing over which battles were fought—setting Jews against Jews.”

They were “aware that Indians’ dietary requirements were actually aligned in many respects with Jewish dietary laws.” But even better, the Indian “didn’t have opinions about the Holocaust [presumably in contrast to the Iranians mentioned above] and if they did they kept them to themselves,” the writer continued:

They cost half what white employees cost. They didn’t have any delusions of equality, in fact, they had their own caste system. And they couldn’t try to take the corporation away from him—the majority of the stock was firmly in Jewish hands.

As an extra benefit, the Jews and the Brahmins both hate and fear Muslims. And so Larry could rest easy, knowing that with the Brahmins in charge of hiring decisions, no Iranians—and, in fact, no Muslims, whatsoever—would be employed.

Basically, the Brahmins and the Jews discovered that they had a lot in common.

Lo and behold, the writer continued, “the H-1B was born … and Larry started replacing his American employees with H-1Bs. Others began to copy him. The rest is history.”

The writer hastened to point out that the struggle against the Indian takeover is not racial. It’s not a “white-versus-brown struggle”:

This is a rich-white-people-using-poor-brown-people-to-destroy-poor-white-people struggle, or, more simply, this is class warfare, with the rich making covert war upon those less fortunate. This has nothing to do with race or culture. It is all about money, and, secondarily, about people who don’t want “their” microwave ovens contaminated with profane pork products.

As well, the writer’s survey of employees’ unlawful termination lawsuits against Oracle showed that they stopped after 2005. Why? Because Oracle replaced “ungrateful Americans and argumentative Jews with compliant, obedient Indians.”

Indians are “fronting for the company.” But “the stockholders are still in REAL control,” he continued. “The Indians are just figureheads. Showroom dummies.”

Indeed. A look at boards of AdobeIBMGoogleMicrosoft, and Twitter tells the tale. The almost all-white and heavily-Jewish corporate leaders hire Indian button men to get rid of white Americans, who demand decent salaries, and replace them with low-wage brown Indians, who’d like nothing better than to escape the squalor of the country they created.

Problem is, India comes with them. Where religion and culture are concerned, again, little if anything about India or Indians has changed since the East India Company’s Grant wrote his book 300 years ago.

And it won’t change before these companies are completely staffed by grasping, tyrannical Indians who demand obsequious deference toward superiors, yet whose “fanaticism is directed against those who do not belong to them—against all foreigners.”

We’ve already seen what Parag Agrawal plans for whites who say things he doesn’t like. One must wonder what life is like for his white employees.

Then again, they’re suffering will soon end. It won’t be long before Agrawal kicks this lower caste out the back door…and replaces them with his countrymen.


Eugene Gant [email him] no longer lives in Baltimore.

Deeply Compromised Biden Is Driving the West Toward a Nuclear War with Russia

March 28, 2022

by Vasko Kohlmayer

On Thursday, March 24, the Russian government held a press conference in which it presented evidence that Hunter Biden, the disgraced son of American president Joe Biden, helped to finance bioweapons research in Ukraine.

Hunter’s untoward activity took place in 2014. The proof comes from emails and other forms of communication found on Hunter Biden’s laptop, which he recklessly abandoned in a computer repair shop in Delaware in 2019.

When Hunter was facilitating bioweapons research in Ukraine, his father, Joe Biden, served as vice president of the United States. Because of his background in foreign affairs, Joe Biden was tasked by then President Obama with overseeing America’s foreign policy. Joe Biden relished the assignment and took deep personal interest in countries such as Ukraine, Russia, and China.

But rather than advancing the interests of the United States, the Bidens used Ukraine – and other countries – to enrich themselves through brazen influence peddling schemes. Hunter Biden was paid, for example, one million dollars a year by a shady gas and oil Ukrainian company called Burisma. Since Hunter Biden does not appear to know much about oil or gas, he was obviously given his appointment and lavish pay because the company’s owners believed he could influence – through his father – American policy in ways that were favorable to the company.

Joe Biden would get a cut from Hunter’s takings, a fact which was communicated by Hunter in his emails. In their drive to enrich themselves, the Bidens would go into business with some of the unscrupulous characters around. Burisma, for instance, was co-founded by a well-known corrupt Ukrainian oligarch Mykola Zlochevsky who is now a fugitive from justice.

When Burisma was being investigated for money laundering, tax evasion and other serious offences by Ukraine’s top prosecutor Viktor Shokin, a Burisma executive by the name of Vadym Pozharskyi sent an email to Hunter Biden asking him how he could use his political influence on Burisma’s behalf. This is what he wrote, in part, to Hunter:

“We urgently need your advice on how you could use your influence to convey a message / signal, etc. to stop what we consider to be politically motivated actions.”

When Joe Biden subsequently visited Ukraine in his role as vice president of the United States, he pressured Ukrainian government officials to have the prosecutor fired. This he did by threatening to withhold one billion dollars in US aid which had been promised by Barrack Obama. After some resistance, the Ukrainian government officials caved in and fired the prosecutor. Joe Biden later boasted about it in a talk which was recorded on video.

Joe Biden brags about having effected firing of a Ukrainian prosecutor who was investigating a company by which his son was paid a million dollars per year

Notice what Joe Biden was doing: He was using US taxpayers’ money to bully a foreign government for the purpose of enriching his own family.

While Joe Biden served as vice president of the United States, the Bidens ran their influence peddling ploy in numerous places across the world. By directing US foreign policy in ways that would enrich himself and his family, Joe Biden sold out his country and betrayed the trust of the high office he held.

Rudy Giuliani, a former prosecutor himself, called the Bidens a “crime family.” It is painful to admit, but the contents of Hunter’s hard drive clearly show that this is, indeed, an apt description of their activities.

As you may know, Joe Biden and other American high-level officials have been repeatedly calling in recent weeks for a regime change in Russia. They have been openly urging the Russian people to remove or kill Vladimir Putin.

Just the other day, Joe Biden declared on his visit to Poland that Vladimir Putin “cannot remain in power.” According to a report by CNN:

“President Joe Biden declared forcefully Saturday that Russian President Vladimir Putin should no longer remain in power, an unabashed challenge that came at the very end of a swing through Europe meant to reinforce Western unity.”

In response to the calls of US politicians, Russian government called a press conference and showed its people the incontrovertible evidence of Biden’s corruption and malfeasance. In the process, they used Hunter Biden’s crooked dealings in Ukraine and elsewhere to paint the United States as a corrupt and hypocritical nation.

The Russian government officials showed that the United States was involved with bioweapons labs in Ukraine, a country that borders with the Russian Federation. Such labs are illegal under American and international laws. The Biden administration had until recently denied the existence of such facilities, calling those who said otherwise “conspiracy theorists.”

A couple of weeks ago, however, Victoria Nuland, American Undersecretary of State for Political Affairs and one of the architects of the 2014 Orange Revolution in Ukraine haltingly admitted the existence of these labs while testifying under oath before a senate committee.

Victoria Nuland admits the existence of a biolabs in Ukraine in a Senate hearing

Using material from Hunter Biden’s hard drive, the Russians showed the world that the president’s own son was involved in this illicit enterprise. Hunter tried to profit from it by investing in a company called Metabiota. Metabiota is a Department of Defense contractor that specializes “in research on pandemic-causing diseases that could be used as bioweapons.”

Hunter raised millions for that company and also put half a million of his own cash into the project. He also connected the leadership of Metabiota with that of notorious Burisma, the corrupt enterprise on whose board he served.

This is what we read in the Mail Online:

Emails and defense contract data reviewed by DailyMail.com suggest that Hunter had a prominent role in making sure Metabiota was able to conduct its pathogen research just a few hundred miles from the border with Russia.

What do you think was the Russian people’s reaction when they were shown this evidence by their government last Thursday?

Do you think that they feel like rising against Putin as Joe Biden urges them to do?

Quite to the contrary, they must have been enraged at the Americans’ apparent malfeasance.

They must have been shocked that such a corrupt man as Joe Biden could hold the highest public office in the United States.

It is Joe Biden who should be removed from office for betraying his nation and by selling his influence to corrupt foreign entities through his lamentable son Hunter.

The incriminating evidence of his crimes and betrayal of his nation is on his son’s own laptop. But when this laptop was presented to the authorities in 2019 by Rudy Giuliani, they refused to do anything about it.

Rather than doing what is right, the establishment turned on Giuliani and those who tried to call attention to the corruption that exists at the highest places of our government.

They claimed that the hard drive was a product of a Russian misinformation campaign even though they knew full well that it was not the case. Their false claim has been soundly disproved and now even the hyper-partisan New York Times admits that the incriminating hard drive is genuine.

What in the world has happened to America? How can our country be led by such corrupt people?

The evidence of their malfeasance is right there for everybody to see on Hunter Biden’s own computer, but our agencies tasked with investigating these kinds of crimes refuse to touch it.

And now the compromised Joe Biden, the man who has cynically sold out his country, is leading us toward World War III.

As part of the US foreign policy elite for decades, Joe Biden has been pushing for NATO’s expansion to the very doorstep of Russia. Russia has correctly and rightly perceived this as a vital national security threat.

Over the years the Russian government pleaded and warned against NATO’s incursion into the former Soviet republics. Rather than acknowledging Russia’s legitimate concerns, Joe Biden upped the ante as president by treating Ukraine as a de facto NATO partner by arming, equipping, and training its army.

When Russia finally responded, he falsely called its president “a war criminal” and demanded a regime change. This is an astonishingly arrogant and reckless way to treat the leader of a nuclear superpower.

One thing is quite certain: Having been shown evidence of Joe Biden’s shocking corruption, the Russian people are not going to heed his call. They doubtlessly see him as a crooked bully who should be despised and not listened to.

Yet Biden’s increasingly belligerent rhetoric and actions leave less and less room for compromise or peace. If Joe Biden and his globalist cronies are not stopped soon, these dishonest operatives will wreck the whole world in a nuclear holocaust.

The American people must insist that their government investigate the crimes of Joe Biden and his family. The authorities have hard evidence of their misdeeds on Hunter Biden’s own hard drive. Not acting on this evidence constitutes a gross dereliction of duty.

Appointing an independent counsel to investigate their sordid business dealings in Ukraine, Russia and beyond would be a good start.


U.S. led biolab construction in Ukraine was started by Obama

March 28, 2022

Via NaturalNews

The only thing more nightmarish than eight years of former President Barack Obama has, so far, been one year of his vice president, Joe Biden being in office, but we’re just beginning to see the current disaster unfold.

That includes a new war in Ukraine after Vladimir Putin saw how weak and feeble Biden was and decided to make his move now instead of when our country had a strong leader in Donald Trump the previous four years. Just imagine what our country — and the world — would look like if the deep state had not stolen his reelection.

In any event, thanks to The National Pulse, we are learning that Obama’s legacy is far worse than previously thought — and that was bad enough: Apparently, the 44th president led a U.S. effort to build Biolabs in Ukraine and elsewhere designed for handling “especially dangerous pathogens.”

“The news comes on the same day that Biden regime apparatchik Victoria Nuland told the U.S. Senate that the American government is concerned about biological research facilities falling into Russian hands as a result of the ongoing conflict in Eastern Europe,” the outlet noted.

According to a Web Archive of a story titled, “Biolab Opens in Ukraine” posted to a site called BioPrepWatch.com (which is still online, by the way) on June 18, 2010, Obama, while still serving as a U.S. senator from Illinois, participated in negotiations for a deal to build a level-3 bio-safety laboratory in the Ukrainian city of Odessa. The piece, which also focused on similar efforts by the late Sen. Dick Lugar (R-Ind.), was also included in Issue No. 818 of the United States Air Force Counterproliferation Center’s Outreach Journal.

Brighteon.TV

The story notes:

U.S. Sen. Dick Lugar applauded the opening of the Interim Central Reference Laboratory in Odessa, Ukraine, this week, announcing that it will be instrumental in researching dangerous pathogens used by bioterrorists.

The level-3 bio-safety lab, which is the first built under the expanded authority of the Nunn-Lugar Cooperative Threat Reduction program, will be used to study anthrax, tularemia and Q fever as well as other dangerous pathogens.

“The continuing cooperation of Nunn-Lugar partners has improved safety for all people against weapons of mass destruction and potential terrorist use, in addition to advancements in the prevention of pandemics and public health consequences,” Lugar said.

Author Tina Redlup added: “Lugar said plans for the facility began in 2005 when he and then-Senator Barack Obama entered a partnership with Ukrainian officials. Lugar and Obama also helped coordinate efforts between the U.S and Ukrainian researchers that year in an effort to study and help prevent avian flu.”

The lab was part of the Nunn-Lugar Act, named after the Indiana Republican and former Sen. Sam Nunn (D-Ga.), which established the Cooperative Threat Reduction Program in 1991 immediately after the fall of the Soviet Union. The program provided assistance and funding to former Soviet satellite countries to dismantle and then safeguard stockpiles of nuclear, chemical and biological weapons.

But obviously, it also established dangerous labs to handle extremely volatile substances, though not quite as volatile as the Level 4 biolab in Wuhan, China, that produced and then ‘accidentally released’ COVID-19.

According to a 2011 report from the National Academy of Sciences’ Committee on Anticipating Biosecurity Challenges of the Global Expansion of High-Containment Biological Laboratories, the facility in Odessa “is responsible for the identification of especially dangerous biological pathogens.”

“This laboratory was reconstructed and technically updated up to the BSL-3 level through a cooperative agreement between the United States Department of Defense and the Ministry of Health of Ukraine that started in 2005. The collaboration focuses on preventing the spread of technologies, pathogens, and knowledge that can be used in the development of biological weapons,” the report noted.

“The updated laboratory serves as Interim Central Reference Laboratory with a depozitarium (pathogen collection). According to Ukrainian regulations, it has a permit to work with both bacteria and viruses of the first and second pathogenic groups,” it adds.

Where is the ‘mainstream media’ hounding Obama to explain his role in this pending biological disaster?

Sources include:

TheNationalPulse.com

Web.Archive.org

♦️♦️♦️

The illusion of Evidence-based Medicine

March 28, 2022

by Robert W Malone MD, MS

In 1990, a paradigm shift occurred in the development of new medicines and treatments. An idea so big, that it was supposed to encompass the whole of medicine. It was to start initially at the level of pre-clinical and clinical trials and work all the way through the system to the care and management of individual patients. This new concept for how medicine would be developed and conducted is called evidence-based medicine (EBM). Evidence-based medicine was to provide a more rigorous foundation for medicine, one based on science and the scientific method. Truly, this was to be a revolution in medicine – a non-biased way of conducting medical research and treating patients.

Evidence-based medicine

Evidence-based medicine is “the conscientious, explicit and judicious use of current best evidence in making decisions about the care of individual patients.” The aim of EBM is to integrate the experience of the clinician, the values of the patient, and the best available scientific information to guide decision-making about clinical management.

So, what the hell happened?

There is a big flaw in the logic of evidence-based medicine as the basis for the practice of medicine as we know it, a practice based on science; one that determines care down to the level of the individual patient. This flaw is nestled in the heart and soul of evidence-based medicine, which (as we have seen over the last two years) is not free of politics. It is naive to think that data and the process of licensure of new drugs is free from bias and conflicts of interest. In fact, this couldn’t be any farther from the truth. The COVID-19 crisis of 2020 to 2022 has exposed for all to see how evidence based medicine has been corrupted by the governments, hospitalists, academia, big pharma, tech and social media. They have leveraged the processes and rationale of evidence-based medicine to corrupt the entire medical enterprise.

Evidence based medicine depends on data. For the most part, the data gathering and analysis process is conducted by and for the pharmaceutical industry, then reported by senior academics. The problem, as laid out in an editorial in the British Medical Journal is as follows:

The release into the public domain of previously confidential pharmaceutical industry documents has given the medical community valuable insight into the degree to which industry sponsored clinical trials are misrepresented. Until this problem is corrected, evidence based medicine will remain an illusion.

This ideal of the integrity of data and the scientific process is corrupted as long as financial (and governments) interests trump the common good.

Medicine is largely dominated by a small number of very large pharmaceutical companies that compete for market share, but are effectively united in their efforts to expanding that market. The short term stimulus to biomedical research because of privatization has been celebrated by free market champions, but the unintended, long term consequences for medicine have been severe. Scientific progress is thwarted by the ownership of data and knowledge because industry suppresses negative trial results, fails to report adverse events, and does not share raw data with the academic research community. Patients die because of the adverse impact of commercial interests on the research agenda, universities, and regulators.

The pharmaceutical industry’s responsibility to its shareholders means that priority must be given to their hierarchical power structures, product loyalty, and public relations propaganda over scientific integrity. Although universities have always been elite institutions prone to influence through endowments, they have long laid claim to being guardians of truth and the moral conscience of society. But in the face of inadequate government funding, they have adopted a neo-liberal market approach, actively seeking pharmaceutical funding on commercial terms. As a result, university departments become instruments of industry: through company control of the research agenda and ghostwriting of medical journal articles and continuing medical education, academics become agents for the promotion of commercial products. When scandals involving industry-academe partnership are exposed in the mainstream media, trust in academic institutions is weakened and the vision of an open society is betrayed (BMJ).

The corporate university also compromises the concept of academic leadership. No longer are positions of leadership due to distinguished careers. Instead, the ability to raise funds in the form of donations, grants, royalty revenue and contracts, dominates the requirements for University leaders. They are now must demonstrate their profitability or show how they can attract corporate sponsors.

As the US government, particularly NIAID controls a significant amount of the grants and contracts of most academic institutions in the USA, they also, can determine what research is conducted and who is funded to conduct that research.

The US government also controls the narrative. Take for example the use of the media, CDC and the FDA to control the narrative about early treatment for COVID-19. By now we should all know about the corruption of the early clinical trials of hydroxychloroquine. On the basis of these faked studies, one of the safest drugs in the world was recommended to not be used in an out patient setting – most likely, in order to increase vaccine acceptance. Or how our government used propaganda to control the use of ivermectin by such tactics as calling it unfit for human use and labelling it as a “horse wormer.” All indications are that these efforts by the US government were to dissuade early treatment to stop vaccine hesitancy.

Beyond our government skewing evidence-based medicine for their own purposes, then there is the university system, which is more interested in generating income than creating a research program that is free from bias.

Those who succeed in academia are likely to be key opinion leaders (KOLs in marketing parlance), whose careers can be advanced through the opportunities provided by industry. Potential KOLs are selected based on a complex array of profiling activities carried out by companies, for example, physicians are selected based on their influence on prescribing habits of other physicians. KOLs are sought out by industry for this influence and for the prestige that their university affiliation brings to the branding of the company’s products. As well paid members of pharmaceutical advisory boards and speakers’ bureaus, KOLs present results of industry trials at medical conferences and in continuing medical education. Instead of acting as independent, disinterested scientists and critically evaluating a drug’s performance, they become what marketing executives refer to as “product champions.”

Ironically, industry sponsored KOLs appear to enjoy many of the advantages of academic freedom, supported as they are by their universities, the industry, and journal editors for expressing their views, even when those views are incongruent with the real evidence. While universities fail to correct misrepresentations of the science from such collaborations, critics of industry face rejections from journals, legal threats, and the potential destruction of their careers. This uneven playing field is exactly what concerned Popper when he wrote about suppression and control of the means of science communication. The preservation of institutions designed to further scientific objectivity and impartiality (i.e., public laboratories, independent scientific periodicals and congresses) is entirely at the mercy of political and commercial power; vested interest will always override the rationality of evidence (BMJ).

Regulators (ergo the FDA) receive funding from industry and use industry funded and performed trials to approve drugs, without in most cases seeing the raw data. What confidence do we have in a system in which drug companies are permitted to “mark their own homework” rather than having their products tested by independent experts as part of a public regulatory system? Unconcerned governments and captured regulators are unlikely to initiate necessary change to remove research from industry altogether and clean up publishing models that depend on reprint revenue, advertising, and sponsorship revenue.

Some proposals for reforms include:

  • Regulators must be freed from drug company funding. This includes the FDA funding -which must come directly from the government, as opposed to pharma fees, as now is the case. Tying employee salaries to pharma fees creates a huge conflict of interest within the FDA.
  • The revolving door between regulators like the FDA, the CDC and big pharma (as well as tech/media) must stop. Employment contracts for regulatory government positions must have “non-compete” clauses whereby employment opportunities are limited upon leaving these regulatory agencies. Likewise, big pharma executives should not fill leadership positions at regulatory agencies.
  • Taxation imposed on pharmaceutical companies to allow public funding of independent trials; and, perhaps most importantly, anonymised individual patient level trial data posted, along with study protocols. These data to be provided on suitably accessible websites so that third parties, self-nominated or commissioned by health technology agencies, could rigorously evaluate the methodology and trial results.
  • Clinical trial data must be made public. Trial consent forms are easily changed to make this anonymized data freely available.
  • Publication of data must be open and transparent. The government has a moral obligation to trial participants, real people who have been involved in risky treatment and have a right to expect that the results of their participation will be used in keeping with principles of scientific rigor.
  • The government has a moral obligation to the public to conduct clinical trials in ways that are non-biased by industry.
  • The Foundation for the CDC and the Foundation for the NIH, which runs clinical trials and studies for these organizations (while their boards are made up of pharma industry executives and employees) must be decommissioned. We have laws in this country whereby the government does not accept volunteer labor, or direct donations to influence government decisions. These NGOs are doing just that. These practices must be stopped. They are intentionally using these organizations to bypass federal laws concerning exertion of undue influence on federal decision making.
  • Off label drugs must continue to be used by the medical community. The early treatment protocols, which have saved countless lives, have documented the important role that physicians have played in finding cheap and effective treatments for COVID as well as many other diseases. Let doctors be doctors.
  • Scientific and medical journals must be stopped from taking monies from big pharma. This includes the sales of reprints, banner ads, print ads, etc.
  • Government must stop interfering with the publishing of peer reviewed papers and social media. A free press must remain free from coercion from government. We all know countless examples, such as the Trusted News Initiative (TNI) and White House meetings with big tech to influence what is allowed to be printed. And the billion dollars spent by the US Government to promote these EUA/unlicensed “vaccine” products that do not prevent infection or transmission of the SARS-CoV-2 virus. This is a direct assault on our first amendment rights. It also skews evidence based medicine.
  • Informed consent, one of the foundations of modern medicine, has been stymied by the FDA, NIH, the CDC hospitalists, big tech and social media. They have been hiding data and skewing results. When people can not get the information they need to make an informed decision, evidence-based medicine can not function correctly.
  • The government must stop picking winners and losers. Evidence-based medicine requires a non-biased playing field.
  • Industry concerns about privacy and intellectual property rights should not hold sway.

If we are ever trust and support the concept of evidence based medicine again, significant changes to the system must be enacted. The only question is… is our government up to the job?

♦️♦️♦️

Two Weeks To Flatten The World

by Michael Bryant

March 26, 2022

“All this is a digression. The real power, the power we have to fight for night and day, is not power over things, but over men. How does one man assert his power over another? …By making him suffer. Obedience is not enough. Unless he is suffering, how can you be sure that he is obeying your will and not his own? Power is in inflicting pain and humiliation. Power is in tearing human minds to pieces and putting them together again in new shapes of your own choosing. Do you begin to see, then, what kind of world we are creating?
George Orwell, “1984”

“We become slaves the moment we hand the keys to the definition of reality entirely over to someone else, whether it is a business, an economic theory, a political party, the White House, Newsworld, or CNN.“
B.W. Powe

COVID-19 has magically disappeared.

After more than two years of non-stop bombardment with Covid “news”, there has been none at all in mainstream headlines for over a week. The media giveth and the media taketh away.

Through the immaculate erasure of the ‘Covid Crisis,’ those responsible for these harms are attempting to make us forget what they did to us, our families, and the permanent damage they caused to society.

Think back to what life was like two years ago and imagine if someone told you that a “health emergency” would require a crackdown on all social and economic life.

Remarkably, the public health orders moved quickly from “flattening the curve” and “slowing the spread” to containment, suppression, contact tracing, social isolation, quarantine, face coverings, de facto house arrest aka “lockdowns” (a prison/slave camp term), and mandated experimental injections.

In order to “keep us safe” government policies mushroomed from innocuous instructions into draconian decrees.

The limitation of the right to engage in basic economic transactions; the limitation of the right to freedom of movement; limitations on the right to practice religion; the suspension of the right to an education; the denial of the right to a livelihood; the removal of the right to receive or refuse medical attention; suspension of public meetings; suspension of juries; suppression of the right to freedom of expression; denial of the right to assembly; and much else became the new operating principles of “The Covid World.”

The institution of a bio-security police state was birthed according to health authorities and others the power to quarantine someone considered “infected” or simply to have been in contact with a purported “case.”

To make this appear necessary and acceptable, an intensive full-spectrum psychological assault on our sensibilities was implemented. Covid-19 was hyped as the ‘New Black Death’.

We were told by ‘important-looking people’ that millions will die, the entire planet is in danger, a global response is required and everyone must get in line with the program whilst “heroes” and “experts” take charge of this new global war to keep us safe.

Illogical catchphrases designed to hypnotize the public into a malleable mental state were repeated over and over in every media outlet, across virtually every social institution, and plastered throughout all walks of the public sphere.

“Flatten the Curve”, “The New Normal”, “Social Distancing” and “Follow the Science“ became the nation’s Covid shibboleths. Media bullhorns relentlessly blasted the doublespeak into the public psyche. Oxymorons and euphemisms dominated the contours of any and all “Covid-related” discourse.

Such linguistic manipulations were readily absorbed and seamlessly adopted by much of the public and became the Doublethink phraseology of the Covid Era.

Mantras of the Covid Era were followed by a fleet of psychologically disorienting and arbitrary ‘regulations’, ‘advice‘, and ‘guidelines’ which were quickly put in place, selectively enforced and subsequently changed.

No one was spared.

Children came under sustained psychological attacks, branded ‘super spreaders’, and were told to keep away from the grandparents lest they “kill granny.”

Operating in a fog of psychological trauma, everyone moved through a world devoid of smiles and laughter where faces were hidden by masks and smothered in cloth.

This barrage of brutalizing manipulations was designed to condition us to accept the tyrannical impositions of “The New Normal.” The emotional toll, because of COVID fear-mongering and media hysteria, caused the citizenry to become mentally tamed like institutionalized prisoners who would come begging for “a way out.”

The preordained and only “allowed” exit from this viral nightmare demanded that society embrace the magical “cure” of the “miracle” inoculation. A medical miracle promised to be so effective that it would be required year after year after year.

When not embraced it would be enforced.

One of the striking characteristics of the media blitzkrieg surrounding the Covid “pandemic” – or, to be more precise, the reporting of the “pandemic” – is how it so easily resembled the “War on Terror” or indeed, any war, when considered purely in terms of its effect.

Mask wearing became a patriotic duty. “Security theater” became a feature of everyday life. The vast carnage of Covid policies was sloughed off as “collateral damage.”

Lost in the sound and fury of this media bombardment were evidence, observation, and measurement– 3 of the key pillars of science.

These were replaced by make-believe forecasts, computer-generated estimates, or other not to be questioned ‘scientific metrics’ that hospitals would be over-run, mortuaries would spill into the streets and crematoriums would run out of fuel disposing of all the bodies.

Even as direct observation and real scientific data showed none of this to be true, the public health apparatus and media juggernaut ensured the public would not be exposed to such heresy.

A digital curtain of mass McCarthyite-like censorship descended upon this “Brave New World” of fact-free hysteria.

No amount of evidence could slow the propaganda machine which remained in high gear spitting out a non-stop stream of sanctimonious slogans and exaggerated death tallies.

The intended effect was widespread panic, resulting in a collective psychosis that negated all thought.

“We don’t have time!”

“We must act now!”

“Listen to the “experts!”

“Follow the science!”

“We don’t have the “luxury” of critical thinking!”

And most importantly:

“All who question the “official” narrative must be condemned.”

Put simply, Covid-19 was not an epidemiological event, it was a psychological operation.

Two years later, as bureaucrats and politicians wind down the Covid restrictions in order to quell growing unrest, we can be assured they will insist on retaining the “right” to re-impose them at will.

As long as “new variants lurk right around the corner”, public health bureaucrats and pandemic profiteers can invent the next “health emergency” to impose more shutdowns for any “viral event” that conveniently suits their political and financial aims.

While the Covid propaganda has vanished it is imperative we keep the mountain of lies under scrutiny and continue unveiling the massive corruption that defines the “Covid Era.” This is the only path towards justice and is necessary to defend against future episodes of “pandemic” hysteria.

Ultimately there can be no comprehensive debate and complete understanding of the devastating consequences of the ‘Covid Crisis’ policies without a historical and up-to-date analysis of the Medical Industry’s role in pushing socioeconomic and political agendas which benefit the ruling elites.

It is vital to understand that the public health industry is now directly tied to global markets and operates based on the demands of those financial conglomerates. Manufactured pandemics are now mammoth investment opportunities that increase the wealth of billionaires and further consolidate their power.

It is also necessary to recognize that the primary purpose of the medical industry is no longer the “art of healing”, rather as a financial instrument benefiting investors.

‘We the people‘
 must also recognize that the Medical Industry has now been fully weaponized as a punitive system designed to process, dehumanize and control every single person in the system. Before our very eyes, we have seen up close how mere biological existence is criminalized by that system.

The magic act of Covid vanishing from media view and public perception is not due to any medical miracle or the natural trajectory of a virus losing its potency. It was performed by those who manufactured this reality and committed countless crimes, coordinated in an attempt to slip out the back door, avoid further public inquiry and escape any legal consequences.

Though the story of the virus is nearly over, the sorcery that created it has not been exorcised.

The urgent message that we must take from these past two years is that we are under sustained psychological warfare and have been for quite some time.

We won’t have truly won until it is universally established that Medical Freedom is not a negotiable commodity controlled by state bureaucrats, political opportunists, or the medical cartel.

Nothing has been won until the ideology that the state controls our bodily autonomy has been thoroughly repudiated.

This story is not finished until the individuals and institutions that deceived the public and censored and persecuted dissenting voices over the past two years are publicly held accountable.

This fight is not over.


Michael Bryant is a freelance journalist/activist and researcher who presently focuses primarily on issues surrounding health freedom. His work has appeared on HealthFreedomDefense.org

When Will Americans Figure Out That They Live Under the Spectre of Communism in a Communist Run State?

by Gary D. Barnett

“And even in the fever of epidemic arrests, when people leaving for work said farewell to their families every day, because they could not be certain they would return at night, even then almost no one tried to run away and only in rare cases did people commit suicide. And that was exactly what was required. A submissive sheep is a find for a wolf.”

~ Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, The Gulag Archipelago 1918–1956

🔹

With a title such as this, most Americans will automatically ignore this warning and systematically block out intellectual honesty and reason in favor of adopting a posture of immediate ignorance, while condemning those who expose this truth as “conspiracy theorists.” This tactic is one laced with flaws, and is only useful in efforts to marginalize truth so as to protect the common citizen from having to accept any responsibility for his own demise. While this is a pathetically weak position to take, it is by any standard the easy way out, and one that allows for this population to continue to live as falsely satisfied unknowing clones simply by completely avoiding reality. Hiding from the truth in such a crucial time, is akin to a mass suicide of sorts, in that doing nothing to stop tyranny guarantees slavery, and can only lead to the destruction of this country and the rest of humanity as well.

These comparisons have been discussed and written about many times, but have never been accepted or believed by the hordes of sheep that make up this weakened and pathetic population. This can only be due to extreme apathy and blind indifference.

The ten planks of Communism as described by Marx and Engels in the  “Communist Manifesto” have been ignored for many decades by most all Americans. In the midst of this ignorance lies obvious truths that very few care to accept or understand. The reasons for this mass cognitive dissonance are of course as described, and are just a way of avoiding any conflict or call to personal responsibility.

The first plank is the “Abolition of private property in land and application of all rents of land to public purpose.” The drive by government to achieve this first plank has been ongoing throughout our history, but has escalated very dramatically over the past few years, especially since March of 2020. Most all business were purposely shut down, land grabs by government and its proxies have been rampant, and restriction to one’s home by mandate was effectively secured. That was just the beginning.

The second plank is “A heavy and graduated income tax.” This was achieved long ago, as this U.S. governing body of political monsters passed into ‘law’ taxation on income by the 16th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution in 1913. That invasion and pure theft has continued over more than the last century, and with the new digitized system being implemented today, will cause unlimited power to tax everything, helping to solidify the first plank of the manifesto.

The third plank is “Abolition of all rights of inheritance.” This type of taxation has been with us for many decades, but is worsening as time progresses due to many factors, including mass property confiscation. Until recently, these tax laws have at times been brutal, but always have diluted the rights of private property, or at least allowed governments and courts to change the disposition and distribution of private property.

The fourth plank is “Confiscation of the property of all immigrants and rebels.” This has been accomplished in many ways, but under the current environment of ‘virus’ fraud, proxy wars, and false flags, and any and all emergencies as declared by state thugs, this atrocious property grab will only escalate. Any and all who speak out against the state today, risk the loss of all assets, or at a minimum, total control of individual assets through technocratic means. This condition has been happening, and is now slated to become the standard.

The fifth plank is the “Centralization of credit in the hands of the state, by means of a national bank with state capital and an exclusive monopoly.” This plank of course was achieved with the creation of the federal reserve bank under the auspices of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913. The U.S, monetary system has been a monopoly over all money printing, coining of money, debt creation, and very corrupt monetary practices for the past 107 years. Many argue that this is a private banking system outside of government control, but that is just another way of propagandizing, and covering up this completely fascist partnership in the control of all monetary policy. At this point in time, the effect of this system has led to the possible total destruction of the entire financial system through government and the central banking system’s control of all money.

The sixth plank is the “Centralization of the means of communication and transportation in the hands of the state.” This plank was implemented and solidified long, long ago in this country. Consider the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) established in 1934. Consider the Department of Transportation and Interstate Commerce Commission. All communication and transportation are controlled by the federal government in one form or another. All is fully regulated, and at this stage of the game, the federal government has full fascist control of all media, all communication, and all travel, especially all overseas travel, as has been extremely evident over the past two years. In addition, censorship of all communication is at an all-time high, and expanding daily, as disappearing all dissent is necessary for the state to retain control of the people.

The seventh plank is the “Extension of factories and instruments of production owned by the state; the bringing of cultivation of waste lands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan.” While the completion of this plank has been ongoing throughout our history, it has vastly increased over the last few decades, again escalating dramatically as of late. All farming, ranching, agriculture and seed development, and farm land ownership has changed completely over time. While all is not government owned, it is all government controlled. This is another example of gaining another communistic plank through fascist means. Food shortages now abound, and more and more of our food is tainted or poisoned by government control, regulation, and interference. In this case, the government/corporate partnerships have taken over all aspects of production, control of soil and seeds, and distribution of products.

The eighth plank is “Equal obligation to work, and the Establishment of industrial armies, especially for agriculture.” This plank has been fully implemented, and that is most evident considering that all labor and labor laws are set by the state through many government bureaucracies, including the Social Security Administration, the Department of Labor, minimum wage laws, regulatory domination, State and federal unions, federal work programs, and the ‘Equal Rights Amendment; all as outlined in the Manifesto. Most of the entirety of work-related policy is fully controlled by government.

The ninth plank is the “Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries, gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country by a more equitable distribution of the population over the country.” This has been accomplished by the near total control of all planning, reorganization, and recent land grabs by fascist corporate partners with government. Large swaths of land have been stolen by the federal government over time, and now given the current situation concerning this ‘covid’ fraud, plans concerning the reorganization and development of all property, the mass buying of property by corporate and investment companies tied directly to government in cities and country, the completion of combining all agriculture, manufacturing of homes and property, and the destruction of housing and ownership of mortgages, this plank is nearing completion.

The tenth plank is “Free education for all children in government schools. Abolition of children’s factory labor in its present form, and a Combination of education with industrial production.” The ‘public education’ and indoctrination of all children in these schools, which of course, are most in this country, were accomplished long ago. This travesty began in earnest around 1910, but has worsened greatly every decade since that time. This has caused the dumbing down of children nationwide, and has also just as planned, corrupted the young, and caused generation after generation to become slaves to the state. At this point in time, the rulers of society have gained almost total control of the population due to control over the ‘schooling’ of all the young from only a very few years old until well into adulthood. This plank was achieved long ago, and now with the state’s insistence on mass ‘vaccination of all children,’ self-controlling bio-weapon injections based on lies, and a total propaganda curriculum forced on all the young, the current and future control over populations has become reality.

Every plank of Communism as stated by the Communist Manifesto, is fully in place in this country, and has been mostly achieved. The only major difference here, is that Communism and Fascism have been combined to cause the completion of this controlling structure. Therefore, the U.S. is a communistic and fascist system, and has been for many, many years. This is now undeniable, but is still ignored for the most part by this oblivious American society who still believe themselves to be living in a ‘free’ country. That country has never existed, except at the margins in the far distant past.

Given these past two years of the ruling class’s control, and its government enforcer’s totalitarian takeover, what is our future? Does any chance of redemption exist? Are we all doomed to slavery, or is there a possibility of turning the tide against this tyrannical force of evil? Each of you must decide on your own whether you chose to live free or be a slave to the state. This world is being systematically destroyed; psychologically, spiritually, and physically, and all aspects of life on this planet are at great risk of annihilation. We have a distinct opportunity to change this heinous paradigm shift, but each of us as individuals has to stand against this evil force, in order to take back our sovereign right to live free.


Gary D. Barnett [send him mail] is a retired investment professional that has been writing about freedom and liberty matters, politics, and history for two decades. He is against all war and aggression, and against the state. He recently finished a collaboration with former U.S. Congresswoman, Cynthia McKinney, and was a contributor to her new book, “When China Sneezes” From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Political-Economic Crisis.” Currently, he lives in Montana with his wife and son. Visit his website

The Internet Is Next

March 26, 2022

by The Good Citizen

The war on truth in the race toward tyranny across the west.

The famous phrase about truth as the first casualty of war is everywhere these days if only because the people recognize the truth is often nowhere.

There are variations of this saying, and this one on populism is appropriate given the past decade of rising animosity to elites and global management.

Truth is not the first casualty of war alone: it is the first casualty of populism.
— Theodore Dalrymple

You’ve heard the term “if it’s free you are the product”? Well, that’s always been a quaint yet silly advertising slogan for our collective malaise with our digital world. The implication being if it’s free, you will be paying for it in may other ways that you cannot see. A more appropriate and honest slogan would be: “You are and always have been the target.” Your body, your mind, your mental state, your political beliefs, your private and public habits, your DNA (the past two years) and now your bank accounts and ideological and philanthropic associations are being targeted by western governments for lists, censorship, seizure and freezing out from participation in society unless you submit and obey, forever.

What’s happening in Canada will not stay in Canada. What’s happening in Russia will not stay in Russia. What’s happening in Czechia, The UK, Slovakia, Germany, Austria, France, Italy, New York Kindergartens will not stay there. Tyranny may have arrived with a bioweapon wrapped in a pandemic PR campaign and the pretense of a deadly threat, but it’s quickly mutating in virulence with a manufactured war designed to massage our lizard brains and pull our heart strings.

In order for tyranny to gain a permanent foothold across the west with future Silent War fronts against humanity, it will require total control over information so that events can be framed through manufactured narratives. Right now there are far too many leaks for the truth to escape and expose and undermine those prepared narratives. For tyranny to maneuver freely under benevolent disguises of safety and security it must have the consent of the people, which can only be artificially manufactured with lies and propaganda that are unvarnished by truth.

Our present digital model is one of social and civilizational rot which is why using the term ‘social media’ is a fallacy that should be substituted with ‘attention networks’. The organizing principals of our digital model of monopolized attentions networks is one that shadow governments and intel agencies adore and finance and partner with for new normal fascistic capitalism’s mass surveillance and censorship circus. The capitalism side of that equation no longer matters in a future of great resets and great narratives created by the gatekeepers of ‘stakeholder capitalism’, a controlled and engineered future of centralized technocratic power that must destroy the old models.

For years scholars have separated online mass surveillance from censorship, often ignoring the latter altogether. The two are linked. You cannot have censorship without first having mass surveillance in order to know what is forbidden, even if determined by artificial intelligence programmed by humans with little intelligence on the consequences of censorship. The role of official state censors has always been pervasive in the post printing press world to keep out information and ideas that were a threat to whatever centralized powers controlled the censors. We have only existed in a world without official censors for a very brief time, and were naïve to think given the structure of information creation and consumption today that it could last much longer. In fact, you could say it no longer exists at all. The official censors are back. Their resurrection happened in the algorithmic shadows, at first quietly, but now in a torrid rush playing out for all to see, or not see if they’re allowed to succeed.

A brief trip through time requires we see how we arrived at this present day model of information dissemination and consumption, (how we became targets) by visiting a recent book by George Gilder, Life After Google: The Fall of Big Data and Rise of the Blockchain Economy (2018), whose conclusion is going to need some updating given recent events in Russia, Czechia, Austria, Australia, Canada, ah hell I should just write ‘the world’.

Image

23 years of preparing for the destruction of liberty across the west. Censorship is good.

Information Systems
Over the course of three centuries Gilder traces the concept of ‘system of the world’; a set of ideas that “…pervade a society’s technology and institutions and inform its civilization. A system of the world necessarily combines science and commerce, religion and philosophy, economics and epistemology.” For nearly a millennia there was no system aside from ideas rooted in religion and superstition. The first ‘system’ with roots in today’s ‘information system’ can be observed in 17th century Newtonian discoveries.

Newtonian System

  1. Newtonian physics: rooted in calculus; made the physical world measurable and predictable
  2. Gold standard of money: rooted in scarcity and stability of a finite resource; made economic trade measurable and predictable

Measurable and predictable – these two attributes provided a foundation upon which scientific thought and technological progress blossomed. While the economic stability fostered trustworthy commerce for the global British empire for the next two centuries, including vast capital expansion of the industrial revolution.

Information Theory

By the late 19th and early 20th centuries the Newtonian system of ‘measurable and stable’ (One universe, One money, One God) was in rapid decline. Creative mathematics displaced deterministic mathematics. Godel’s (1931) refutation of deterministic logic and mathematics – led to Turing’s (1936) universal computing architecture which showed that computers relied on oracles to ‘inform their processes’ or give them instructions and judge their outputs – which led to Shannon’s (1948) information theory of mathematics which altered and advanced more than two dozen scientific fields and is manifested in today’s ‘system of the world’ represented by Google.

Google’s System (Big Data)

“The idea of big data is that the previous slow, clumsy, step-by-step search for knowledge by human brains can be replaced if two conditions are met: All the data in the world can be compiled in a single “place,” and algorithms sufficiently comprehensive to analyze them can be written.” Big Data requires human labor – proffered for “free” (thoughts, feelings, emotions, desires) as ‘the product’ – the wellspring of big data. Humans are ‘logic machines’ that are merely in service to tune algorithms, that tune humans in return, a self-referential loop that resembles a confined technological determinism. The promise of artificial intelligence informing the algorithms will liberate humans from their own deficiencies by recognizing their future wants and desires before they do. This is sold as a liberating process, as access to a ‘frictionless world’ for the consumer. Gilder argues that the reality is the exact opposite of liberating as AI engineers reduce the human mind to a ‘logical machine’ instead of a sensory organism.

Why Gilder thinks it will Fail:

If the path to knowledge is the infinitely fast processing of all data, if the mind—that engine by which we pursue the truth of things—is simply a logic machine, then the combination of algorithm and data can produce one and only one result. Such a vision is not only deterministic but ultimately dictatorial.

While the ‘everything free’ philosophy that sells this system to the people is simply a ruse that masks the hidden costs they pay… “the zero price, is apparently its most benign. Yet it will prove to be not only its most pernicious principle but the fatal flaw that dooms Google itself.”

Trans formative declarations contain implicit assumptions that are rendered collective truths through coercive acceptance or submission. Shoshana Zuboff argues in her book The Age of Surveillance Capitalism that declarations are “…inherently invasive because they impose new facts on the social world while their declarers devise ways to get others to agree to those facts.” She argues the inauguration of Surveillance Capitalism ushered in a “new reality” through Google’s alarming declarations that defined our new age as “an age of conquest”.

Google’s Six Declarations

  1. We claim human experience as raw material free for the taking. On the basis of this claim, we can ignore considerations of individuals’ rights, interests, awareness, or comprehension.
  2. On the basis of our claim, we assert the right to take an individual’s experience for translation into behavioral data.
  3. Our right to take, based on our claim of free raw material, confers the right to own the behavioral data derived from human experience.
  4. Our rights to take and to own confer the right to know what the data disclose.
  5. Our rights to take, to own, and to know confer the right to decide how we use our knowledge.
  6. Our rights to take, to own, to know, and to decide confer our rights to the conditions that preserve our rights to take, to own, to know, and to decide.

“Human experience as raw material free for the taking.”

We can clearly see now the purpose of the Internet, whatever it may have been before it was hijacked by central planners, has now become one of manipulation and control of people.

You may have seen this quote in satirical Good Citizen pieces on Borgs:

“The purpose of the Internet was not to liberate information for society, but to isolate individuals into controlled information monopolies so their ideas, behaviors and beliefs could be easily weaponized for the aims of a global technocracy.”
— T. Goode Charley

For the record this is a pseudonym for The Good Citizen and will be the Authors name of the collection of Good Citizen essays published later this year.

What kind of asshole quotes himself through a pseudonym?

Yes.

Google Search as Inverse Panopticon. See “Here Lies Google Search” for the full Good Citizen post from December.


Herding Systems
We are quickly moving to a new system and it’s not what Gilder predicted in blockchain and decentralized networks. The rise of a handful of monopolies to herd the masses into controlled information systems for attention labor extraction and psychological operations is overwhelming.

At the core of this information hijacking is the ultimate technocratic weapon in Google Search, an abstract tool with intentionally obscure engineering, where billions of people are deliberately herded daily for reinforced manipulation and control. It is such a powerful tool of deception on a global scale, nothing has ever come close to the level of damage it can wield against humanity in the wrong hands, rendering entire populations walking, swiping “truth machines” and “reality affirmers” in its service. Their human experiences “raw material” for “the taking”.

This is the paradigm that has given us Google and Facebook and Twitter where you and your mind are the target for control: mass censorship, mass surveillance, Corporate-State collusion to rig content online to sway elections, manipulate behavior and turn the west into the stinking, keeled over shit house it has become. If you haven’t connected these digital tyrannies to the totalitarian subjugation in progress across the west you’re missing the bigger picture. If you think mass formation is even remotely possible without this system, you’re deluded.

There are solutions. Substack is different! Substack helps fix this! Substack wants to turn that information distribution shithouse right-side up again and put in a composting toilet and air fresheners and maybe one day we’ll move to indoor plumbing again. There is no censorship here, yet. Nobody is trying to manipulate you or control you. The subscription model avoids all that, but it requires some of us get on our knees and help lift that shit house out of the mud.Subscribe

The deep state goons are coming for the dissenters. The clock may be ticking on Substack faster than we thought because we know it’s ticking on all information. How do we know? They’ve told us. This is state intimidation. These are the spooks yelling “boo!” in the black suits, hiding behind ominous aviators. Management’s information mafia will show up at Substack’s offices one day soon and make them an offer they can’t refuse. (reminder: thegoodcitizen.live will be my new home when that day comes)

In the future they’re engineering businesses are all expendable. The smaller and more localized, the more expendable they are. Destroying any that stand in the way of that future is a necessary sacrifice toward greater tyrannical ends. Society cannot be corralled and controlled into one ship without fixing these information leaks. As long as the truth has a place to seep out, their ship will scuttle. They’ve quickly moved from censorship whack-a-mole on each platform to blanket censorship with the help of state actors across the west.

Cyber MOAB
They’re organizing their technocratic managers to oversee this next stage in digital narrative management. The Orwellian DNS Abuse Institute (DNSAI) is currently developing a Centralized Abuse Reporting Tool (CART).1 “Misinformation” will no longer be tolerated at the Domain level. Snitchers will be encouraged to report “harmful content” and “misinformation” to the Klaus Schwab Ministry of Truze.

It’s called “abuse reporting” and there is no legal recourse after the accusations are leveled. Any site that goes against management’s current will be guilty of “abuse” or “harmful content” or “Russian misinformation” or whatever the threat du jour is when they flick the off switch. Accusations will not require evidence. The EU and Germany (true to form) are way ahead on this, banning and blocking entire websites. It started with sites like Info Wars and now all Russian broadcasters are being shut down. The UK has a crazy “Online Safety Bill” in the works that will criminalize wrong-think under the same pretense states always use to smash liberty – safety.2

Image

Attention networks have already become balkanized. Political tribes migrate to their preferred echo chambers, now designed to hold and monitor for appropriate “lists”. This is the plan. Censor and blacklist to divide the population to divergent platforms where they can be easily monitored and watched and eventually shut down altogether like they did with Parlor. Apple and Google will do their part with their application store monopolies.

And like Substack, Google search alternatives Duck Duck Go and Brave will be considered threats to management as with every new blockchain or decentralized project in the works. Duck Duck Go already submitted to the censorious managers in the noble fight against “misinformation” and it’s deadly cousin “Russian disinformation”. Everything connected to networks is a threat because it can no longer be managed through a whack-a-mole system where the truth leaks and so they will come for it all soon enough when they come for the Internet itself. They’re reaching for the (MOAB) mother of all information bombs in the form of cyber attacks. And of course, they’ll have Putin to blame for it.

Brandon Smith of Alt-market recently opined of our globalist social engineers:

They need something that will enrage the American population, specifically conservatives. They need a crisis of epic proportions to lure us into an emotional response and the abandonment of logic. They also need a scapegoat disaster that they can use to lay the blame for the impending economic crisis. I predict this event will come in the form of a large scale cyber-attack, and the escalation of events suggests to me that they will try to implement such an attack in the near term. Perhaps within the next couple of months and certainly before the year is over. This is not about Russia. It’s not about Ukraine. The real war is between free peoples and the globalists.3

Klaus Schwab has openly said there will be massive cyber attacks. By now we should know when the bath haus bond villain speaks, it’s probably going to happen. Biden has confirmed that Russia will take the blame even if the attack is a false flag from the U.S. shadow government.

When the cyber attacks start they will be in pieces. A little black out here, another one over there. They will be regional, then national, then global. They have been rehearsing for years with “down detectors” tripping in regional places. They can easily shut down gTLDs – generic top level domains like .com, .net, all the way down through the top 50. They will point the finger at Putin each time. In order for any one site to be resuscitated into their new DNSAI controlled network, a site will need to pass the Ministry of Truth’s propaganda test. There will be no exceptions made for information dissidents who do not eagerly embrace official narratives.

What to do?
Unfortunately this question should have been asked a decade ago and all resources not tied to government venture capital programs, the ones that funded Facebook and Google, should have been answering the call. People thought they were with blockchain and “decentralized networks” however those can all be captured and demolished by governments, if not through legal means then market destruction. There is promise in blockchain for currencies to counter central bank tyranny, but does not solve the issues of privacy and autonomy.

The entire system needs to be abandoned for something completely resistant to bad actors and central powers and built from the bottom out, with the people building it upwards.

If any Good Citizens out there have $80 million under their mattress, it’s time to build a new Internet called Parallel. An entire new network powered by a different protocol that is not interchangeable with the legacy networks controlled by states and monopolies we call the Internet. It can’t be a decentralized version that runs on the same fuel. States can shut those down via their DNS providers, cyber attacks and legislation. It must be created with new digital DNA, completely original and outside any realm of manipulation or control but with privacy at the core of its philosophical architecture. The people could power Parallel from home and earn money doing it. Think of it as an underground resistance printing press during the last world war, instead of being stationed in various French village basements, it is spread throughout the globe.

The only way to kill it would be to shut down electricity to every home on the planet. Millions around the world could setup computers or server stations and instead of mining tokens they’d be powering information for others, a far more tangible and valuable use of power and energy. It can be done using a new consensus mechanism called Proof of Network Value. Bitcoin uses Proof of Work, others use Proof of Stake. This Good Citizen has been tinkering with the concept of PONV for three years. It would be a new system beyond the reach of any state actors or their global managers.

The tyranny will only get worse until we actively innovate back toward liberty. It’s time to liberate the people from the propaganda, lies and social manipulation of these goons which has caused untold suffering in the past two years alone. It would start slowly like a single saloon town in the old west, but build up quickly as millions and millions of more people get tired of the gaslighting and censorship and corporate-state abuse and control. When the Internet is a single square room with white walls and no escape, the asylees will get restless and scratch and claw their way out. They will get hungry for the truth and immediately go where they see it flourish, inevitably attracted to its powerful force, because the truth is a magnet.


Poll: Being Vaxxed And Boosted Associated With Wanting to Risk WW3 Over Ukraine

March 22, 2022

via InformationLiberation


Vaxxies are eager to risk World War 3 over Ukraine, according to a new poll from EKOS shared with the Toronto Star.

Asked how Canada should respond to the Ukraine invasion, Canadians who received “three or more shots” overwhelmingly supported expanding sanctions (86%), seizing Russians assets (85%), cutting off shipments of Russian oil (81%) and sending additional military equipment to Ukraine (82%). Over half (52%) supported providing Ukraine with fighter jets.

In contrast, the overwhelming majority of purebloods opposed all of those insane measures, wisely seeking to avoid World War 3.

The overwhelming majority probably would have said “use diplomacy” if it was an option but the warhawks behind the poll left it off the list.

Hypocrisy, War, Murder, Lies, Division, ‘Racism,’ Dependency: All Intentional U.S. Policy

by Gary D. Barnett

March 22, 2022

“The history of man is simply the history of slavery, of injustice and brutality, together with the means by which he has, through the dead and desolate years, slowly and painfully advanced. He has been the sport and prey of priest and king, the food of superstition and cruel might. Crowned force has governed ignorance through fear. Hypocrisy and tyranny—two vultures—have fed upon the liberties of man.” 

Robert G. Ingersoll, The Liberty of Man, Woman, and Child

We are now in the throes of possible world war once again. While this is a distinct possibility from the standpoint of much annihilation due to conventional or even nuclear war, it is my belief that World War III began over two years ago, at least psychologically, and is a war against all the people in the U.S. and around the entire world by their own governments. At this point, it is not strictly a war of bombs and bullets, at least not on any grand scale; it is a war consumed by deceit, lies, propaganda, and fear. It is a war against the individual at every turn as well, and it is a war meant to solidify the capture and control of the planet under a technocratic one-world governing system.

In the midst of this totalitarian takeover, much is happening all at once, and all of the nefarious efforts being prosecuted by the ruling cabal are connected, and in turn work in sync in order to achieve certain particular agendas. This has been clearly obvious to any intelligent seeker of truth for a very long time, but today, it should be obvious even to those frightened and ignorant hordes called the masses. But even under this open hostility where evil plots against all of us are coming to fruition, plots that are telegraphed and fully exposed, few have the mental capacity or desire to understand what is going on, and that the possible end of this failed experiment called civilization is upon us. This situation is indicative of almost total indifference among the many.

What is most important to understand is that every world event, every war and proxy war, (including the Russia/Ukraine ‘war’) every agenda concerning threats and so-called pandemics, every financial debacle, and basically every ill that is facing man, is indeed the brainchild of the world rulers working together in order to achieve the reset of all societies into one governed by the very few. The ‘new world order’ has been sought for a century, but is now getting much closer to becoming reality; all in plain sight. Every major country and governing system on earth, including that of Russia and China, are on board, and colluding together to bring about a global technocratically controlled ‘Fourth Industrial Revolution,’ by completing and implementing the 2030 agendas for Sustainable Development.

In the midst of this global plot there is hypocrisy, war, murder, lies, inversion of reality, mass division, and total dependency of the weak on the governing class. All of this is intentional policy, and the state’s success is completely dependent on the obedience and compliance of the masses. Without collective dependency, without compliance by the people at large, without blind obedience, and without fear by the majority, all efforts to attain global control will fail. Therefore, the solution to this madness is not complicated in theory, but does require that each individual take responsibility for his own life and freedom without consideration of consequences. Once all action or non-action is based first on self-preservation or consequence, the battle is lost, and the state has won the war against us. Doing only what one knows to be right will save the day. In order to be free in mind, body, and spirit, we as individuals must always do what is understood to be right in our own minds, without reliance on those who choose to rule.

Considering only U.S. involvement and complicity in the takeover of man, the truth if known and accepted by the herd, could be the turning point in understanding the situation we face and how it came to be. With that knowledge, the quest for freedom would have a clearer path forward.

The U.S. has warred aggressively against innocents worldwide and its own citizens since its inception. Slaughter, theft, murder, and lies have been a constant theme in the history of government in America. The U.S. government stole most all the land in this country by force, killing any who sought to remain free and sovereign in the process. This included the slaughter of its own citizens during the Southern War for Independence, or more appropriately, the Northern War of Aggression. Little attention to the true nature of this hostile aggression has ever been acknowledged by most of the population, due mainly to continuous propaganda, historical lies, media manipulation, and brainwashing through state ‘education’ indoctrination centers.

Hitler’s rise to power, and Germany’s buildup to war was supported and funded by the U.S. banking system, corporations, and with much government complicity from 1922, continuing on during and through World War II. The same holds true of the support, purposeful buildup, and creation of the military powers of Russia and China, and of course others, by the U.S. This included massive American complicity in creating the Soviet Union’s nuclear programs, and its ability to mass produce nuclear weapons. All was by design. This occurred continuously from early in the 20th century until today, as the U.S. supported communism all the while pretending to fight against it. You see, nothing is as it seems, and everything believed by most gullible Americans is completely false.

Moving forward to current times, today’s events concerning the fake pandemic and the so-called war between Russia and Ukraine are anything but what is being reported by the mainstream media outlets, including many alternative news sites. Many governments are involved in this madness, including the U.S. and its NATO partners, Ukraine, and Russia, among others. They all have the same agenda, and that is one of destruction of the entire world monetary system, creation of a fully digitized and cashless financial system, total control of all, and the implementation of what is now referred to as the “Great Reset’ of society.

If one can properly assess the past, and see the corruption, lies, and complete hypocrisy and propaganda presented throughout history by the U.S. and its controlled media, how can any believe one single word coming from Washington D.C. or its mouthpieces in the mainstream? How can any not see that the age-old plot to divide and conquer is being used to create mass division, false racism, separation, and hatred among the proletariat in order to more easily control the people? How can any not understand that every emergency claimed by the state is a lie? How can any not figure out that this Russia and Ukraine situation is staged, and is part of the ‘Great Reset’ agenda? How can any not know that Putin is no different; no better or worse, than Biden, Trump, or any of the rest of the American political class of evil, whether now or in the past? How can any not realize that the ruling class of every country is in agreement concerning the global takeover by the despicable Davos monsters, who are conspiring to bring about world domination?

Open your eyes for once in your life, or prepare to be subject to the brutal rule of tyrants. Freedom comes at a price, and that price can have risk, but without paying that price and taking that risk, there is but one consequence. That consequence is slavery, and with slavery comes poverty, starvation, war, domination, rule by force, destruction of life and property, and hell on earth. The decision is yours and yours alone to make, as no one can claim your liberty for you, or protect you from your own cowardice and apathy. The only way rulers can exist is if there are those willing to be ruled.

References and links:

2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: UN plan for one world government

Putin and the real world plan

Special address by Putin at WEF meeting—Davos Agenda 2021

Russia joins Centre for the Fourth Industrial Revolution

History of U.S. buildup of Hitler and Nazi Germany and Russia—Antony Sutton

Unsustainable humanity in a ‘sustainable development’ world

Joint statement of the Russian Federation and China on a new era of ‘sustainable development’


Gary D. Barnett [send him mail] is a retired investment professional that has been writing about freedom and liberty matters, politics, and history for two decades. He is against all war and aggression, and against the state. He recently finished a collaboration with former U.S. Congresswoman, Cynthia McKinney, and was a contributor to her new book, “When China Sneezes” From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Political-Economic Crisis.” Currently, he lives in Montana with his wife and son. Visit his website

🔹🔹🔹

Joe Rogan slams media coverup of Hunter Biden laptop story

“They don’t just love a good story. They love a narrative, and they’re willing to ignore facts to push that narrative,” Rogan said.

March 22, 2022

by James Anthony via The PostMillenial

Podcasting icon Joe Rogan slammed the corporate media’s coverage of the Hunter Biden laptop saga on Saturday’s episode of his popular show featuring former CIA covert operations officer Mike Baker, the current CEO of a global intelligence firm.

In the program’s segment, Baker noted the legacy media “love a good story.”

“They don’t just love a good story. They love a narrative, and they’re willing to ignore facts to push that narrative. That’s what scares me,” Rogan said.https://rumble.com/embed/vvbzkv/?pub=2n05b

Rogan noted he believes there are objective journalists who work for The Washington Post and The New York Times. “There’s real solid journalists out there,” Rogan acknowledged, “but I don’t necessarily know if you’re getting all the information,” he continued, causing Baker to break out in laughter.

“You’re not sure?” Baker asked Rogan sarcastically.

“I think it’s safe to say that some f*ckery is afoot,” replied Rogan.

The New York Timesjust now, is admitting that the Hunter Biden laptop is real. And, we remember from the debates, with Trump bringing it up to Biden, and Biden saying, ‘It’s bullshit.’ And it’s a lie, a flat-out lie. Everybody knew it was a lie,” Rogan went on, then referring to when The New York Post‘s bombshell report on the infamous “laptop from hell” was suppressed on Twitter in October 2020.

Rogan said the censorship “was just outright crazy,” mentioning that the conservative news outlet is “one of the oldest newspapers in the country.”


Corporate-State Fascism Is Already Here

Long live capitalism.

March 21, 2022

by The Good Citizen

Fascism should more properly be called corporatism because it is the merger of state and corporate power.” — Not Benito Mussolini, but still true.

Corporations have been controlling governments across the west to varying degrees since there were governments to control. Today this happens with back room deal making, revolving doors of executives shuffling between board rooms and government agencies charged with that industry’s oversight and then back to the board room. It happens through funding research with corporate grants and state subsidies in what is now called ‘regulatory capture’.

We do not call ‘regulatory capture’ bribery or corruption. We do not even call bribery or massive corruption in government by its real name, we call it “lobbying”. We do not call the lateral move from corporation to government agencies on behalf of that corporation’s industry corruption, we call it “public service”. No matter how large the speaking fees or how many millions in stock options await the public servant they are apparently still serving the public and not the corporation.

When politicians take millions in contributions from corporations we do not call that corruption either, or bribery, we call it “campaign financing” through “political action committees”. No matter how many millions the politician raises through these legal mechanisms we are still supposed to believe they will serve the voters and not their financial contributors.

When corporate lawyers working for lobbying firms write legislation for congress, often prepared in advance of manufactured “news” (sometimes catastrophic events: See Patriot Act) that warrants its immediate passing and signing without meaningful debate or even lawmakers reading the bill, we call this the “legislative process”.

When vaccine trials with experimental gene therapy are rammed through something called ‘operation warp speed’ with falsified data and questionable practices and immediately approved for emergency use authorization while suppressing cheap effective therapies at the expense of millions of lives, we call this “following the science”. We do not call it Democide or Pharmacide.

When the man who was part of creating and funding the man-made virus that was “accidentally” released from a level four bio lab in China is put in charge of managing the government response to his own catastrophic failures, we do not call him a war criminal but a “public health servant”. He is paraded across the public airwaves for two years making contradictory statements while hailed by Corporate-State elites as a hero.

The word “Orwellian” gets bandied about daily now, and rightly so. The people sense they are watching the boot of tyranny descend closer and closer to their heads.

War is Peace.

War criminals are heroes.

Bribery is lobbying.

Corruption is regulatory capture.

Looting Treasuries is Quantitative Easing.

When children are forced to wear masks that do absolutely nothing other than destroy their souls and torment them psychologically this is sold to the inquisitive parent and obedient masses as “public health policy” for the “common good”. It’s never called overt child abuse worthy of prison time for those who mandate or enforce it.

Freedom is Slavery.

Child abuse is safety for the common good.

George Carlin warned us about euphemisms and political correctness. Ronald Regan warned us about fascism masquerading as liberalism. When we allow the government and its public relations servants in the media to manipulate language against us, what evils will they cloak next in benign adornments of bureaucratic double speak?

Will they call for the end of civilian casualties and suffering in Ukraine with more war? How about cloaking World War Three with something called a ‘no-fly zone’?

If the bankers of global management want another brother war on European soil, they will find a way to engineer it as they did the last two. It would allow them to accelerate the final stages of transition from free market capitalism rooted in western consumerism and interconnected global trade with winners and losers, to a top down, centrally controlled system of elite-managed Corporate-State Fascism.

The transition has been in the works since the turn of the century, though it’s roots can be traced to a series of events last century: 1) The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 2) End of the gold standard 3) Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999. The past two years have presented a series of “opportunities” to usher in their new normal through a ‘build back better’ program which cements the final transition to total tyranny. We know this, because they have told us this is what they have planned for us.

In order to realize their new normal tyranny, dissent must be punished. Emergency authorizations must be enacted to stop protestors who challenge authority and power. Corporations must work hand in glove with states to realize whatever is needed.

For years tech monopolies have worked with western intelligence agencies to collect everything on their citizens and spy on them. They are now openly working with governments to publicly censor speech and label truth as “misinformation”. This can earn the added label “Covid-misinformation” or “Russian-disinformation” for that extra boost it needs to convince the masses that only “authoritative sources” are to be trusted.

What constitutes an authoritative source? Corporate media that works with the agents of state power, mainly oligarchs and their foundations. This includes wikipravda and google search to capture and control public education and universities.

This is how the con works: Authoritative sources are lies and propaganda, while conspiracy theories and misinformation are often the truth slandered with those meaningless labels. Centers of power have no need to censor lies and propaganda because they are the source for both. Censorship is reserved exclusively for when lies and propaganda are exposed by the truth, which is always the greatest threat to power anywhere and has been throughout all of human history. If you search google for ‘why censorship’…?

Image

Censorship is good.

Freedom is slavery.

After the 2020 election the Corporate-State servants at Time Magazine celebrated the grand collusion of tech monopolies, “fact checkers” and legacy media to suppress the truth and protect their chosen candidate in Joe Biden. They openly bragged about rigging the election on the public opinion and propaganda front, never mind the shady ballot drops after midnight. They called it the secret campaign to “save the 2020 election”. These professional elites believe they know better than the unwashed masses who should be in power. They are pure fascists who have utter contempt for both the rule of law and the constitution. They absolutely detest democracy.

How do we know? Some candidates are more equal than others.

In 2008 Facebook openly bragged about working with the Obama campaign to help him get elected. The Obama campaign bragged about working with Facebook. Many employees of Obama 08’ went and took jobs at Facebook. They bragged even louder after doing the same thing in 2012. The Republican response was total silence. The party that’s always a day late and a dollar short were their usual useless bumbling selves, not realizing the power of leveraging attention networked technology to sway the masses.

When the Trump campaign used a company called Cambridge Analytica in the same way in 2016 to help him win the election, the elites were outraged. Documentaries were made about how the election was stolen and Facebook was responsible and needed to make sure it never happened again. A lot of silly noises were made about Russia, Putin and “bot farms” in Macedonia. The power structure of Corporate-State Fascism vowed to never allow democracy to function again in the country. The Fascists started using the FBI and CIA as their regime police to spy on the new President and work with the media to undermine his power wherever possible, often rooting fabricated stories in predictable phrases like “official sources say”.

Official sources say Democracy is dead. Long live Democracy.

That 2016 election may very well be the last free and fair election the United States ever has again at the federal level. Look for a new “deadly variant” to arrive in late summer just in time to alter election laws again for the mid terms. Those mail-in ballots aren’t going to triple count themselves after midnight.

Corporate-State Fascism now dominates all industries. Public and private collusion has infested the following: Public education, Universities, Medical Research, For-Profit Death Management, For-Profit Death Insurance, Big Pharma, Big Tech Information, Big Tech Attention Networks, Legacy Media, Military Industrial Complex, NGOs, Foundations, Councils, Forums, Clubs and now as of the past few years – Financial Institutions including consumer banks.

Less than a month ago the Canadian government worked with banks to seize the assets of peaceful working class protestors and all the governments of the west either celebrated it, or were completely silent. This was a beta test of future actions aimed at western citizens. Imagine what they can do with programmable Central Bank Digital Currencies that can be shut off by the state. Imagine CBDCs that have no intrinsic value other than the state says they have value (much like fiat cotton paper), yet the state decides how and where you can spend your own money based on how obedient you are to the state.

Freedom is slavery.

One week they’re aiming their Corporate-State guns at peaceful truckers, the next it’s evil Russians. Within a single week all the financial institutions allied with western Corporate-State fascism worked in lock-step to seize the assets of Russian Oligarchs and their family members. Accounts were instantly frozen, private property rights suspended, and property was seized by the state. If it wasn’t seized by the state, activists broke into properties owned by family members of wealthy Russians in England and France without court order or state intervention. If an enemy is named by the Fascists, it justifies Bolshevik behavior of mobs seizing private property. Long live private property.

If global management wants to create and engineer an enemy to justify its tyrannies, it will do so without hesitation. All it needs to do is manufacture the consent of the masses through lies, propaganda, and censorship and it will wield its power against individuals or states or corporations. If it’s not directly through asset seizure, it’s through consumer boycott, cancellation, blacklisting or censorship. If not those weapons, it will pass laws like in Austria where citizens must be injected with deadly bioweapons or pay fines and serve prison time.

One month it’s evil “anti-vaxxers”, the next month it’s evil “Nazi Truckers”, the next month it’s evil Russians and their despotic master Putin. This is not liberal. This is not democracy. This is Corporate-State Fascism occupying half the globe.

There is no more liberalism in the west. Liberals don’t even embrace liberalism. It has become the new euphemism for Fascism, while democracy has long been the rhetorical descriptor to cloak Corporatocracy or Oligarchy.

Liberalism is Fascism.

Freedom is Slavery.

Just as there are no more liberal democracies in the west, there is also no more free market capitalism. For years central banks have artificially propped up markets and looted the treasury to transfer wealth to the .1% who own everything. If globalization and mass consumerism needs to die for their new normal plans, then so does capitalism. As with everything fascistic they’ve also given it a nice new euphemism: ‘stakeholder capitalism’.

George Gammon does a fantastic job explaining the difference between stakeholder capitalism and shareholder capitalism in Klaus Schwab’s new normal world. (That link has 53 minutes of the most valuable information regarding the economic transition to Corporate-State Fascism)

In new normal “capitalism” the shareholder is expendable. Since markets can be propped up by central banks printing money, there’s no need to rely on economic data and principals for corporate decision making. With corporations merging with the state, we now have political decisions dominating where economic decisions once did.

Hundreds of the largest western corporations just left the Russian market as one giant fleeing spacecraft that turned on warp drive. This is much more than the influence and power of Woke Inc. This is new normal western fascism wielding it’s power over another state at the expense of profits and business. There simply is no precedent for this in history. The economic consequences are going to be catastrophic, but not for those who levied the sanctions and want the war to continue as long as possible. It’s going to hit the same group that always is affected worst by their incompetence and malice – the poor. The mass starvation that is likely to hit the African continent alone will be devastating. The western “liberal” and “progressive” order are too busy patting themselves on the back and flexing their Ukrainian flag emojis to notice the coming catastrophe.

Even during the height of world war two western companies worked with the Third Reich. IBM organized the computational logistics through their punch card system of transporting prisoners from ghettos by rail car to their new homes at concentration camps. This was one of the largest U.S. companies at the time. International bankers played both sides of both world wars. There was no one wave of corporate decision making made by one globalist body. States made policy decisions of foreign actions without consulting “stakeholders” or global foundations posing as philanthropic organizations. While states did make laws that effected how corporations could organize and function within their national boundaries, they did not openly collude as one corporate-state entity let alone one Allied Corporate-State versus one Axis Corporate-State. Industries were nationalized for war efforts and alliances made but there did not exist a consortium of private decision makers wielding power over entire continents, and willing to sacrifice profits like we see today.

Under the guise of philanthropy and other euphemistic buzzwords like ‘environmental sustainability’, ‘social responsibility’ and ‘equitable justice’ the new global fascists who rule the west have a great deal in common with Italian Fascists or Nazi Fascists of the 1920’s-1940’s. In Mussolini’s own words:

Fascism is definitely and absolutely opposed to the doctrines of liberalism, both in the political and economic sphere. The Fascist State lays claim to rule in the economic field no less than in others; it makes its action felt throughout the length and breadth of the country by means of its corporate, social, and educational institutions, and all the political, economic, and spiritual forces of the nation, organised in their respective associations, circulate within the State.1

Substitute country with western “liberal democracies” organized for a new global order and we have the present-day model of Corporate-State Fascism. (Changed words in Bold.)

Globalist fascism lays claim to rule in the economic field no less than in others; it makes its action felt throughout the length and breadth of the west by means of its corporate, social, and educational institutions, and all the political, economic, and spiritual forces of the west, organised in their respective associations, circulate across the west.

Some might even substitute west with ‘globe’ or ‘world’ but it’s clear there are demarcation lines for a bi or multi-polar world being drawn for economic warfare. There are limitations to this entity’s power in places like Russia, China and India. Globalization has submitted to the dictates of Corporate-State Fascism. All corporations of the west move as one entity against enemies determined by western elites. We may call them globalists but their influence and power is clearly not global. When George Soros, a sponsor of western Corporate-State Fascism says Putin and Xi are the greatest threats to western civilization, we know they are a threat to Corporate-State Fascists like Soros who has sought at every turn to destroy western civilization through his Open Society Foundation. The ‘enemy of our enemies’ and so forth.

The lines are being drawn quickly. History is moving fast. China and Saudi Arabia are presently scheming to undermine or even destroy the Petrodollar. This is probably the single most important story in the economic and political world of the past forty years and yet aside from a few buried headlines in financial blogs, there is not a single corporate media headline about it anywhere. Why is it that nobody in power is talking about this 9.5 magnitude geopolitical earthquake that just shook the world? Could it be global management wants to destroy the dollar to usher in their new normal currency?

You couldn’t deliberately destroy the dollar as the dominant global reserve currency any better than by implementing the policies the U.S. has over the past few weeks. The sanctions on Russia were suicidal. Driving one of the world’s largest energy producers to other means of financial transacting with the largest emerging economies in the world in China and India wasn’t just an ‘own goal’, it was nothing short of a shotgun blast to the face. This is the largest domino of the World Economic Controlled Demolition. When it falls, the world changes forever and the U.S. will be in its final days as a global empire. All those trillions in debt, interest on debt, liabilities and derivatives? You’d better have plenty of silver, gold, crypto and a long term food supply when that bomb goes off. And the fuse has now officially been lit.

They simply can’t build a new normal, without destroying the old empire.

6uild 6ack 6etter.

It’s been argued here and elsewhere that we lack the self awareness and curiosity outside ourselves, outside our homes, communities, social networks, nations to recognize the evil all around us. We are guilty of being perpetually distracted and lacking sufficient focus or attention to see reality, opting for the comforting delusions they offer us to keep us blinded and occupied, foolishly believing their prepared euphemisms that undergird our obedience.

War is Peace.

Bribery is lobbying.

Censorship is good.

And so we Obey.

The evil that requires our obedience will not stop until we recognize them for who they really are and fearlessly point them out with the simple label they deserve, “Fascists!”

Instead of counting sheep, repeat the following nursery rhyme to yourselves as you lay your head on the pillow tonight:

Mirror, Mirror, tell me,
Are we a democracy?
Or are we ruled by Fascists
And evil corporatocracy?
Shall we vote liberal?
Shall we vote conservative?
Or shall we recognize all are Fascists
Shouting through the TV?
Woe’s me, woe’s me,
The acorn’s not yet
Fallen from the tree

The good news is people are waking up to the tyranny. They are arriving at the mountain tops by the millions now. The boot is visible already. The masses are standing in its shadow watching the treads of the sole and wondering: Is that a Nike swoosh?


The Good Citizen is powered by Good Citizens like you. Consider a paid subscription to support more works like this. If you can’t be a paid subscriber please share this post with other Good Citizens.

Unsustainable Humanity

March 21, 2022

by Dr. Igor Shepherd

The world populations would be shaking with absolute terror if they knew how close they are to losing everything they hold dear to their hearts. Infiltrated cronies who have been secretly pushing toward a one world government for many decades have waited patiently for their cue to bolt onto the world stage and show arm muscle. The phony pandemic was act one with which the global elites were able to openly introduce their global goals. Act two, the Russian-Ukrainian drama, will soon reveal the true strength behind those bulging biceps.

You may ask, how advanced is globalization? Dear readers, it is done! Out of 195 countries in the world, 193 of them are members of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and participators under Agenda 2030. This is the final great reset of all nations under one global authority, and all previous governments of the world will be dismantled and no longer exist by the year 2030. Do I have your attention?

Sustainable development, if it was listed in an honest dictionary, would be defined as “infiltrated communism.” It was introduced by communist sympathizers as a means to “save the environment,” but that was just a front, along with climate change, to fast-track the global agenda and persuade the nations to hop on board. Behind SDGs are the tools with which to effectively infiltrate new communism into the heart of every nation. Under this new reign of dictatorship, old communism will pale in comparison.

Introduced by collectivist partisan Gro Brundtland in 1987, sustainable development is a strategy of mass deception, fully supported and promoted by the United Nations. Brundtland, at that time, was vice president for Socialist International and had also been director for the World Health Organization. Ironically, the Iron Curtain toppled just a few years after she launched sustainable development, which opened the door for spread and acceptance of the new communist action plan (sustainable development) worldwide.

Today, sustainable development is implemented into all government entities, political policies, universities, corporations and businesses. Through the sustainability facade, all land, water, minerals, plants, animals, construction, production, information, energy, and even humans will be itemized, rationed and controlled. Anything deemed unsustainable will be excluded and removed from society (the term “unessential” that was used during the lockdowns to eliminate certain businesses was birthed from sustainable development philosophy).

Unsustainability under the new world government will include the middle-class lifestyle (thus why America’s standard of living is being ripped to shreds), liberty, ownership of homes, businesses and vehicles, air conditioners, appliances, private farming, rural living, eating red meat, and over-population. The SDGs will change every facet of our lives as food, energy, housing, transportation, education, technology and humanity is revolutionized.

Out of their own mouths the globalists themselves inform us that the laws and values of western society will not exist under the global new government. This means that sustainable development caters specifically to the communist ideology.

The United Nations, since its inception in 1945, has been the gateway for the new world order. Clark Eichelberger, who was the executive director of the United Nations up to 1964, and then vice president of the United Nations Association of the USA, wrote a journal piece in 1949, clearly divulging the UN’s (and the US’s) intentions for one-world solidarity. He lets us know that a world government will evolve through the United Nations—and how right he was! The UN is currently the head organizers for Agenda 2030’s new world order.

An excerpt from Eichelberger’s article states the following:

The answer to the subject of “World Government via United Nations” can, according to my point of view, be given easily. World Government has evolved and will evolve through the United Nations as the people are willing for it to evolve. The process has already begun.

The United States leaders have been undermining the American people and their freedoms for a long time. Senior President George Bush spoke often about the formation of a one world government. On September 11, 1991, right after the Persian Gulf “crisis,” Bush gave an interesting speech and said the following to the sleeping American people:

Out of these troubled times, our fifth objective—a new world order—can emerge: A new era—freer from the threat of terror, stronger in the pursuit of justice and more secure in the quest for peace. An era in which the nations of the world, east and west, north and south, can prosper and live in harmony.”

Coincidentally, ten years later on that same day and month (9-11), under his son’s presidency, the World Trade Center was attacked and brought down, killing almost 3000 people. That “crisis” opened the door for the new war on terror policy, which provided excuse for the US government to undermine American freedoms and militarily invade other countries. Soon afterward the US initiated an invasion of Afghanistan, and NATO went after the Taliban, which harbored the big scary al-Qaeda terrorists. 45 days after 9-11, the Patriot Act passed which paved the way for the new world order agenda, allowing unchecked surveillance on Americans. For the first time in history, American citizens were observed as terrorist suspects.

Terrorism was another boogeyman scare tactic with which the US was able to create constant fear and justify any new draconian laws or wars which the government felt like imposing. Funny, though, how quickly the terrorist threat disappeared from the news media after Covid-19 came into play. Maybe the terrorists are playing golf with the pandemic pushers who also vanished from headlines after the Russian bear stood up on its hind feet.

The UN’s website blatantly lets the world know that Sustainable Development Goals (the new world order) will be in place by 2030. We can read this on their website:

Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development…with a deadline of 2030 to build foundations for a thriving, peaceful, sustainable planet.

Of course, a global government can never be thriving and peaceful, not when citizens have no say in the government rules imposed on them.

A 2030 deadline would not be possible if globalists were not confident the new world order was ready to commence. The UN’s website catalogues all 193 nations as members of the SDGs and Agenda 2030. The United States, China, Russia and Ukraine are on the list, meaning that they are all working together to form a new world order.

Now think about that; why would any communist nation who has never been willing to allow democracy, faith, or freedom inside their borders, and persecutes those who do, suddenly want to mesh with the free nations who undermine their stringent principles? How do you globalize nations who are free with those nations who rule with tyranny? How does that work? How can it work? And why would Russia’s Putin, who is a member of the UN’s sustainable development, and whose aspirations have always been to spread communism throughout the world, start a war with Ukraine’s Zelenskyy, another fellow globalist, and undermine those same desired goals?

I can tell you from my own experience in growing up in the Soviet Union that it an impossibility to globalize nations when half of them adhere to democracy. Collectivist leaders embrace an ideology of occultism and atheism, meaning they will never compromise or surrender those beliefs any more than a dedicated Christian will deny Christ. They always have and always will do whatever it takes to communize the free countries around them, even if it means becoming chameleons to do so.

The upcoming global order will have to eliminate one side or the other in order to accomplish such a feat. And trust me, they already have. They know a democratic society would never surrender to a one world dictatorship because it violates everything they believe and stand for.

Do you see the manipulative twist with which sustainable development is used to fool the free nations and push communism into the forefront as an acceptable governance for the world? They want us to forget history altogether, erase the memory of millions who were murdered and impoverished under communist leadership, and foolishly take on the silly notion that a global authoritarian regime will heroically “keep peace” and “save the planet.”

This new world order will not be like China’s current communism, or like the previous USSR’s communism. A one world government will be more malicious in nature than ever before witnessed because the control of humanity is absolute— and this is why the powers that be throughout history have strived for globalism.

This new regime will show no mercy. Human value will have no place at their table. They will utilize advanced technology and bioweaponry to genetically rewire the DNA of the entire human race. And this is no science fiction fantasy on my part. They plan to do this, per their own words. They have the capabilities through years of advanced bioweaponry research to implement methods (mostly via vaccinations) with which to employ kill switches, eliminate whole races, and alter sexual identity, thoughts, and physical appearances of humans. One collective mindset will replace all independent thinking.

It is no mere coincidence that the makers of Covid-19’s mRNA gene-altering vaccines, Pfizer, Moderna, AstraZeneca, and Johnson & Johnson, are official partners of the infamous World Economic Forum (WEF). Founder, Klaus Schwab, blatantly endorses genetically engineering all of humanity. His books, The Fourth Industrial Revolution and Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution, describe their determination to fashion a new form of human species.

In a 2015 video interview, news journalist Charlie Rose questioned Klaus Schwab on gene editing. Rose states the following:

“Gene editing is opening a whole new horizon for medical science.”

Schwab replies:

“The 4th Industrial Revolution doesn’t change what you are doing—it changes you, and if you take genetic editing as an example, it is you who has changed, of course, and that has a big impact on your identity.”

Rose comments back:

“Some people worry that you are changing what it means to be human.

Schwab answers:

“That is the problem…the new industrial revolution raises many questions on ethical and even legal implications…”

Schwab admits in this interview that biological warfare against humanity is a plan for the future. His Fourth Industrial Revolution involves the complete transformation of all human beings by fusing together the physical, digital, and biological elements.

Through the implementation of the fake pandemic, Schwab’s coldblooded designs became a reality. Billions of people caved in to the fear propaganda fed them on the news, and without researching the experimental mRNA vaccines, gambled with their lives and allowed madmen in power to hijack the one beautiful thing that makes them unique and human—their DNA. The weaponized vaccines jumpstarted the global agenda’s sick quest to change what it means to be human, and that manmade material that has been fused into the nucleus of their cells (and it certainly has because that is what mRNA technology does) is irreversible. Only time will tell what the final effects will be, and those that continue to vaccinate over and over again will most certainly lose their identities and become the transhumanists of the future.

I do find it alarming that only the free peoples and militaries of the western nations received the experimental gene-altering mRNA vaccinations. Russia and China did not use the mRNA technology on their military and citizens.

Schwab’s lackey, Professor Yuval Harari, who is a historian and prominent speaker for the World Economic Forum, backs up Schwab’s death-throes for humankind. Some of his quotes seem as though they would come straight out of a horror movie. Note how he refers to the globalists as the “elite” and elevates them over the citizens of the world:

“By hacking organisms, elites may gain the power to reengineer the future of life itself. Because once you can hack something you can usually also engineer it.”

In the next quotation Harari inadvertently categorizes the World Economic Forum as tyrants, which proves my points in this article:

“Now in the past many tyrants and governments wanted to do it but nobody understood biology well enough and nobody had enough computing power and data to hack millions of people. Neither the gestapo nor the KGB could do it, but soon, at least some corporations and governments will be able to systematically hack all the people.”

He reveals how the global government longs to remove God from creation and interchange themselves as “god” over the human race:

“Science is replacing evolution by natural selection with evolution by intelligent design. Not the intelligent design of some God above the clouds. Not evolution by natural selection but evolution by intelligent design.”

Harari shoves his foot in his mouth with his next statement:

Humans are now hackable animals…so, whatever I choose in the election…free will, that’s over.”

This guy is unable to keep his dark emotions in check, and whistles dixie while confessing that he wants to eliminate the thinking “animals” of the world, steal their free will, and genetically destroy their humanness.

We should not be surprised to find out that the mRNA Covid-19 vaccine companies are partnered with the human-hating World Economic Forum. Johnson & Johnson had no regard for human life when they were caught illegally marketing the antipsychotic medication, Risperdal, to children and the elderly.

GlaxoSmithKline was messed up in the largest healthcare fraud in US history and ordered to pay $3 billion dollars in restitutions after promoting unsafe antidepressants to children. Pfizer agreed to pay out over $60 million dollars to settle charges by the Department of Justice for bribing foreign officials to expedite drug approvals, which led to increased sales in eight countries, including Russia and China.

It goes on. Veterans sued AstraZeneca, Pfizer, Roche and Johnson & Johnson, alleging the pharmaceutical giants paid bribes to terrorists in order to acquire profitable contracts. Moderna’s top executives were brought under scrutiny by an anti-corruption watchdog group for stock market manipulation.

The Bill Gates Foundation and the World Health Organization, both known proponents of depopulation, were found hiding hormones in the tetanus shots they were administering in Africa and the Philippines in the 1990’s, which caused numerous miscarriages. On top of that, their DTP vaccine killed more children in Africa than the diseases they were targeting.

Why would anyone trust these vaccine conglomerates when their actions prove they are motivated by money, power and a desire to slay our children? A whopping 128,000 people a year die from prescription drugs made by these companies. We should not be naïve to the fact that these people in power who want us all vaccinated view us as unsustainable animals.

The Sunday Times wrote an article on May 24, 2009, titled, “Billionaire Club in Bid to Curb Overpopulation.” It revealed that America’s richest people met to discuss ways of tackling a disastrous environmental, social and industrial threat. What is that threat? Us. We are the threat!

The article stated the following:

Some of America’s leading billionaires have met secretly to consider how their wealth could be used to slow the growth of the world’s population and speed up improvements in health and education.

Vaccines are far from over because the globalists have not yet managed to complete the process of robotizing us. Created pandemics will be part of the global future and those who are allowed to remain living will be transformed into obedient hybrids through massive gene-editing strategies and other invasive technologies. Do not be fooled, this great reset carries a lot of dark spiritual implications behind its agenda.

Already the news is starting to swerve back to the pandemic to ready the populations for more vaccine mandates. Yahoo news just put out an article entitled, “Fresh Covid Wave Expected to Hit the US as Omicron Subvariant and Patchy Vaccination Rates Drive Surge in Europe.” The Washington Post published this the same day: “A Covid Surge in Western Europe has US Bracing for Another Wave.”

What most people do not realize is that the marionettes for the global elite have no allegiance to the countries they have been assigned to rule over. Their goals and dedications are spurned by godless creeds to dominate all nations under one government and to assume absolute power over all of humanity. They have no interest in retaining the history or laws of the nations they reside over, or pacifying the people they rule. They are bound to a dogma which supersedes wealth and self-satisfaction. Everything they do is to further total dominion and control over humanity—in every aspect imaginable—and this involves restructuring the world under one utopian hellhole.

Most Americans want to believe that their votes count, and that the liberal and conservative candidates campaigning for president might bring forth some sort of protection for American values and freedom, but this is a mirage because the US is already listed as a member of sustainable development. Biden’s Build Back Better strategy is adopted by the United Nations and entwined with SDGs. Both Trump and Biden (along with Clinton and Obama during their presidencies) signed agreements which fortified Agenda 2030.

Biden’s strategies to destabilize the US and pave the way for Agenda 2030 is evident in his actions. Last year he shut down the US pipeline, undermining the US from becoming self-sufficient on energy. His actions ensured America remained dependent on Russia. And herein lies the kicker, by buying oil and gas from Russia, Biden funded Russia’s war with the Ukraine, which in turn allowed the US to become further weakened after he cut off that same oil supply with Russia. And with Saudi Arabia now considering accepting the Chinese yuan for some of its oil sales, and shifting away from the US petrodollar toward Asia, America drops down another status notch on its belt.

Everything Biden does is to further the SDGs. Once the new global order finalizes their hold on the world, only sustainable energy sources will remain intact. Coal, gas, oil and nuclear energy will eventually be phased out, and planned energy “crises” will be utilized to make sure that happens.

The open invasion of Ukraine by boogeyman Putin is a stout statement by the global order of a geo-political shift and power change over the West. The world is now clay in the hands of the elite. The more they squeeze, the more drastic the changes.

When the Ukraine mess started, the controlled media abruptly stopped hounding the masses about the Covid-19 pandemic. The newly created “crisis” was meant to become the new focus for the global agenda. The scary war replaced the scary virus and the elite players of the Covid-19 fiction drama gave a bow, and the curtain went down (for a season). But as soon as the curtain of make-believe dropped on the pandemic, it shot right back up and string-puppets Biden, Putin and Zelenskyy stepped on stage, waltzing before the world, tossed about by the secret magicians who are the key players in organizing the new world order.

Russia’s sudden dance with Ukraine makes sense, especially with the knowledge of what transpired last October 13th, 2021, when Russia signed a pact with the World Economic Forum to open the first Fourth Industrial Revolution Center in Moscow. This center is all about kickstarting artificial intelligence and packaging transhumanism globally. I am not surprised to see this center open in Russia. Ex-KGB man Putin is a chameleon. He does not value human life, making Moscow a wise choice for the obliteration of human souls.

Putin’s goals are not to realign Ukraine under Russian possession, but to line up with what Russia’s dreams have always been, and that is to communize the world under one dictatorial canopy. Everything Putin is doing now is being pedaled to demonize perception of democracy. Putin did not go off his meds and become a crazy lunatic as the media is portraying—his bully-dances are scripted (albeit a real act of war against humanity).

This Ukrainian invasion by Russia is simply the tail of the orchestrated Covid-19 pandemic dragon, which right off the bat (no pun intended) was meant to strip the western nations down to the bone and hang them from their necks.

Ukraine’s top diplomat, Foreign Minister Dmytro Kuleba, another stringed-actor, is adding more propaganda to the mix.  He provides a scripted warning to the United Nations that a large-scale war with Russia would be the “end of the world order as we know it.”

He goes on to spew, If Russia does not get a severe, swift and decisive response now, this will mean a total bankruptcy of the international security system and international institutions which are tasked with maintaining the global security order.”

Darn right, the war could disrupt the world’s monetary system and usher in a cashless society—just what the elite have been wanting in order to reset the world. And out of the chaos collectivism will take center stage and bring order to the nations, becoming the global savior for the world.

This information should be received like a punch in the face, and hard, because this means, without question or doubt, that the one-world governing system is already knocking at our doors. If the citizens of the world do not aggressively stand against this worldwide coup, we will all become unsustainable beings, and lose our rights to dream, set goals, buy homes, own businesses, eat red meat, drive cars, travel, and even worse, we will be denied the right to be human.

References:


Dr. Igor Shepherd is a nationwide public speaker on WMD’s and counter-terrorism, and spent the last 20 years working in the public health arena training hospitals, healthcare professionals, first responders, law enforcement, federal agencies, and military on CBRNE preparedness. He can be reached at igormos273 @ gmail.com

REVIEW: “States of Emergency”

March 21, 2022

Edward Curtin reviews “States of Emergency: Keeping the Global Populations in Check” by Kees van der Pijl.

This book is a brilliant and comprehensive analysis of the Covid-19 crisis and the worldwide states of siege instituted under its cover.

Reading it, one cannot help but shake one’s head in outrage at the long-planned nature of the wealthy global elite’s seizure of power under the guise of a germ emergency and the revolutionary crisis it has created.

I say this not only because I am predisposed to the author’s thesis, but because he buttresses his argument with overwhelming documentation that is meticulously sourced and noted. 

This is a work of genuine scholarship of the highest order, and to read it closely and with an open mind one can’t help but be convinced of its essential truth.

Kees van der Pijl, the author of The Making of an Atlantic Ruling Class and the winner of the 2008 Deutscher Prize for Nomads, Empires, States: Modes of Foreign Relations and Political Economy, introduces his study with these words [my emphasis]:

The psychological shock of the proclamation of a pandemic, like the purpose behind torture, is intended to induce acceptance of a ‘new normal’ and to turn off critical judgment. This state of mind is achieved by withholding information about what is really going on, through the extremely one-sided information by politicians and mainstream media. Divergent views by often highly qualified experts are not mentioned or are dismissed as ‘conspiracy theories.’ This can be compared to the sensory deprivation in psychological torture. . . .We are dealing with a biopolitical  seizure of power, initiated at the level of global governance and reaching deep into the sovereignty of the individual, a seizure that involves a  whole range of forms of violence. 

The reason van der Pijl’s analysis is so powerful is because he clearly sees the historical context for the Covid crisis, how it is linked to issues of geo/economic-politics going back thirty-five years or more, culminating in the 2008 economic crash that ended years of capitalist speculation. 

Then when President Barack Obama, serving as the front man for the big speculators, banks, and shadow banks, bailed out those entities and created a new financial order, popular revolts, such as those which were brewing on the eve of the New Deal in the 1930s, broke out around the world in the ensuing years and had to be subdued.  “Strikes, riots, and antigovernment demonstrations have broken existing records in every category during this period [since 2008].”

The elites knew that such revolts of an uncontrollable world population had to be kept under control, and that the growing numbers approaching 8 billion people had also to be culled. But van der Pijl’s subtitle, while intimating both with its double-entendre, leads him to focus on the former that he deems “much more important.”

While popular unrest and rage have been more or less suppressed since 2020 with the Covid crisis effectively used to put down its latest signs of eruption and to replace it with a permanent sense of anxiety, fear and trembling was first introduced on a massive scale with the attacks of September 11, 2001, the connected insider anthrax attacks, the Patriot Act, and emergency propaganda measures used to fuel the war on terror that has no end.

This terrorizing of the world has taken multiple forms with an ongoing series of U.S. wars on other countries – Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Syria, etc., not to mention the proxy wars – supported by massive digital propaganda meant to take populations hostage to the lies.

Van der Pijl cogently shows how the Covid crisis fear campaign’s official account is untrue; how it is a political and not a medical emergency; and that it will collapse, as it has, at least temporarily, but how its deeper purpose is to create a  permanent authoritarian, surveillance social order controlled by transnational elites through global digital IDs, etc.

This “new normal” relies on the corporate mass media to do the dissemination of the propaganda of fear and lies, and so he correctly emphasizes the central importance of the IT revolution and the single complex triangle of intelligence services-IT-media, which are in essence one entity.

The information warfare of mind control of the ruling class is fundamental, as he writes:

This is the core around which the ruling class in the West began to regroup after 2008 and which is now waging the information war against the global population by means of the Covid state of emergency.

He sees the elites’ seizure of power as an effort to foreclose a democratic transformation through the Information Technology (IT) revolution that he compares to the invention of the printing press in the 15th century, which as such could potentially serve as a liberating force. 

However, he also views IT, digitization, and the Internet from its inception as fundamental to the elites’ repressive control.  This double-edged perspective (about which I will return later) raises important questions.

But the body of the book is devoted to all the ways the intelligence-IT-media triangle has conducted its information warfare campaign based on techniques developed years ago in CIA counterinsurgency operations in Vietnam – Operation Phoenix – and its Strategy of Tension operations in Italy and Europe in the 1970s, and Lebanon and Central America in the 1980s.

He shows how these operations, stretching back so many decades, are connected to events today, greatly enhanced by the digital devices – particularly the cell phone.

He shows how Barack Obama’s 2012 initiation of aggressive global cyber operations – Total Information Awareness – whose details Edward Snowden made public, expanded the war against the population through cyber pacification techniques.

He tells the reader how the methods of such warfare that were used in Afghanistan and Iraq were brought home with the return of JSOC commander Stanley McChrystal, who just so happens to head an advisory group, the McChrystal Group, that plays a pivotal role in the Covid crisis by allegedly countering disinformation and promoting the government’s version of Covid truth.

He reminds readers about McChrystal’s journalist enemy, Michael Hastings, who after writing an article about McChrystal that led to his recall from Afghanistan and firing, would just so happen to be killed when his Mercedes was “hacked and detonated by remote control in a collision” in Los Angeles a few years later.

Van der Pijl shows how it just so happened that the new digital technologies were privatized in the defense and intelligence areas to form “Private-Public Partnerships” and how the World Economic Forum (WEF) hosted the UN’s 2030 Vision with all its multivarious connections to the imposition of the Covid crisis from above.

He draws the connections between the WEF, Bill Gates, US intelligence, vaccines, the Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, the Carnegie institutions, journalists on the CIA’s payroll, In-Q-Tel (the CIA’s venture capital arm), Bloomberg, Jeff Bezos, Black Rock, and so many other individuals and groups with the goal of establishing The Great Reset when the elites will try to exert total electronic control over people’s lives through a digital world economy, artificial intelligence, etc.

He details the US/Nazi connections going back to WWII and the US biological weapons research and warfare targeting China and Russia, including the bio-laboratories in Ukraine.  He tells us how:

This goes back to a 2005 agreement between the Pentagon and Ukraine’s Ministry of Health. It prohibits the Kiev government from disclosing sensitive information about the program; Ukraine is required to hand over the dangerous pathogens produced there to the U.S. Department of Defense for further biological research. . . . One of the Pentagon’s laboratories is located in Kharkov where at least 20 Ukrainian soldiers succumbed to a flu-like virus within two days in 2016…In 2014 there was an outbreak in Moscow of a new, highly virulent variant of the Cholera agent Vibrio Cholera, related to the species identified in Ukraine.

He connects Anthony Fauci, the director of EcoHealth Alliance Dr. Peter Daszak, Christian Drosen of PCR notoriety, Fort Detrick, Wuhan, the World Military Games held in Wuhan between 18-27 October 2019, etc.

He explains how the Covid pandemic and lockdowns are a form of disaster capitalism that is a global project whose tentacles stretch extensively from the Gates Foundation to the Poynter Institute to the McChrystal Group to Philip Zelikow to the pharmaceutical companies and their “vaccine” push and propaganda to DARPA … to… to… 

He writes:

It appears again and again that behind both the biopolitical and the IT-media power blocs lies the strategy of the American national security complex. . . One of the most alarming aspects of the transition from mechanical to psychological warfare against the population is that the authorities have now set their sights on the human genetic code as well.

In seven densely packed chapters, van der Pijl weaves and documents a vast tapestry of devious conspiratorial forces behind the states of emergency aimed at world control.  Reading them and following his sources, one would have to be brain dead to not realize that what is now happening throughout the world is not an accident or the result of things just happening but is a long planned operation conducted by very sophisticated forces interconnected in the group he calls the “intelligence-IT-triangle” that is waging mind control warfare to disguise the truth about their deadly bio/germ-weapons, their military wars around the world, and their economic assault on regular people.

It is a world war conducted on multiple fronts whose goal is elite control, the extinguishing of democracy, and the reduction of human being to appendages of the mega-machine.

But I would be remiss if I didn’t say that I think his conclusion may be too optimistic.  For even though he argues that the Information Technology revolution is central to elite propaganda and control, he believes IT – this “social brain” – holds revolutionary democratic potential if it can be liberated from elite dominance.

I don’t see how this can happen, though I wish he were right.  A decentralized, democratic internet seems like a pipe dream to me.  A dream not unlike that of so many others who have assumed technology’s beneficence and inevitability even when they sense its insidious, destructive capabilities.

He is right to say that ”everything revolves around the one universal currency, information,” and that digital infrastructure is now at the center of social organization.  This is beyond dispute. 

However, those intelligence/military/IT forces that created and control the internet and digital technologies will not voluntarily cede control.  They will wage information war with it, censor it, de-platform people and sites, etc.  I believe this technology is intrinsically anti-democratic.  Nevertheless,  his concluding chapter on this issue is very important for broaching this dilemma and getting people to debate it.

This book should be read by anyone who cares about our world. It is brilliant and extremely timely.


Edward Curtin is an independent writer whose work has appeared widely over many years. His website is edwardcurtin.com and his new book is Seeking Truth in a Country of Lies.

Power is in Tearing Human Minds to Pieces

March 20, 2022

by Robert Malone

One of the most important news stories that broke this week was about Hunter Biden’s laptop. Not because of the contents, as salacious and maybe damaging to the reputation of the President as it may be, but for a more profound and disturbing reason. The 2020 election may have been won on a misinformation campaign orchestrated by elements in the US government.

Glenn Greenwald lays this out nicely in his analysis entitled: The NYT Now Admits the Biden Laptop — Falsely Called “Russian Disinformation” — is Authentic.

One of the most successful disinformation campaigns in modern American electoral history occurred in the weeks prior to the 2020 presidential election. On October 14, 2020 — less than three weeks before Americans were set to vote — the nation’s oldest newspaper, The New York Post, began publishing a series of reports about the business dealings of the Democratic frontrunner Joe Biden and his son, Hunter, in countries in which Biden, as Vice President, wielded considerable influence (including Ukraine and China) and would again if elected president.

The backlash against this reporting was immediate and intense, leading to suppression of the story by U.S. corporate media outlets and censorship of the story by leading Silicon Valley monopoliesThe disinformation campaign against this reporting was led by the CIA’s all-but-official spokesperson Natasha Bertrand (then of Politico, now with CNN), whose article on October 19 appeared under this headline: “Hunter Biden story is Russian disinfo, dozens of former intel officials say.”

Elements of our government have been engaged in pysops campaigns designed to manipulate the beliefs and thoughts of the American people, and these campaigns started long before COVID-19.


The New York Post, who was one of the victims of the censorship and smear campaign led by democratic officials, ex- CIA “reporters” (which usually means current CIA “contractors”) acting in collusion with big tech and the legacy media, also wrote about this in a piece called:
How Dem officials, the media and Big Tech worked in concert to bury the Hunter Biden story

Everlasting, undying, soul-rending shame be upon you, Facebook and Twitter and Politico and all the others who covered up, denied and suppressed this newspaper’s true and accurate reporting about Hunter Biden’s laptop in 2020. You should be hurling yourselves at the feet of the American people, begging forgiveness. You should be renting billboards saying, “WE LIED.”

But most importantly, you should be hauled before Congress to answer humiliating questions.

These and other information purveyors owe us — not just this paper, but this country — restitution for what now looks like the most egregious and willful fake-news scam of our time. This paper’s scoops on Hunter Biden’s laptop in 2020 were labeled “Russian misinformation” (Politico), a “hoax” (Steven Brill of “fact-check” site NewsGuard), discredited by “many, many red flags” (NPR) and a “hack and leak” operation that had to be throttled (Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg)…

The Post acted with transparency in explaining to readers how it got the Laptop from Hell. Moreover, nobody on Team Biden denied The Post’s report, because they knew or suspected it was true. Every news outlet in the country should have fronted the story at that point: “Biden team refuses to deny Hunter Biden laptop story.” A few months later, Hunter himself said the laptop “certainly” could be his, and the media shrugged instead of apologizing…

Even in the presidential debate where the matter came up, Joe Biden’s comments were not a denial but simply a deflection, and everybody who reported that he denied the laptop story was guilty of propagating fake news all over again. What he actually said was, “There are 50 former national intelligence folks who said that what he’s accusing me of is a Russian plant. Five former heads of the CIA, both parties, say what he’s saying is a bunch of garbage. Nobody believes it except his good friend Rudy Giuliani.

That is what is called a lie in the real world that you and I inhabit. But not in the corridors of Washington DC or state-sponsored media.

This New York Post article documents that even in 2020, elements of the US government, which some might call the “deep state,” were engaging in misinformation (translation- lies) meant to alter the outcome of the upcoming election. And there is a good chance that their efforts succeeded, and that they swayed the election in favor of Biden.

These deep state agents have turned to using big tech, social media, legacy media, and paid “influencers” to smear, slander, censor and defame those who tried to bring the story of Hunter Biden’s laptop to the American people prior to the election.


Exit stage left: Hunter Biden – Enter stage right: COVID-19

Well, we all know what happens next. We have lived it. The censorship and defamation of any scientist or physician who questions the safety, efficacy or the data (or lack thereof) of the public policies surrounding COVID-19 has been unprecedented in modern US history.

From the CDC hiding important data to stop “vaccine hesitancy” (ergo: scientific fraud), to the CDC, HHS, and DHS using a billion dollars to fight vaccine “misinformation,” to promote vaccines by funding state-sponsored media (ergo legacy media) and to fund “influencers” is by now well known to all those who are reading these words. Then there is the state and federal government’s increasingly hysterical efforts to shut down early treatment and push more boosters by persecuting physicians and censoring anyone who speaks (such as myself) out on platforms like Twitter and Linked-in. Need I write more?

They have turned to using big tech, social media, legacy media, paid “influencers” to smear, slander, censor and defame.

Ya think we might be starting to see a pattern?


EXIT STAGE LEFT COVID-19 – ENTER STAGE RIGHT: MAIN STREAM MEDIA, BIG TECH, RUSSIA AND UKRAINE…

Matt Taibbi wrote a compelling analysis of the situation in Ukraine, our modern history of war, and our own capacity for doublethink in an article entitled:
Orwell Was Right. From free speech to “spheres of influence” to our passion for endless war, we’ve become the doublethinkers 1984 predicted

It is worth the read.

Moral panics erase memories. It’s their primary function. 9/11 wiped the national hard drive of everything from the third degree to My Lai to Operations Phoenix and Condor to the Church Committee to the School of the Americas to countless other shameful episodes, and the lessons learned from them. The Trump-Russia scandal blotted out Snowden, made the spooks the good guys again. 2016 rehabilitated neoconservatives, now reinvented as never-Trumpers, cleaning away the shame of Iraq, Abu Ghraib, Afghanistan, etc.

The “misinformation” panic wiped out the WMD fiasco, restoring honor to credentialed press. The DNC leak erased “Collateral Murder.” After George Floyd we hated cops, after January 6th we loved them. Ukraine now is openly being sold as a blue-pill cure for everything that went wrong during the War on Terror, including the recent defeat in Afghanistan. “Realism” is in disgrace, and “leadership,” “regime change,” and the “universal appeal of freedom” are back, only this time their primary backers are the upper-class cosmopolitan Democrats who marched against the simplistic “freedom against evil” plot neoconservatives tried to sell them twenty years ago.

We’re at the end of a twenty-year cycle that has taken what was once the oppositional-skeptic portion of the American population and seen them rallied behind the people they once hated the most. This has been accomplished by keeping us in a rage that always escalates and is never watered down by contradictions, thanks to mastery of “reality control” via “an unending series of victories over your own memory.”

The relentless parade of panics listed above (just a small sample; we’ve had dozens just in the last few years) makes those victories easy, and every time we switch targets, from Russians to neo-Nazis to cops to transphobes to insurrectionists to the unvaccinated to truckers and back to Russians again, the Church of Forgetting picks up new converts.

They have turned to using big tech, social media, legacy media, paid “influencers” to smear, slander, censor and defame those who hold with a different view regarding Russia and Ukraine. The goal is total information control, and total thought control.

The evidence in in. The systemic use of psyops by the American government on us is clear. We are the victims. The thought police rule.

And there you have it.

Our destiny is being chosen for us.

Orwell’s 1984 is here.


Stand up now, or your children will have to deal with the consequences of your lack of courage.


6 Years Of Being Manipulated By Manufactured Waves Of Outrage With No End In Sight

by Michael Snyder

March 19, 2022

Are you starting to notice a pattern by now?  For the past six years, the American people have been emotionally manipulated by what I call “manufactured waves of outrage”.  Once the corporate media identifies a trigger, it will obsessively focus on it for weeks or months on end, and the narrative that develops will be echoed and magnified by millions upon millions of social media denizens.  Before too long, much of the population is whipped up into an irrational emotional frenzy, and that frenzy is used to move certain agendas forward.

To me, this new era began in 2016.  Donald Trump was a political candidate like no other, and the elite absolutely hated the fact that he did not follow their rules and that they could not control him.

So when he actually won, it truly was a catastrophic event for them.

From that moment forward, most corporate media outlets relentlessly demonized Trump.  Never before in U.S. history had a sitting U.S. president been treated in such a fashion, and we may never see anything like it ever again.

The anti-Trump narratives which were being pumped out by the corporate media were constantly fed to social media influencers on both sides of the political spectrum, and that ultimately created extremely deep political divisions in this country which still exist to this day.

Many on the left are entirely convinced that Trump is the devil, while many on the right believe that he is the greatest American that ever lived.

Of course the truth is that Trump is not actually on the far end of the political spectrum that currently exists in this country.  There is a lot about Trump that liberals should actually like, and there is a lot about Trump that conservatives should actually be criticizing.

But that is not how the debate has been framed.  If you hate Trump you are on the left, and if you love Trump you are on the right, and that is the end of the story.

In 2020, a couple things happened that caused new manufactured waves of outrage.

One was the tragic death of George Floyd.  His death sparked the BLM movement, and our country was whipped up into an emotional frenzy.  Protests, civil unrest and riots erupted all over the nation, and the level of violence that we witnessed shocked the entire planet.

But if you did not support the protesters, you were suddenly a bad person.

Instead, it was the police that were relentlessly demonized by the media, and this greatly upset a lot of us that are very supportive of the police.

Without a doubt, the U.S. has had problems with police brutality.  And without a doubt, there is a lot of racism out there.  I have been boldly speaking out against racism for many years, and I will continue to speak out against it.  I believe that every man, woman and child on the entire planet was created equal, and I believe that every single one of us possesses immense value.

But there were millions upon millions of us that did not agree with the political agenda of the BLM movement, and many of the specific political positions that the organization adopted were deeply alarming.

Does that make us bad just because we don’t agree with their far left agenda?

2020 also brought us the COVID pandemic.

Our societal divisions became deeper than ever before as we endlessly debated about masks, vaccines, mandates and other restrictions.

Manufactured waves of outrage about COVID dominated our national discourse for nearly two full years, but we were finally getting to a point where we were almost ready to put it all behind us.

And then the Ukraine war came along, and now everyone has a reason to be outraged again.

I think that Elon Musk summed things up very well in one of his latest tweets.

You may have noticed that hordes of social media lemmings are plastering their profiles with Ukrainian flags these days.

Next month, they may have to switch back to COVID again.

Then in May, the hot topic may be racial injustice.

Of course every June is reserved for the alphabet people.

Social media has become a very clear reflection of society as a whole, and so much of what goes on in our world today is being driven by social media.

Last week, I was stunned to learn that the Biden administration had actually conducted a briefing on the war in Ukraine for 30 key TikTok influencers

To get ahead of misinformation and spread its messaging, the Biden administration on Thursday briefed 30 top TikTok stars on key information regarding the war in Ukraine, The Washington Post reports.

The online influencers received updates about the U.S.’ “strategic goals in the region” while National Security Council staffers and White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki “answered questions on distributing aid to Ukrainians, working with NATO, and how the United States would react to a Russian use of nuclear weapons.”

Can you imagine the Reagan administration doing such a thing?

Of course not.

But the world has changed.

Today, the elite need the support of influencers on social media, because those social media influencers can whip up tremendous waves of manufactured outrage.

If you asked random U.S. social media users to tell you what caused the war in Ukraine, the vast majority of them could not give you any sort of a coherent answer.

And the vast majority of them would not be able to point out Ukraine on a blank map of the world.

But they do know that Russia is really bad and Ukraine is really good, and that is all that the elite really need for them to know.

For years, I have been encouraging my readers to think for themselves.

Because if you don’t learn to think for yourself, there are others that will be more than happy to do your thinking for you.

That can be a tempting path to follow, but when you let others do your thinking for you it is way too easy for them to manipulate your emotions with the latest wave of manufactured outrage.

***It is finally here! Michael’s new book entitled “7 Year Apocalypse” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***


About the Author: My name is Michael Snyder and my brand new book entitled “7 Year Apocalypse” is now available on Amazon.com.  In addition to my new book I have written five other books that are available on Amazon.com including  “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America”“The Beginning Of The End”“Get Prepared Now”, and “Living A Life That Really Matters”. (#CommissionsEarned)  When you purchase any of these books you help to support the work that I am doing, and one way that you can really help is by sending digital copies as gifts through Amazon to family and friends.  Time is short, and I need help getting these warnings into the hands of as many people as possible.  I have published thousands of articles on The Economic Collapse BlogEnd Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe.  I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but I also ask that they include this “About the Author” section with each article.  The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions.  I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help.  These are such troubled times, and people need hope.  John 3:16 tells us about the hope that God has given us through Jesus Christ: “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”  If you have not already done so, I strongly urge you to ask Jesus to be your Lord and Savior today.


Blind as a Corona Bat

March 18, 2022

by Todd Hayen PhD

This article is not really about Corona, nor is it really about bats. Blind Corona bats make a catchy title. The subjects of the article, however, are indeed related to Corona (what isn’t these days?) as well as to bats, blind ones. The most perplexing part for me about this Covid puzzle, and all that is now following it, has been the blindness I have experienced in people on “that side” of the fence. (I won’t call them sheep, I got in trouble for that once.)

I am most troubled by this phenomenon experienced in close friends and family. Now that Covid has passed the torch onto the Russia/Ukraine conflict it seems we are seeing Act Two of a very frustrating global, and personal play.

Of course we all know both of these events are scenes in one big theatrical event, one that has been going on for quite a while but mostly in out of town tryouts—Covid was the first act of the play finally opening on the Big Broad Way.

The tryouts are over. The Great Reset, now the hottest show in town, opens in the big time.

“Yea!” I shouted, “now everyone will see it; it will no longer be obscured and only noticed by us so called conspiracy theorists who have been jumping up and down for decades yelling ‘false flag!’ every time anything unusual happened in the world. Now we will all have eyes to see and ears to hear!”

Fat chance of that.

It didn’t happen with Covid, and it isn’t happening with Russia/Ukraine. The blind will continue to be blind.

Only now one thing is indeed obvious, it is now very clear who the blind are, and who can see. Just as such large numbers of people were blind as Corona bats during the heights of the Covid hysteria, the same people are blind as bats regarding just about everything else going on in the world. Not just Corona. And if I can rely on my recollection, they have always been blind.

I was one of them for quite some time.

It is clear they don’t see the threat to our freedom and the democracy we have fought so hard and diligently to save over the years.

They don’t see the assault on humanity itself with the degradation of human social interplay due to masks, social distancing, the rules against gathering with loved ones in church, social events, funerals, weddings, concerts, plays, among many other restrictions.

They don’t see the damage being done to our children through social regulations and the wearing of masks that cover facial expression and communication and derail social development.

And they certainly don’t see the unconscionable power that the government has forced over us with mandated vaccines—a substance that clearly could have devastating health effects on any who have taken it—and devastating social and personal effects on those who have not.

What is the bigger picture here? What will be the result of this blindness?

One of the prime blind spots the bats have regarding the new world that is being created right before our very eyes (no pun intended) is not at all something to look forward to. These people seem to think the world will be a wonderfully calm place with all amenities required, and many desired, handed to them on a silver platter with only a rental fee attached.

I am reminded of the cult classic Logan’s Run where everyone had a job (or did they even need a job), everyone was happy, had sex all of the time and took whatever pill was required to escape any sort of thinking that may have stubbornly crept in (or was that “Brave New World”?). Only the people living in this bliss were not allowed to live past 30 (in the movie version, in the book it was only 21!).

You can sum up what is “wrong” with what’s ahead rather simply: a hugely efficient world whose efficiency is achieved by a global control that manipulates individuals to do what is necessary in order to keep the world efficient.

What makes a world efficient?

Controlling the climate, the economy, consumption of all goods and services (including entertainment), controlling travel, carbon footprints, jobs, drugs, food, health care, births, personal identity, and a million other things easy to imagine. How will the upper echelon, which will be given the task to oversee this control, accomplish it? Need I say? I think most people reading this can easily fill in those blanks.

Give the kid two marshmallows now with the promise of five down the road, only the kid doesn’t take the five down the road option, he or she takes the two now. Instant gratification.

It doesn’t take much to dangle high-tech-convenience-laden carrots in front of our “now, now, now” culture. Digital ID? No problem if marketed with the promise of ease and convenience—same goes for digital currency, microchips in the hand, eventually drilled into the head, Alexa in the house, in the bedroom, bugs to eat (real meat is destroying the climate, right?)

Rent your music and media instead of buying it, you get a lot more up front. What could go wrong?

Anyone remember when Amazon wiped all Kindle readers free of Orwell’s books “1984” and “Animal Farm” remotely (blessed technology allowed them to) because of their controversial message?

Freedom is controversial you know. At least it is now beginning to be seen as such. If those books were on your shelves no one could take them.

Remember “Fahrenheit 451”? Remember “Brave New World”? Does anyone read anymore? Does anyone care? There doesn’t seem to be many who do. “I don’t really care if Facebook tracks me, they send interesting posts and ads my way,” they will care when it isn’t Facebook doing the tracking.

Or will they? They are blind. Why?

Occam’s Razor would say it was something in the vaccine, or 5G, or whatever sort of mind controlling device or substance “they” have operating these days.

I say Occam’s Razor only because it seems to be the simplest explanation. The more plausible ones (“more plausible” depending only on how far down the rabbit hole you are) includes a phrase being bandied around these days: “Mass Formation Psychosis.”

Being a psychologist myself I certainly can see this as an intriguing possibility. Before many people saw all this Covid insanity as a problem, I suggested “cult psychology” was the culprit in effectively bending the minds of so many in order they believe things that were so clearly not true.

However; I’ve had a problem with both ideas: how do they do this? The criteria for either of these mental conditions is rather difficult to manifest on a global scale—although Hitler and his National Socialists’ regime was rather successful in accomplishing something similar in 1930s Germany. So what is it? The vaccine? 5G?

Like I previously said, I am so perplexed by this strange blindness, I would not be surprised.

Early on I thought that this blindness and ignorance were synonymous. Obviously, that isn’t the case. You could force-feed information into someone who was blind and they will either block it in any way possible (plugging the ears and singing “lalalalala” for one example), or change the subject (violently holding up the hand and say “I’m not talking about this”) or simply attack everything you’ve said with nonsense counter arguments like “if what you are saying were true, it would be on the cover of the New York Times.”

People can and do “take in” the information (on occasion) but their brains do nothing with it.

And what of this arrogance that seems to go hand in hand with the blindness? Can’t these people just be blind and sit in a corner? No, they are arrogant as well, sitting atop their white steed of supreme morality calling you—a fighter for freedom, a staunch defender of free speech and body autonomy as well as a crusader against corruption, corporate greed and evil—calling you selfish, a denier of science, deplorable, a criminal. What’s with that?

I also used to think it had something to do with intelligence. That too proves not to be true. I have, however, found a few common denominators.

One is that most people who are not blind believe in some sort of spiritual paradigm. These paradigms do differ, but there are some common elements (for one, not obsessed with becoming a robot rather than staying a human).

I have also found that people who are not blind believe in things that are astonishingly similar. For example, when Russia invaded Ukraine, I was surprised to see that most of the friends I had made during the Covid run were saying the same things about Russia and Ukraine that I was saying.

They were questioning, looking beyond the propaganda, and understanding that there was more to such a catastrophic event than “four legs good (Ukraine), two legs bad (Russia)” to borrow a George Orwell quote—simple “sheep thinking” from “Animal Farm.”

Truth is universal, and finding the truth requires a universal set of criteria—two of which are having eyes to see, and ears to hear.


Todd Hayen is a registered psychotherapist practicing in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. He holds a PhD in depth psychotherapy and an MA in Consciousness Studies. He specializes in Jungian, archetypal, psychology.

♦️♦️♦️

The cashless life won’t be worth living

While we're all over-focused on "Ukraine," our overlords are moving quietly, and swiftly, to take ALL cash away, in favor of a global social credit system. We can't let them get away with it.

March 17, 2022

by Mark Crispin Miller

While they have us freaking out about “Ukraine,” our overlords are moving swiftly to rendition all of us into the global cyber-gulag of a social credit system, enabled by a digital currency doled out (or not) by the central banking system.

This report, from December, 2021, “assess[es] market opportunities for infrastructure support of the social credit market”—i.e., how to make a lot of money helping to set up that cyber-prison. Unless you’re reading it for “market opportunities,” you’re likely to be chilled by its dystopian implications.

One way to start fighting this development is to go back to using cash instead of cards as much as possible—starting with #CashFriday, as urged by Catherine Austin Fitts. This means that, every Friday, we use only cash to buy what we may need: https://home.solari.com/cash-friday/.

Think about what this development portends: No cash will mean no autonomy, as every purchase that you’ll want to make must be approved on high—approval that will be contingent on your social credit score.

She’s absolutely right about what’s happening: https://www.instagram.com/reel/Ca55xTwlr6H/?utm_medium=copy_link

James Corbett on the looming social-credit prison: https://www.bitchute.com/video/3Tl5G0BPua7q/

Here’s a summary of the report on “market opportunities” in setting up the “infrastructure” for the new panopticon. (The whole document costs $2,500 for single readers.)

SocialCredit Market by Physical and Cyber Infrastructure (Sensors, Cameras,Biometrics, Computer Vision), Software (Machine Learning, Data Analytics,APIs), Use Cases, Applications, Industry Verticals, and Regions 2021 – 2026

  • ID: 5134311
  • Report
  • December 2021
  • 121 Pages

This is the only report of its type to assess market opportunities for infrastructure support of the social credit market. The report evaluates market drivers, use cases, and consequential impacts/implications (anticipated and likely unanticipated) for social credit market implementation and operation.

The report also evaluates some of the leading companies that are anticipated to drive social credit market evolution. This report includes detailed quantitative analysis driven by market needs with forecasting for all major infrastructure elements from 2021 to 2026.

Select Report Findings:

  • The COVID-19 pandemic has facilitated substantial interest in citizen monitoring solutions
  • Infrastructure to support social credit systems represents a $16.1B global opportunity by 2026
  • Cameras and other optical equipment for social credit systems will reach $723M globally by 2026
  • Advanced computing will be used in conjunction with AI to provide nearly flawless identification and tracking
  • Various forms of biometrics will be used for identity verification as well as verifying the presence/location of people
  • Starting as tangential to public safety and homeland security, the social credit market becomes mainstream by2026
  • Social credit systems represent the ability to identify (mostly people but also some “things”) and track activities for purposes of grading behaviors and applying “social credit” scoring. A given grading/scoring methodology depends largely on social credit system objectives and metrics.

However, most systems will have socially acceptable behaviour at their core. This presents both a challenge and an opportunity as a combination of government, companies, and society as a whole must determine “good”, “bad”, and “marginal” behavior within the social credit market.

Beginning as a trend largely orthogonal to public safety and homeland security concerns, the market for social credit system infrastructure will ultimately become a mainstream component of both business and public policy.

This means that systems will ultimately be used for a variety of commerce and lifestyle-related issues ranging from risk assessment (access to credit, financing fees, insurance, etc.) to accessibility within public places such as concerts, sporting events, and other assemblies. High social scoring individuals within the social credit market will be granted preferred access to both real and digital assets.

Social credit system infrastructure includes analogue and digital surveillance, Internet-enabled devices like smartphones, wearable devices, security systems, sensor-enabled physical objects, and surveillance devices that use biometrics and computer vision. Technologies include broadband wireless (WiFi, LTE, and 5G), IoT, AI algorithms, and big data analytics platforms, processes, and procedures.

While each of these systems has market value individually, and are deployed separately for various purposes, it is the convergence of these otherwise disparate technologies that will facilitate value within the social credit market. For example, combined AI and IoT systems will be leveraged to identify important events that require immediate action versus those that are merely archived.

It is important to note that there is great overlap between the technologies used for social credit systems and other solutions such as public safety, homeland security, and smart cities applications of many types including smart transportation (highways and surface streets, parking, autonomous vehicles, etc.), intelligent buildings, environmental monitoring (light, temperature, pressure, etc.). Many of these infrastructure elements are already planned for smart city implementations and will, therefore, be multi-purposed including support of the social credit market.

In terms of physical infrastructure, social credit systems will rely upon various forms of equipment and platforms including sensors, biometrics, cameras, and other optical devices, computer vision systems, and other advanced computing platforms.

Cyberinfrastructure includes platforms, devices, and software to support data processing and correlation with identity information, which shall leverage AI, IoT, and advanced data analytics. The main purpose for all the aforementioned infrastructure elements is to capture data, which must be stored and acted upon as appropriate.

At the heart of social credit, systems are large-scale data repositories that may store virtually any type of data that may be correlated to or associated with citizens and businesses in terms of both identity and behaviors.

This includes raw observational data as well as listings (white, grey, red, and black) and meta-data to tie together data elements and allow for ease of information queries. Without the use of AI and big data technology, it would be problematic to implement social credit market systems in a meaningful way as massive amounts of disparate data must be correlated.

With the purchase of this report at the Multi-user License or greater level, you will have access to one hour with an expert analyst who will help you link key findings in the report to the business issues you’re addressing. This will need to be used within three months of purchase.

This report also includes a complimentary Excel file with data from the report for purchasers at the Site License or greater level.


SUBSCRIBE to News From Underground

Tomas Pueyo, lockdown thinkfluencer, issues edict on the Ukraine

Believe me when I tell you that the climatists, the Ukrainists, the Covidians, the mass migrationists, and the antiracists are all expressions of the same malign force.

by eugyppius March 16, 2022

The western borg is not a place. It’s a state of mind. As it expands across the world, it aims to rob other places of their placehood too, and assimilate them to the same shallow diffuse global consumerist project. The western borg likes to conceive of itself as post-national and post-political. Its values, in its own conception, exist on a higher plane, like religious or philosophical truths. They are about “freedom” and “democracy” and “peace” and “human rights.” Yet people in the West do not have much voice in government, they are not free, the western borg instigates wars across the world, and western assimilated governments do not care about anybody’s rights.

These are just the words with which the western borg seeks to disguise its imperialist, autocratic tendencies. Unlike some of you, I prefer to see the actions of the borg as essentially undirected, and the result of internal dynamics. It arises from a lot of separate forces, among them prosperity and technology, the complexity of mass society and its management, and the universal claims of the liberal democratic political tradition. All of its ideological obsessions and propaganda narratives either further or express its totalising project in some way.


Upcoming: Observations about the ongoing Omicron wave in Europe, a review of Alex Berenson’s Pandemia, and thoughts on whether Corona is truly ending or merely taking a break. I just had to get this out of my system first.

We are witnessing an unprecedented, comprehensive failure of policy, medicine and science. The world will never be the same.

All the idiocy of Covid and vaccine mandates in one neat package

An unvaccinated Kyrie Irving can sit courtside but isn’t allowed to play basketball; does this mean the earth is flat?

by Alex Berenson

March 16, 2023

On Sunday, Kyrie Irving decided to watch a basketball game in Brooklyn.

And all heck broke loose.

In case you don’t know, Irving plays basketball for the Brooklyn Nets (my favorite team, from back when their home was a parking lot in New Jersey). He’s very good. He has maybe the best “handle” – ability to dribble – in the world.

Irving is also an odd duck. He made news in 2018 for saying he thought the earth might be flat.

Last year Irving decided he needed time off mid-season because he was upset about police shootings of African-Americans. By all accounts, his feelings were genuine. Still, most of us would get a one-way ride to the unemployment office if we didn’t show for work because of our feelings, however genuine. Having the world’s best handle has its privileges.

This season, Irving has been in the news for a different reason, his refusal to be jabbed with mRNA.

As a fellow pureblood, I am on Irving’s side. And unlike Green Bay Packers quarterback Aaron Rodgers, Irving owned his choice. He didn’t say he was “immunized” or “partially hydrogenated” or “league MVP so I can do what I want.”

No, Kyrie said he wasn’t vaccinated and wasn’t getting vaccinated. The end.

Only it wasn’t. The NBA and its players had agreed Covid shots would not be mandatory (professional athletes have unions nearly as strong as teachers), but New York City had other ideas.

In September, as part of his never-ending quest to ruin New York, then-Mayor Bill de Blasio required Covid jabs for adults going to indoor venues like restaurants or gyms. Including Barclays Center, where the Nets play. Then, in December, de Blasio extended the mandate to all private workplaces.

The mandates meant that Irving couldn’t play basketball at Barclays. He was allowed to play outside New York, but in October the Nets said they wouldn’t let him do that either if he couldn’t play at home.

Irving was due to make $35 million this season, just shy of $400,000 a game (which made him only the third-highest paid player on the Nets, amazing but true). Thus, every home game he missed cost him $400,000.

And I thought I was committed to staying unvaccinated. Though the team still had to pay Irving for the road games.

Kyrie’s stance brought him a lot of heat from the ESPNs of the world. Sports talk show hosts have been among the loudest screechers for Team Apocalypse. I thought they were men who liked sports, but apparently not. They were desperate to see the college football season canceled in 2020, and their disappointment when the games proceeded without dozens of Covid deaths was palpable. They have also resolutely refused to say a word about athletes who have heart problems after getting mRNA shots.

But Kyrie stayed firm. Dude said the world might be flat! He doesn’t care what some chubby middle-aged radio announcer thinks. So the season started without him.

The first crack in this standoff came in December, when the Nets said they would start playing Kyrie on the road.

Why? Because so many of their vaccinated players were infected with Omicron and missing games.

Yes, the Nets needed to suit up their unvaccinated player because their vaccinated ones had Covid.

Because vaccines work!

Then, in late February, Eric Adams, New York’s new mayor, made a partial concession to reality and rolled back the jab mandates for indoor spaces. (The mandates had worked so well that New York had far more Covid infections than ever before this winter.)

Now anyone, vaccinated or not, can watch a game at Barclays.

But the city’s workplace mandate remains in place, so Irving still can’t play. By the way, the workplace mandate does not and has not ever applied to visiting players. Trust The Science!

This combination of rules means that Kyrie Irving is the only person in the world who faces any sanction at Barclays Center for refusing to take an mRNA shot.

On Sunday, Irving decided to demonstrate the absurdity of the situation in the simplest possible way. He bought himself a courtside ticket for Brooklyn’s game against the New York Knicks, the city’s other and lesser professional basketball team.

Irving brings his unvaccinated cooties to Barclays:

Irving even wound up going into the locker room with his teammates – but as a spectator (safe!) and not a player (dangerous!).

If Irving intended to demonstrate the idiocy of the workplace mandate, he succeeded. At a press conference after the game, Kevin Durant, the top player on the Nets, called the rule “stupid” and added – in reference to Mayor Adams – “Eric, dude, you gotta figure this out.”

Durant’s honesty set off a new round of whining from the sports-talk screechers – how dare he call this absurd rule absurd! The emperor is fully dressed, everyone can see that! – and by Monday Durant had to issue a statement semi-apologizing for telling the truth.

As of now, the useless workplace mandate remains in place. And Irving remains welcome to buy a courtside seat anytime to root for the team he can’t play for.

Kyrie, if you need a plus-one, I’m available! We can talk clinical trial design and whether LeBron James is as big a douche as he seems.


Counterinsurgency, PSYOPS and the Military Origins of the Internet

March 16, 2022

by Dustin Broadbery

PART 1: LOOK A GIFT HORSE IN THE MOUTH

As the digital revolution was underway in the mid-nineties, research departments at the CIA and NSA were developing programs to predict the usefulness of the world wide web as a tool for capturing what they dubbed “birds of a feather” formations. That’s when flocks of sparrows make sudden movements together in rhythmical patterns.

They were particularly interested in how these principles would influence the way that people would eventually move together on the burgeoning internet: Would groups and communities move together in the same way as ‘birds of a feather, so that they could be tracked in an organised way? And if their movements could be indexed and recorded, could they be identified later by their digital fingerprints?

To answer these questions, the CIA and NSA established a series of initiatives called Massive Digital Data Systems (MDDS) to directly fund tech entrepreneurs through an inter-university disbursement program. Naming their first unclassified briefing for computer scientists ‘birds of a feather,’ which took place in San Jose in the spring of 1995.

Amongst the first grants provided by the MDDS program to capture the ‘birds of a feather’ theory towards building a massive digital library and indexing system – using the internet as its backbone – were dispersed to two Stanford University PHD’s, Sergey Brin and Larry Page, who were making significant headways in the development of web-page ranking technology that would track user movements online.

Those disbursements, together with $4.5 million in grants from a multi-agency consortium including NASA and DARPA, became the seed funding that was used to establish Google.

Eventually MDDS was integrated into DARPA’s global eavesdropping and data-mining activities that would attempt total information awareness over US citizens. Few understand the extent to which Silicon Valley is the alter-ego of Pentagon-land, even fewer realise the impact this has had on the social sphere.   But the story does not begin with Google, nor the military origins of the internet, it goes back much further in time, to the dawn of counterinsurgency and PSYOPs during the second world war.

The Dawn of PSYOPs

According to historian Joy Rhodes, a renowned physicist told U.S. defence secretary Robert McNamara in 1961:

While World War I might have been considered the chemists’ war, and World War II was considered the physicists’ war, World War III . . . might well have to be considered the social scientists’ war.”

The intersection of social science and military intelligence is recognised by the US Army to have begun during WW1 when pre-war journalist Captain Blankenhorn established the Psychological Subsection in the War Department to coordinate combat propaganda.

These grey-area operations, as they become known, plateaued during world war II, when military strategists, building on wartime research in crowd psychology, drafted social scientists into the war effort through the Office of Scientific Research and Development (OSRD). The office would aggregate information about the German people and develop propaganda and psychological operations (PSYOPS) to lower their morale. This culminated in 1942, with the US federal government becoming the leading employer of psychologists in the US.

OSRD was an early administration of the Manhattan Project and responsible for important wartime developments in technology, including radar. The agency was Directed by engineer and inventor, Vannevar Bush – a key player in the history of computing, known for his work on The Memex, an early hypothetical computer device, that would store and index a user’s books, records and other information, and which would go on to inspire most major advancements in the development of personal computers over the next 70 years.

As the second world war ended, and a new threat emerged from post war ravaged Europe, scholars and soldiers once again reunited to defeat an invisible and aggressively expansionist adversary.  Though this opponent may sound like COVID-19, it was in fact the Soviet Union.

Across the Soviet satellites in Europe and in the nations threatened by communism in Asia, Africa, and Latin America, cold war special operations, as they become known, were a nebulous category of military activity that included psychological and political warfare, guerrilla operations and counterinsurgency.  To mobilise these ‘special warfare tactics’ the army established the Office of the Chief of Psychological Warfare (OCPW) in 1951, whose mission was to recruit, organise, equip, train, and provide doctrinal support to Psywarriors.

The office was directed by General Robert McClure, a founding father of psychological warfare and friend of the Shah of Iran, who was instrumental in the overthrow of Mohammad Mosaddegh in the 1953 Iranian coup d’état.

Integral to the projects of McClure’s OCPW, was a quasi-academic institution with a long history of military service called the Human Relations Area Files (HRAF). Founded by anthropologist turned FBI whistle-blower George Murdock, HRAF was set up to collect and standardise data on primitive cultures around the world. During WW2 its researchers worked hand in glove with naval intelligence to develop propaganda materials that would help the US liberate pacific nations from Japanese control.  By 1954, the department had grown into an inter-university consortium of 16 academic institutions, funded by the army, CIA, and private philanthropies.

In 1954 the OCPW negotiated a contract with the HRAF to author a series of special warfare handbooks, disguised as scholarship, that sought to understand the intellectual and emotional character of strategically important people, particularly their thoughts, motivations and actions, with entire chapters compiled on the attitudes and subversive potentials of foreign nationals, while other chapters focussed on the means of transmitting propaganda in each target nation, whether news, radio or word of mouth.  This was, of course, decades before the internet.

SORO

In 1956, the Special Operations Research Office (SORO) emerged from these programs. Charged with managing the US Army’s psychological and unconventional warfare tactics during the cold war and taking the work of HRAF to the next level, SORO set about the monumental task of defining the political and social causes of Communist revolution, the laws governing social change and the theories of communication and persuasion that could be used to transform public perception.

SORO formed a central component of the Pentagons militarisation of social research, and particularly the ideas and doctrine that would usher in a gradual shift towards an American-led world order.

Its research team was located on the campus of American University in Washington, D.C, and comprised the era’s pre-eminent intellectuals and academics. SORO’s ensemble team, from the fields of psychology, sociology and anthropology, would immerse themselves in social system theory, analysing the society and culture of numerous target countries, particularly in Latin America, while confronting the universal laws governing social behaviour and the mechanisms of communication and persuasion in each jurisdiction.

If the US Army could understand the psychological factors that sparked revolution, they could, in theory, predict and intercept revolutions before they got off the ground.

SORO was part of a rapidly expanding nexus of federally Funded Research Centres (FCRC’s), that reoriented academia towards national security interests. Working at the intersection of science and the state, SORON’s, as they were known, advocated for an expert-directed democracy, regardless of the totalitarian consequences of social engineers and technocrats acquiring control over the thoughts, actions, and values of ordinary people.

In those early days of the cold war, academics and scientists working at the intersection of military and academia firmly believed that intellectuals should guide geopolitics. This was accepted as the most stable form of governance to take the free world into the next century. It explains how we have arrived under the rubric of the ‘settled science’ today. Or at least, policies masquerading as science. From the biosecurity state to the fundamentalism of climate science, much of what was achieved in those golden years of militarised social research shapes the twenty first century.

By 1962, sixty-six federally funded military research institutions were in operation. Between 1951 to 1967, the number tripled, while funding skyrocketed from $122 million to $1.6 billion.

But as opposition to the Vietnam War intensified in the 1960s, a growing number of intellectuals, policymakers and academics became increasingly concerned that the national security state was morphing into the statist, globalist force it had been fighting during the cold war and began publicly criticising Pentagon-funded social scientists as technocratic social engineers.

This inspired a wave of discontent for the militarisation of social research to grip America, culminating in 1969 with American University’s administrators banishing SORO from their campus and severing ties with their military partners.

The move was endemic of the changing attitude towards these grey area special operations and resulted in the 1960’s and 1970’s with the excommunication of military research centres from university campuses across the US. A move that forced the military to look elsewhere – towards the private sector for their alternative warfare capabilities.

Following a long tradition of public-private military cooperation, from the Rand Corporation to the Smithsonian Group, these quasi-private institutions were being spun-out of the military at a rate of knots since the 1940’s.

Project Camelot

One of the programs conceived by SORO was ‘Methods for Predicting and Influencing Social Change and Internal War Potential. Codenamed Project Camelot, the landmark program sought to understand the causes of social revolution and identify actions, within the realm of behavioural science, that could be taken to suppress insurrection. The goal, according to defence analyst, Joy Rhodes, was to ‘build a radar system for left wing revolutionaries.’ 

A sort of ‘computerised early warning system that could predict and prevent political movements before they ever got off the ground.’

‘This computer system’ writes Joy Rhodes, ‘could check up to date intelligence against a list of preconditions, and revolutions could be stopped before the instigators even knew they were headed down the path of revolution.’

The research collected by Project Camelot would produce predictive models of the revolutionary process and profile what social scientists deemed ‘revolutionary tendencies and traits.’ It was anticipated that such knowledge would not only help military leaders anticipate the trajectory of social change, but it would also enable them to design effective interventions that could, in theory, channel or suppress change in ways that were favourable to U.S. foreign policy interests.

It was intended that the information gathered by Project Camelot would funnel into a large ‘computerised database’ for forecasting, social engineering, and counterinsurgency, that could be tapped at any time by the military and intelligence community.

But the project was beleaguered by controversy when academics in South America discovered its military funding and imperialism motives.

The ensuing backlash resulted in Project Camelot being, ostensibly, shut down, though the core of its project survived. Multiple military research projects picked up on Project Camelot’s ‘early warning radar system for left wing revolutionaries,’ while its computerised database for ‘forecasting, social engineering, and counterinsurgency’ went onto inspire a nascent technology developed in the years to come, that would eventually become known to the world as the internet.

PART 2: THE MILITARY ORIGINS OF THE INTERNET

At the height of the Cold War, US military commanders were pursuing a decentralised computer communications system without a base of operations or headquarters, that could withstand a Soviet strike, without blacking-out or destroying the entire network.

The project was coordinated by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), created by President Eisenhower in 1958, for the development of technologies that would expand the frontiers of science and technology and help the US close the missile gap with the Soviets.

DARPA has since been at the vanguard of every major advancement in the development of personal computers ever since the cold war, culminating in 1969 with the first computers being in universities across the US.

A few years later and DARPA would develop the protocols to enable connected computers to communicate transparently across multiple networks.  Known as The Internetting Project, DARPA’s prototypical communications network, the ARPANET, was born in 1973.

The project was eventually transferred to the Defence Communications Agency and integrated into the numerous new networks that had emerged. By 1983 the ARPANET was divided into two constituents: MILNET to be used by military and defence agencies, while the civilian version, would retain the ARPANET handle.

Fast forward to 1990 and the ARPANET was officially decommissioned, and the Internet privatised to a consortium of corporations including IBM and MCI.  Eventually the federal government created a dozen or so network providers and spun them off to the private sector, building companies that would become the backbone of today’s internet, including Verizon Time-Warner, AT&T and Comcast.

That’s the same six corporations who not only own 90% of US media outlets, they control the flow of global communications, through a process of absolute vertical-horizontal alignment of legacy media with digital media, and the infrastructures and technologies that enable their mass communication, including cable, satellite and wireless,  the devices and hardware, software and operating systems

JCR Licklider

A central player in the development of the ARPANET, who many consider the founding father of computing, was American psychologist, JCR Licklider.

Lick, as he was known, was the first Director of the agency tasked with executing DARPA’s information technology programs, The Information Processing Techniques Office (IPTO), that has been responsible for just about major advancement in computer communications since the sixties.

As Stephen J. Lukasik, a contributor to the ARPANET project reflected in his paper ‘ ‘Why the Arpanet Was Built’:

Lick saw information technology and behavioural and cognitive science issues as connected.”

Lick was essentially predicting how the internet would go on to evoke real world social processes that would radically transform how we communicate, organise and process information. It is no coincidence that a psychologist of ‘Licks calibre was at the vanguard of a new technology designed to exploit basic vulnerabilities in the human psyche.

In the 1960’s Lick oversaw DARPA’s strategic interest in the new frontier of information technology, called Brain Computer Interfaces (BCI’s). In his famous paper, considered one of the most important in the history of computing, Lick put forward the then radical idea that the human mind would one day merge seamlessly with computers.

He was anticipating the evolution of AI and the role that DARPA would go on to play in funding just about every major advancement in BCI technology over eight decades, including Elon Musk’s fully-implanted, wireless, brain-machine interface company, Neuralink.

The Vietnam War

The ARPANET brought together the Pentagon’s war machine with university research departments and the Bay area’s counterculture scene. Inspiring much of the anecdotal idealism that would define the early years of cyberspace as a liberating new frontier for humanity. Cyberspace, it was lauded by its early adopters, would free information and provide universal connectivity. The realms of possibility were, indeed, endless.

But war hawks and intelligence analysts had other ideas. If the lessons of the Vietnam war were anything to go by, the future of US warfare would not be with nation states, it would be with ideologies, or more specifically, grassroots movements, such as the Viet Cong, who had the power to stoke the flames of civil unrest, that could lead to uprisings, or worse, revolution. Alternative approaches were, therefore, needed to infiltrate and disrupt this new threat to the free world.

As the war raged in Southeast Asia, another psychology PHD, Robert Taylor, joined DARPA as the agency’s third director. Taylor transferred to Vietnam in 1967, to establish the first computer centre at the Military Assistance Command base in Saigon, a central pillar in the DoD’s psychological warfare operations. The move was endemic of the changing rules of military engagement that saw DARPA, and indeed, this new technology, playing a major role in the war effort, both in Southeast Asia, and at home on US soil, against the growing anti-war movement.

In 1968, Taylor and ‘Lick published their seminal paper “The Computer as a Communication Device.” Laying out the future of what the Internet would eventually become. The paper began with the visionary statement: “In a few years, men will be able to communicate more effectively through a machine than face to face.”  Anticipating the meteoric rise of social media, particularly Facebook, in the decades to come.

Bringing the PSYOP Back Home

The origins of Facebook coincide with a controversial military program that was mysteriously shut down the same year Facebook launched.

The military program in question, LifeLog, was developed by DARPA’s Information Processing Techniques Office, with the stated aim of creating a permanent and searchable electronic diary of a person’s entire life – a dataset of their most personal information, including their movements,  conversations, connections, and everything they listened to, watched, read and bought.

But would people willingly give up a record of their private lives to a military intelligence social media platform?

Probably not. Enter Facebook.

LifeLog, meanwhile, was ostensibly shut down, but this was not the first nor the last time that a project of this magnitude would be proposed.

In a 1945 article for The Atlantic, Vannevar Bush who, the reader will recall, directed the US Army’s psychological operations during World War II, discussed his hypothetical project, The Memex, as a device “in which an individual stores all his books, records and communications, and which is mechanised so that it may be consulted with exceeding speed and flexibility.”

In immortalising people’s lives, it was hoped that LifeLog would eventually contribute to the emerging field of artificial intelligence (AI), that would one day think just like a human, intersecting with another DARPA backed project – the Personal Assistant That Learns (PAL) – a cognitive computing system designed to make military decision-making more efficient, which was eventually spun-off as Siri, the virtual assistant on Apple’s operating system, present in the homes of 1 billion unsuspecting people.

But LifeLog is just one part of the story. There was another DARPA program that was also ‘disappeared’ one year before Facebook mad its debut. Often cited as the precursor to Facebook. The Information Awareness Office (IAO) brought together several DARPA surveillance and information technology projects including MDDS which provided Googles seed funding.

The stated aim of the IAO was to gather and store the personal information of every US citizen, including their personal emails, social networks, lifestyles, credit card records, phone calls, medical records, without, of course, the need for a search warrant.  This information would funnel back to intelligence agencies, under the guise of predicting and preventing terrorist incidents before they happened. Reminiscent of Project Camelot’s early warning radar system for left wing revolutionaries.

Despite the government, apparently, abandoning their gambit for total information awareness over ordinary Americans, the core of the project survived.

I draw your attention to Palantir, the spooky data analytics firm founded by Facebook’s board member, Peter Thiel.

Portrayed as science fiction in the firm Minority Report, Palantir’s predictive policing analytics have been deployed extensively against insurgents in Iraq and by police departments in the US.

This is, of course, nothing new for the Chinese. The convergence of big tech data analytics with China’s social credits system has been used for many years to weed out and punish dissidents who can find themselves held indefinitely without charge or trial in political re-education camps for holding the wrong set of political beliefs.

But it must also be accepted, these Orwellian methods of repression did not originate in China.  The encroachment of the CIA onto the public sphere has been happening since the 1960’s, when the US imported years of counterinsurgency from the soviet satellites to tackle the anti-war and civil rights movements. This was ramped up in the wake of 9/11. And now through the backdoor of COVID-19 total information awareness is coming home to roost, as China’s social credits system has been implemented on the back of the Green Pass.

Before anti-vaxxer’s and conspiracy theorists, you had civil rights and anti-war activists. The ideology guiding dissent may have changed, but the military tactics used to counter it remain the same.

PART 3: THE WAR IS OVER, THE GOOD GUYS LOST

If insurgency is defined as an organised political struggle by a hostile minority, attempting to seize power through revolutionary means, then counterinsurgency is the military doctrine historically used against non-state actors, that sets out to infiltrate and eradicate those movements.

Unlike conventional soldiers, insurgents are considered dangerous, not because of their physical presence on the battlefield, but because of their ideology.

As David Galula, a French commander who was an expert in counterinsurgency warfare during the Algerian War, emphasised:

In any situation, whatever the cause, there will be an active minority for the cause, a neutral majority, and an active minority against the cause. The technique of power consists in relying on the favourable minority in order to rally the neutral majority and to neutralise or eliminate the hostile minority.”

Overtime, however, the intelligence state lost touch with reality, as the focus of its counterinsurgency programs shifted from foreign to domestic populations, from national security risks to ordinary citizens, particularly in the wake of 9/11, when the NSA and its British counterpart, GCHQ, began mapping out the Internet.

Thanks to Edward Snowden’s revelations in 2013, we now know that the NSA were collecting 200 billion pieces of data every month, including the cell phone records, emails, web searches and live chats of more than 200 million ordinary Americans. This was extracted from the world’s largest internet companies via a lesser-known, militarised data mining program called Prism.

There’s another name for this, and its total information awareness. But it’s also the highest attainment of a paranoid state, haunted by fear and looking and seeking absolute control over the general population. What ceases to be worth the candle is that their right to privacy is enshrined under the US Constitution’s fourth amendment.

Few understand how lockdowns are ripples on these troubled waters. Decades of counterinsurgency waged against one subset of society, branded insurgents for their Marxist ideals have, overtime, shifted to anyone holding anti-establishment views.  The predictive policing of track and trace and the theory of asymptomatic transmission are the unwelcome repercussions of an intelligence state seeking total information awareness.

Throughout COVID-19 anyone audacious enough to want to think for themselves or do their own research has had a target painted on their back.  But according to the EU, one third of Europe is unvaccinated. This correlates precisely with David Galula’s theory of counterinsurgency. Remember, one third of society is the active minority ‘against the cause,’ who must be neutralised or eliminated.

And for good reason. The freedom movement is within sniffing distance of mobilising popular support from the neutral majority and toppling the house of cards.  What follows is a protracted campaign to neutralise the opposition.

It was not so long ago that journalists were called muckrakers, for their proclivity for digging up dirt on the Robber Barons. But the targets of their derision learned how to throw mud back, using smear and innuendo. That’s where ‘conspiracy theorists,’ ‘anti-vaxxer’ and ‘right-wing extremist’ enters the lexicon.

When Domestic Populations Become the Battlefield

The use of counterinsurgency in the UK goes back to colonial India in the 1800s. According to historians, this is the first time the British government used methods of repression and social control against indigenous communities who were audacious enough to want to liberate their homeland from Imperialist rule.

Counterinsurgency was used extensively during The Troubles in Northern Ireland against another anti-imperialist faction, also looking to liberate their homeland from The Crown.  Much of the lessons learned in Northern Ireland were later transferred into the everyday policing and criminal justice policies of mainland Britain. And it wasn’t just dissenters who were targeted by these operations, it was anyone with left wing ideals, particularly trade unionists who, it could be argued, were conspiring with the Kremlin to overthrow parliamentary democracy.

I draw your attention to the spying and dirty tricks operations against the 1980s miners’ strike. This continued right up until 2012, when the police and intelligence communities were implicated in a plot to blacklist construction industry workers deemed troublesome for their union views.

The existence of a secret blacklist was first exposed in 2009, when investigators from the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) raided an unassuming office in Droitwich, Worcestershire, and discovered an extensive database used by construction firms to vet and ultimately blacklist workers belonging to trade unions. More than 40 construction firms, including Balfour Beatty and Sir Robert McAlpine, had been funding the confidential database and keeping people out of work for many years.

If you want to know what happened to the left, look no further than Project Camelot’s early warning radar system for left wing revolutionaries. Decades of infiltration has recalibrated the left into genuflections of establishment interests. It was the unions who scuppered the easing of lockdowns in the UK and consistently called on the Department of Education to postpone the reopening of schools. This is despite the impact which school closures had on marginalised families, who were statistically more at risk from the fallout of lockdowns, and supposedly represented by union interests.

From the infiltration of unions to the co-option of activism, a judge-led public enquiry in 2016 revealed 144 undercover police operations had infiltrated and spied on more than 1,000 political groups in long term deployments since 1968. With covert spymasters rising in the ranks to hold influential leadership positions, guiding policy and strategy, and in some cases, radicalising those movements from within to damage their reputation and weaken public support.

We also need to talk about big philanthropy.  George Soros’ Open Foundation is the largest global donor to the twenty-first century’s equivalent of activist groups. The agitprop used in the former Soviet Union evolved, overtime, into the masthead of Extinction Rebellion. A motley crew of eco-warriors courted by high profile financial donors and aligned ideologically with the very multinational energy corporations they are supposedly at odds with. The theory of climate change came out of the UN, organiser of COP20, for what reason ER had to protest the event is anyone’s guess.

ER doner, George Soros, is also a seed investor in Avaaz, often cited as the world’s largest and most powerful online activist network. When the US was on the brink of insurrection, following the first lockdown, Black Lives Matter entered the fray, not so much a grassroots movement, but a proxy for the Democrats to essentially redirect the public’s outrage against lockdowns into the wrong, established-endorsed cause.

Counterinsurgency in the US

In the US, COINTELPRO was a series of illegal operations conducted by the FBI between 1956-1971, to disrupt, discredit and neutralise anyone considered a threat to national security. In the loosest possible definition, this included members of the Women’s Liberation Movement and even the Boy Scouts of America.

And it wasn’t just the customary wiretapping, infiltration and media manipulation, the FBI committed blackmail and murder.

Take for example the infamous forced suicide letter addressed to Martin Luther King that threatened to release a sex tape of the civil rights leaders’ extramarital activities, unless he took his own life. Consider also the FBI’s assassination of Black Panther Party chairman Fred Hampton.

In the 1960’s a Washington Post expose by army intelligence whistle-blower, Christopher Pyle, revealed a massive surveillance operation run by the Army, called CONUS Intel, involving thousands of undercover military agents infiltrating and spying on virtually everybody active on what they deemed ‘civil disturbances.’ It turns out, many of those targeted had done nothing even remotely subversive, unless you consider attending a left-wing college presentation or church meeting, revolutionary.

These programs came to a head in the 1970’s, when an investigation by the US Senate, conducted by the Church Committee, uncovered decades of serious, systemic abuse by the CIA. This included intercepting the mail and eavesdropping on the telephone calls of civil rights and anti-war leaders over two decades. As if predicting the internet as an instrument for mass surveillance, Senator Frank Church warned that the NSA’s capabilities could “at any time could be turned around on the American people.”

And turned around they were.

USAGM

Before the internet, the deployment of PSYOPS was limited to legacy media and permitted only on foreign soil. But that all changed in 2013, when the government granted themselves permission to target ordinary Americans.

Conceived at the end of the cold war as the Broadcasting Board of Governors, USAGM is a lesser-known government agency charged with broadcasting thousands of weekly hours of US propaganda to foreign audiences, that has played a major role in pushing pro-American stories to former Soviet Bloc countries ever since Perestroika.

Ostensibly concerned with maintaining US interests abroad, USAGM is also the primary funder of the Tor Project since inception. Tor, also known as The Onion Browser, is the mainstay of encrypted, anonymous search used by activists, hackers, and the anonymous community, if you can get your head around the fact that the confidential internet activity of anarchists has been framed by a PSYOP since the get-go.

For decades an anti-propaganda law, known as the Smith-Mundt Act, made it illegal for the government to conduct PSYOPS against US citizens. But that all changed in 2013 when the National Defence Authorization Act repealed that law and granted USAGM a licence to broadcast pro-government propaganda inside the United States.

To what extent US citizens are being targeted by propaganda is anyone’s guess, since PSYOPS largely take place online, where it’s difficult to distinguish between foreign and domestic audiences.

What we do know is that in 2009 the military budget for winning hearts and minds at home and abroad had grown by 63% to $4.7 billion annually. At that time the Pentagon accounted for more than half the Federal Government’s  $1 billion PR Budget.

An Associated Press (AP) investigation in 2016 revealed that the Pentagon employed a staggering 40% of the 5,000 working in the Federal Government’s PR machines, with the Department of Defence, far and wide, the largest and most expensive PR operation of the United States government, spending more money on public relations than all other departments combined.

Things are not so different in the UK.

During COVID-19 the British government became the biggest national advertiser. Even Tik Tok and Snapchat were deployed by the Scottish government to push COVID PSYOPS to children.

Last year Boris Johnson announced record defence spending for an artificial intelligence agency and the creation of a national cyber force. That’s a group of militarised computer hackers to conduct offensive operations.

Offensive operations against who, you might ask.

Britain was not at war, but in an article for the Daily Mail last year, Britain’s top counter-terrorism officer, Neil Basu confirmed that the UK was waging an ideological war against anti-vaccination conspiracy theorists. Ideological wars of this nature typically take place online, where much of the government’s military budget was being spent.

Since the vaccine roll-out there has been a protracted effort to paint the 33% of British citizens who have a problem with lockdowns and vaccine mandates, as violent extremists, with one member of the commentariat drawing parallels with US style militias.

It doesn’t take a genius to see where this is heading.

The Facebook’s-Intelligence-Harvard Connection

Consistent with the opaque nature of Facebook’s origins, shortly after its launch in 2014, co-founders Mark Zuckerberg and Dustin Moskovitz brought Napster founder Sean Parker on board. At the age of 16, Parker hacked into the network of a Fortune 500 company and was later arrested and charged by the FBI.  Around this time Parker was recruited by the CIA.

To what end, we don’t know.

What we do know is that Parker brought Peter Thiel to Facebook as its first outside investor. Theil, who remains on Facebook’s board, also sits on the Steering Committee of globalist think tank, the Bilderberg Group. As previously stated, Thiel is the founder of Palantir, the spooky intelligence firm pretending to be a private company.

The CIA would join the FBI, DoD and NSA in becoming a Palantir customer in 2005, later acquiring an equity stake in the firm through their venture capital arm, In-Q-Tel.  At the time of his first meetings with Facebook, Theil had been working on resurrecting several controversial DARPA programs.

Which begs the question:  With intelligence assets embedded in Facebook’s management structure from the get-go, is everything as it seems at 1 Hacker Way?

According to Lauren Smith, writing for Wrong Kind of Green:

Some of Facebook’s allure to users is that Mark Zuckerberg and his friends started the company from a Harvard dorm room and that he remains the chairman and chief operating officer. If he didn’t exist, he would need to be invented by Facebook’s marketing department.”

By the same token, if Facebook didn’t exist it would need to be invented by the Pentagon.

To achieve this, you would need to embed government officials in Facebook’s leadership and governance. Cherry-picking your candidates from, say, the US Department of Treasury, and launching the platform from an academic institution, Harvard University, for example.

According to the official record, Zuckerberg built the first version of Facebook at Harvard in 2004. Like J.C.R Licklider before him, he was a psychology major.

Harvard’s President at that time was economist Lawrence Summers, a career public servant who served as Chief Economist at the World Bank, Secretary of the Treasury under the Clinton Administration, and 8th Director of the National Economic Council.

Now here’s where it gets interesting. Summers’ protege, Sheryl Sandberg, is Facebook’s COO since 2008. Sandberg was at the dials during the Cambridge Analytica scandal, and predictably, manages Facebook’s Washington relationships. Before Facebook, Sandberg served as Chief of Staff at the Treasury under Summers and began her career as an economist, also under Summer, at the World Bank.

Another Summers-Harvard-Treasury connection is Facebook’s Board Member, Nancy Killefer, who served under Summers as CFO at the Treasury Department.

It doesn’t end there. Facebook’s Chief Business Officer, Marne Levine also served under Summers at the Department of Treasury, National Economic Council and Harvard University.

The CIA connection is Robert M. Kimmet.  According to West Point, Kimmet “has contributed significantly our nation’s security…seamlessly blending the roles of soldier, statesman and businessman. In addition to serving on Facebook’s board of Directors, Kimmet is a National Security Adviser to the CIA, and the recipient of the CIA Director’s Award.

The icing on the cake, however, is former DAPRA Director, Regina Dugan, who joined Facebook’s hardware lab, Building 8, in 2016, to roll out number of mysterious DARPA funded-projects that would hack people’s minds with brain-computer interfaces.

Dugan currently serves as CEO of Welcome Leap. A technology spin-off of the world’s most powerful health foundation, concerned with the development Artificial Intelligence (AI), including transdermal vaccines. Welcome Leap brings DARPA’s military-intelligence innovation to “the most pressing global health challenges of our time,” called COVID-19.

Connecting the dots: Welcome Leap was launched at the World Economic Forum, with funding from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Its founder is Jeremy Ferrar, former SAGE member, long-time collaborator of Chris Witty and Neil Ferguson and the patsy taking the wrap for the Wuhan leak cover-up story.

George Carlin wasn’t joking when he said: ‘it’s one big club, and you’re not in it.’

As luck would have it, just before Duggan’s arrival at Facebook, the social media giant orchestrated the controversial mood manipulation PSYOP, known as the Social Contagion Study. The experiment would anticipate the role social media went onto play during the pandemic.

In the study, Facebook manipulated the posts of 700,000 unsuspecting Facebook users to determine the extent to which emotional states can be transmitted across social media. To achieve this, they altered the news feed content of users to control the number of posts that contained positive or negative charged emotions.

As you would expect, the findings of the study revealed that negative feeds caused users to make negative posts, whereas positive feeds resulted in users making positive posts. In other words, Facebook is not only a fertile ground for emotional manipulation, but emotions can also be contagious across its networks.

Once we understand this, it becomes clear how fear of a disease, which predominantly targeted people beyond life expectancy with multiple comorbidities who were dying anyway, spread like wildfire in the wake of the Wuhan Virus. In locking down the UK, Boris Johnson warned the British public that we would all lose family members to the disease.

When nothing could be further from the truth. The pandemic largely happened in the flawed doomsday modelling of epidemiologists, it happened across a corporate united in whipping up mass hysteria, and it happened on social media platforms like Facebook, where our social networks were weaponised as echo chambers of the fear-narrative. It wasn’t so much a pandemic, but the social contagion experiment playing out in real time.

But there was more than just social media manipulating our emotional states, fear, shame, and scapegoating was fife throughout as the British government deployed behavioural economics to, essentially, nudge the public towards compliance.

Launched under David Cameron’s Government, the Behavioural Insights Team (BIT), who are affectionately known as the Nudge Unit, are a team of crack psychologists and career civil servants tasked with positively influencing appropriate behaviour with tiny changes.

But according to whose measure of appropriate behaviour, exactly?

A clue lies in the fact that the Nudge Unit was directed by Sir Mark Sedwill during the first lockdown. He’s one of Britain’s most senior national security advisors with links to M15 and MI6.

Put another way, that’s an intelligence operative ruling the British people by psychological manipulation, though we are led to believe that in a democracy – government is an agency of the people and parliament is given force of law by the will of the people.

But what happens when our consent is manipulated by those in power?

One consequence is that the foxes take charge of the chicken coop. Another is that we begin to see drastic changes to the constitutional landscape, as politicians acquire impunity from public scrutiny and an entire nation is kept under house arrest.

But this demonisation of the masses is also the backwash of a protracted counterinsurgency crusade waged against ordinary folks. When the Berlin wall came down in the nineties and decades of counterinsurgency was rendered obsolete, the battlelines moved from East to the West, from the Soviets to the lower orders of society. The mythos of communist infiltration, that gave rise to the threat of terrorism, is the ancestor of today’s biosecurity state. A government that tightens its grip, using fear of a common enemy, will find no shortage of common enemies, to continue tightening its grip.

CONCLUSIONS

Strongarming the world’s population under the rubric of biosecurity would not have been possible without the internet, and if the expulsion of the military and intelligence community from academic institutions in the 1960’s had not resulted in the creation of Silicon Valley, they would not have acquired total information awareness, the precursor to the Green Pass.

But this formidable goal also caused the US to morph into the opponent it had been fighting during the cold war, as predicted by public intellectuals in the 1960s.

And so, with an annual budget of $750 billion and 23,000 military and civilian personnel in their employment, the Pentagon failed to denounce what many armchair researchers called out in the early days of the pandemic. That a global coup was underway was patently obvious, as crisis actors played dead in Wuhan, China.

Instead, those charged with protecting the west from Soviet-style putsch failed to apprehend it happening right under their noses. It’s not so much that they were caught with their trousers down, it’s that they aided and abetted the coop. Years of fighting a statist, expansionist adversary, caused the intelligence state to mutate into their nemesis, namely China.

It is uncanny that the country with the worst human rights record on earth become the global pacemaker for lockdowns, as western democracies exonerated their existential threat and bowed to China’s distinct brand of tyranny.

As a result, the big tech data analytics pioneered by Silicon Valley luminaries, that was road-tested in China, finally landed on the shorelines of western democracies.

Another story entirely is the infiltration of sovereign nation states by the United Nations, whose special agency, the WHO, sparked the events that would lead to the fall of the West. In keeping with tradition, the UN’s foundation at Bretton Woods was infiltrated by communist spies, driven by socialist values, and funded by powerful petroleum dollars. The same corporations looking to shore up new markets for their monopolies, who would leave their legacy to Silicon Valley.

In an ironic twist of fate, the intelligence state created at the end of world war II, under the National Security Act, conceived the very corporations that would bring about the end of constitutional democracy, that would author a new bill of rights from their own community standards de jour, and that would shift us from sovereign nation states to global governance, into the collectivist future the Pentagon had been charged with protecting us from.

Nowadays, it doesn’t matter if you’re in the dusty slew of a Calcutta slum or enjoying pristine views over Central Park, everyone is subject to the same scrutiny and surveillance, policed by the same community standards, manipulated by same algorithms, and indexed by the same intelligence agencies. No matter where you are, Silicon Valley is limiting what information you can see, share, communicate and learn from online. They are raising your kids, shaping your worldview and in the wake of COVID-19 and climate change, they have assumed the role of science administrator.

Founded on the principles of freedom of expression and heralded as a liberating new frontier for humanity, the internet has criminalised free speech, divorced is from our nature and ensnared us under a dragnet of surveillance.

But above all else, cyberspace has bought into existence a substructure of reality that is cannibalising the five-sensory world, while forcing humanity to embark on the greatest exodus in human history, from the tangible world to the digital nexus, from our real lives to the metaverse.

As Goethe quote goes ‘None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.’ Namely, anyone still looking through rose-tinted lens at the digital age, oblivious to the fact they are victims of systematic addiction. The bread and circuses of the internet influences the same dopamine rewards centres and neural circuitry motivators as slot machines, cigarettes, and cocaine, as was originally intended by psychologists like JCR Licklider, at the helm of this new technology that would exploit basic vulnerabilities in the human psyche.

And as we descend further into the maelstrom of the digital age, the algorithms will get smarter, the psychological drivers will become more persuasive and digital rubric will become more real. Until eventually we will lose touch with reality altogether.

But don’t worry, this war of attrition is happening in conjunction with the roll out of new software and devices, and most will be too busy building their digital avatars or dissenting on social media to know any better.

Dustin Broadbery is based in London and is interested in social theory and particularly how a mutual society could bring about great advancements in the social fabric. You can read more of his work at TheCogent.org and contact him through his Twitter.

Lawlessness Still Prevails In Chicago

Instead of serving 3.5 years he was out on parole in less than 3.5 months

Match 16, 2022

2 men sentenced for trying to rob off-duty cop outside Lakeview police station

March 13, 2022 CWBChicago

Two men have been sentenced to prison for trying to rob an off-duty Chicago police sergeant near the Town Hall (19th) District police station in Lakeview.

Derrick Robie, 24, was on parole for robbery and for stealing the wallet from a dying man at the Loyola Red Line station when he, Dhamarquis Lee, and two juveniles made a critical targeting error around 2:15 a.m. on May 20, 2021.Derrick Robie (left) and Dhamarquis Lee pleaded guilty to the attempted robbery of an off-duty CPD sergeant near the Town Hall (19th) District police station in Lakeview. | CPD; Google

Prosecutors said that Robie led the crew and ordered the 40-year-old sergeant to get down on the ground on the 900 block of West Addison. But all four offenders ran when the sergeant pulled out a handgun and announced that he was a police officer, according to a CPD spokesperson. The robbery attempt unfolded about 100 yards from the 19th District police station at 850 West Addison.

Officers located the four alleged robbers about 30 minutes later on the 900 block of West Fletcher. Prosecutors said Robie and Lee admitted to being involved in the incident.

According to court records, Robie and Lee both pleaded guilty to attempted aggravated robbery. Lee received a three-year sentence from Judge Catherine Haberkorn. He reported to prison on March 1 and was released the same day after receiving credits for time spent in custody before sentencing.

Robie, who pleaded guilty in November, received a 3½ year sentence from Haberkorn. He was paroled on February 10.

CWBChicago has filed several stories about Robie over the years.

In January 2018, he was charged with robbing a man at the Morse Red Line station. Even though Robie was charged with Class X felony armed robbery, Cook County Judge Stephanie Miller released him on his own recognizance with electronic monitoring.

A few days later, detectives arrested Robie after they determined that he stole a wallet from a man’s pants pocket while the victim lay dying at the Loyola Red Line station earlier in the month. The victim was alone when he fell down the station’s staircase, lost consciousness, and later died, police said at the time. CTA video captured images of Robie and another man rifling through the dying man’s pockets, stealing his wallet, and leaving him without summoning help.

Robie eventually received two concurrent three-year sentences for the crimes. After receiving the state’s standard 50% sentence reduction for good behavior and credit for time served before sentencing, Robie only spent 16 days in prison before he was paroled in those cases, according to state records.

Those Who Chose Shaming Over Science

by Gabrielle Bauer via The Brownstone Institute

March 16, 2022

For the first many decades of my life I don’t recall anyone calling me a selfish idiot, much less a sociopath or a mouth-breathing Trumptard. All that changed when Covid rolled in and I expressed, ever so gingerly, a few concerns about the lockdown policies. Here’s a sampling of what the keyboard warriors threw back at me:

  • Enjoy your sociopathy.
  • Go lick a pole and catch the virus.
  • Have fun choking on your own fluids in the ICU.
  • Name three loved ones that you’re ready to sacrifice to Covid. Do it now, coward.
  • You went to Harvard? Yeah, right, and I’m God. Last I checked, Harvard doesn’t accept troglodytes.

From the earliest days of the pandemic, something deep inside me—in my soul, if you will—recoiled from the political and public response to the virus. Nothing about it felt right or strong or true. This was not just an epidemiological crisis, but a societal one, so why were we listening exclusively to some select epidemiologists? Where were the mental health experts? The child development specialists? The historians? The economists? And why were our political leaders encouraging fear rather than calm?

The questions that troubled me the most had less to do with epidemiology than with ethics: Was it fair to require the greatest sacrifice from the youngest members of society, who stood to suffer the most from the restrictions? Should civil liberties simply disappear during a pandemic, or did we need to balance public safety with human rights? Unschooled in the ways of online warriors, I assumed the Internet would allow me to engage in “productive discussions” about these issues. So I hopped online, and the rest was hysteria.

Village idiot, flat earther, inbred trash, negative IQ… Let’s just say that my thin skin got the test of a lifetime.

And it wasn’t just me: anyone who questioned the orthodoxy, whether expert or ordinary citizen, got a similar skinburn. In the words of one community physician, who for obvious reasons shall remain anonymous: “Many doctors including myself, along with virologists, epidemiologists and other scientists, advocated a targeted approach and a focus on the most vulnerable cohorts of patients, only to be dismissed as anti-science, tin foil hat kooks, conspiracy theorists, antivax and other equally colorful disparaging labels.”

Early in the game I decided I wouldn’t respond to such insults with more insults—not because I’m especially high-minded, but because mudslinging contests just leave me angry and it’s not fun to walk around angry all day. Instead, I took the shaming on the chin (and still walked around angry).

The Shame Game

The shaming impulse asserted itself right from the start of the pandemic. On Twitter, #covidiot began trending on the evening of March 22, 2020, and by the time the night was over, 3,000 tweets had coopted the hashtag to denounce poor public health practices. When CBS News posted a video of spring breakers partying in Miami, outraged citizens shared the students’ names in their social media networks, accompanied by such missives as “do not give these selfish dumbfucks beds and/or respirators.”

In the early days of the pandemic, when panic and confusion reigned, such indignation could perhaps be forgiven. But the shaming gained momentum and wove itself into the zeitgeist. Also: it didn’t work.

As noted by Harvard Medical School epidemiologist Julia Marcus, “shaming and blaming people is not the best way to get them to change their behavior and actually can be counterproductive because it makes people want to hide their behavior.” Along similar lines, Jan Balkus, an infectious disease specialist at the University of Washington, maintains that shaming can make it harder for people to “acknowledge situations where they may have encountered risk.”

If shaming “covidiots” for their behavior doesn’t accomplish much, you can be sure that shaming people for Wrongthink won’t change any minds. Instead, we heretics simply stop telling the shamers what we’re thinking. We nod and smile. We give them the match point and continue the debate in our own heads.

Gloves Off

For two years I’ve been that person. I’ve smiled politely while dodging insults. To put my interlocutors at ease, I’ve prefaced my heterodox opinions with disclaimers like “I dislike Trump as much as you do” or “For the record, I’m triple-vaxxed myself.”  

Just today, I’ll allow myself to drop the pandering and call it as I see it.

To everyone who dumped on me for questioning the shutdown of civilization and calling out the damage it inflicted on the young and the poor: you can take your shaming, your scientific posturing, your insufferable moralizing, and stuff it. Every day, new research knocks more air out of your smug pronouncements.

You told me that without lockdowns, Covid would have wiped out a third of the world, much as the Black Death decimated Europe in the 14th century. Instead, a Johns Hopkins meta-analysis concluded that lockdowns in Europe and the US reduced Covid-19 mortality by an average of 0.2%. 

What’s more, long before this study we had good evidence that anything less than a China-style door-welding lockdown wouldn’t do much good. In a 2006 paper, the WHO Writing Group affirmed that “mandatory case reporting and isolating patients during the influenza pandemic of 1918 did not stop virus transmission and were impractical.”

You told me that social interaction is a want, not a need. Well, yes. So is good food. In truth, social isolation kills. As reported in a September 2020 review article published in Cell, loneliness “may be the most potent threat to survival and longevity.” The article explains how social isolation lowers cognitive development, weakens the immune system, and puts people at risk of substance use disorders. And it’s not like we didn’t know this before Covid: in 2017, research by Brigham Young University professor Julianne Holt-Lunstad determined that social isolation accelerates mortality as much as smoking 15 cigarettes per day. Her findings splashed the pages of news outlets around the world. 

You told me we need not worry about the effects of Covid restrictions on children because kids are resilient—and besides, they had it much worse in the great wars. Meanwhile, the UK saw a 77% increase in pediatric referrals for such issues as self-harm and suicidal thoughts during a 6-month period in 2021, in relation to a similar stretch in 2019. And if that doesn’t shake you up, a World Bank analysis estimated that, in low-income countries, the economic contraction ensuing from lockdown policies led 1.76 children to lose their lives for every Covid fatality averted. 

You told me that vaccinated people don’t carry the virus, taking your cue from CDC director Rachel Walensky’s proclamation in early 2021, and we all know how well that aged.

You told me I had no business questioning what infectious disease experts were telling us to do. (I’m paraphrasing here. What you actually said was: “How about staying in your lane and shutting the eff up?”) I got my vindication from Dr. Stefanos Kales, another from Harvard Medical School, who warned of the “dangers of turning over public policy and public health recommendations to people who have had their careers exclusively focused on infectious disease” in a recent CNBC interview. “Public health is a balance,” he said. Indeed it is. In a 2001 book called Public Health Law: Power, Duty and Restraint, Lawrence Gostin argued for more systematic assessments of the risks and benefits of public health interventions and more robust protection of civil liberties. 

So yeah. I’m upset and your finger-wagging posse left me alienated enough that I had to go looking for new tribes, and in this quest I’ve been rather successful. I have found more kindred spirits than I could ever have imagined, in my city of Toronto and all over the world: doctors, nurses, scientists, farmers, musicians, and homemakers who share my distaste for your grandstanding. Epidemiologists, too. These fine folks have kept me from losing my mind.

So thank you. And get off my lawn.


Gabrielle Bauer divides her time between writing books, articles, and clinical materials for health professionals. She has received six national awards for her health journalism. She has written two books—Tokyo, My Everest, co-winner of the Canada-Japan Book Prize, and Waltzing The Tango, finalist in the Edna Staebler creative nonfiction award—and is working on two more.


Goodbye America

by Philip Giraldi • March 15, 2022

A country that cannot control its own borders cannot survive

There is new evidence of how the Biden Administration’s total disregard for reality evident in its blundering its way into war with Russia has severely damaged what once used to be referred to as national security. And while the White House and its media barking dogs continue to push the false argument that Russia’s intervention in Ukraine is somehow a threat to the United States, many thousands of illegal immigrants and alleged political refugees continue to enter the country under the radar without any serious attempt being made to determine if the flood of new arrivals is in any way beneficial.

This flow of illegals will undoubtedly increase dramatically with the fighting in Ukraine, which will produce the usual wave of refugees, most of whom will likely be Jewish based on the reality of who has power in Washington DC and will be able to influence the selection process. British Prime Minister Boris Johnson has already declared that his country is prepared to welcome thousands of Ukrainian refugees and he has predictably appointed a Jewish former Member of Parliament as government minister to lead the effort. Appointee Richard Harrington is also a former head of Conservative Friends of Israel.

There have been reports that claim Ukrainians, aided by charities in the US, are already heading towards Mexico in significant numbers, buying up cheap used cars and heading north to the border to claim asylum. As this development continues and accelerates, the shifting demographics which have already changed the character of the nation will almost certainly do more damage to the economy and the cultural and political cohesion of the United States.

Entry by illegal immigrants into the United States has doubled in the past year and it is estimated that nearly 47 million US residents, 14.2% of the total population of the country, are now foreign born, the highest percentage in the past 112 years. As many are illegals and are not on a path to eventual citizenship, the Democratic Party policies has sought to empower them by relaxing voting requirements at state levels, meaning that the potential for fraudulent voting will be enormous. As expected, the White House and Congress use a euphemism to explain their position, calling it “voting rights,” which it most definitely is not. In some cases, the Democrats are pushing for illegal extension of the voting franchise. New York City, for example, has already declared that it will allow non-citizens to vote in local elections.

The Biden Administration has systematically ignored and has challenged court rulings requiring asylum seekers along the southern border to remain in Mexico while their cases are being reviewed and it has even been using taxpayer money to aid in the transporting of the illegals to cities like San Antonio, from which point they are put on planes and buses and moved to other parts of the country where they disappear into the local immigrant population. Mexico, for its part, has ignored agreements failed to implement agreements intended to slow the flow of the potential immigrants through its territory.

The Border Patrol has reported over two million “encounters” with illegal immigrants in the past year, with a likely half million more who entered the country without being detected. Deportations of the illegals have declined precipitously under orders from Washington. In January alone, 62,573 illegal immigrants were “released” by the Administration and administratively allowed to enter the US, more than were released in all of 2021, so the trend is to develop something like an open border in the south of the country. US Border Patrol personnel who object to what is going on are themselves frequently punished under orders coming from the White House and the Department of Homeland Security.

Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Alejandro Mayorkas even boasted last month of having “fundamentally changed” immigration enforcement, declaring that even criminal illegals have rights under the Biden Administration. He said that “For the first time ever, our policy explicitly states that a noncitizen’s unlawful presence in the United States will not, by itself, be a basis for the initiation of an enforcement action.” Illegal immigrants who kill someone while drunk driving are, for example, not subject to deportation. In other words, the US government is enabling illegal and even criminal activity. Get past the border and no one will bother you.

The White House and tame media have effectively hidden much of what is going on along the country’s southern border, but a new immigrant issue has recently surfaced relating to potential security issues relating to asylum seekers and refugees. The Department of Homeland Security is seeking to resettle in the United States thousands of Afghans who recently fled the change of government in their country. The program has the usual euphemistic tag attached to it: “Operation Allies Welcome.”

One of the processing centers being set up is in Northern Virginia, in Loudoun County, at the National Conference Center. Depending on what information one believes to be reliable, between one and two thousand Afghan refugees will be housed and transitioned monthly to their new lives, possibly the first wave of a total of 16,000 or more other asylum speakers who will follow. The first new arrivals, a group of 300, arrived last Tuesday. They and the other future arrivals are reportedly coming from screening in Qatar and some are also apparently already being held at Joint Base McGuire-Dix-Lakehurst in New Jersey. Reportedly, more than 80,000 Afghan refugees have already been settled in the United States as “displaced persons from Afghanistan” who have been admitted into the country under a special immigrant visa (SIV) or humanitarian parole. Many thousands more are still waiting in processing centers overseas and will also be in the pipeline.

No one is denying that the United States government has an obligation to assist the Afghans who actually worked for or directly assisted US forces in Afghanistan before the country fell to the Taliban in August. Those individuals would have documentation confirming their status and identities and those documents should be confirmable through records retained by the US Embassy and military commands in the country at the time. They and their families should and must be helped.

So the question comes down to “Are all these refugees legitimate? And what do we know about them?” And “What are the security implications of their being resettled in our communities?” One can only recall how hundreds of people escaping Kabul were stuffed into airplanes and the presumption has to be that very little was known about many of them. According to DHS, the refugees include members of groups considered to be in danger if they had staying in Afghanistan, to include teachers and “women rights activists.” How were these latter groups identified and authenticated? DHS also claims that all asylum seekers entering the US had received “rigorous screening and vetting” before being let into the country.

The be sure, the Loudoun County Sheriff Mike Chapman has advised some caution and and raised some issues about the vetting process that has apparently taken place as well as the security at the conference center. He observed that only 30% of the arriving Afghans reportedly speak any English, which challenges the claim that they were interpreters or worked closely with American personnel. Bear in mind that the Department of Homeland Security will inevitably want those on the receiving end of the resettlement to believe whatever narrative it chooses to promote, so it claimed that 15 Federal Protection Officers would be on site to provide security and control the movements of the refugees. Chapman observed, however, that they have no law enforcement authority in Virginia so they can hardly be called upon to police their wards.

Sheriff Chapman’s concerns about the selection and vetting process are in line with my own experience. I was in Kabul in early 2002 as part of the joint team that was setting up airport and facility security. The issue of how to determine Afghans who were actually friendly or non-threatening from those who might be otherwise was of prime importance. We quickly learned that identifying Afghans was not easy. Many Afghans had only one name or names that were not distinguishable. Most had no identity documents of any kind. Few knew when they were born, and often where they were born. It was so difficult to determine who they were that we began using biometrics and created our own records based on that physical information. Since 2002, Afghanistan has had a puppet government that did not control much of the country and has been assailed by an active insurgency. I would have to believe that any possible process to identify the Afghan people has not progressed very much outside of Kabul. So who are they, these folks coming over here as a result of Biden’s great bungle in the evacuation of Afghanistan?

The Loudoun political establishment led by Chair Phyllis Randall, a loyal Democratic Party team player, asserts that “These individuals are not refugees; they are our allies and family members of American citizens and lawful permanent residents,” but that is contradicted by other government sources. In fact, as Sheriff Chapman suggested, there have been problems. Dozens of the so-called Afghan refugees already released inside the country have Pentagon records that “indicate potentially significant security concerns,” according to a new federal audit, mostly due to failure to properly vet thousands of the Afghans. The possibly dangerous refugees are somewhere in the US and cannot be located, with the Department of Defense observing that “As a result of…not vetting Afghan evacuees against all available data, the United States faces potential security risks if individuals with derogatory information are allowed to stay in the country.”

President Biden ordered the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to be the lead agency in the program to resettle the Afghans and the White House assured Americans that the refugees would be thoroughly screened. That has not materialized and for months media reports have “exposed crimes, including child molestation, assault and domestic violence committed by Afghans temporarily housed at military bases throughout the US.” And it should be noted that those Afghans at the military bases are free to wander around outside the perimeters after they receive medical clearance, contrary to the assurances given to Sheriff Chapman.

To put it succinctly, there is a certain recklessness about how the Biden Administration does or does not apply any standards regarding measures to be taken before new potential citizens or permanent residents arrive in this country. It is changing the country and not for the better. One does not have to go far to encounter other Americans who are beginning to wonder if the nation as conceived by the Founders can survive at all. It is a legitimate concern.


Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is inform@cnionline.org

Globalists Aim to Take Over Health Systems Worldwide

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Fact Checked

March 15, 2022

Download PDF

https://rumble.com/vs9ebb-january-9-2022.html

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • The globalist cabal is planning to monopolize health systems worldwide through the creation of an international pandemic treaty that makes the World Health Organization the sole decision maker on pandemic matters
  • The WHO may also be planning to seize power over health systems more broadly. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus has stated that his “central priority” as director-general of the WHO is to push the world toward universal health coverage
  • In the name of keeping everyone “safe” from infection, the globalist cabal has justified unprecedented attacks on democracy, civil liberties and personal freedoms, including the right to choose your own medical treatment. Now, the WHO is gearing up to make its pandemic leadership permanent, and to extend it into the health care systems of every nation. The idea is to implement universal health care organized by the WHO as part of the Great Reset
  • If this treaty goes through, the WHO would have the power to call for mandatory vaccinations and health passports, and its decision would supersede national and state laws. Considering the WHO changed its definition of “pandemic” to “a worldwide epidemic of a disease,” removing the requirement of high morbidity, just about anything could be made to fit the pandemic criterion, including obesity
  • The SMART Health Cards system is used by more than a dozen countries, 25 U.S. states, Puerto Rico and Washington, D.C.; the Australian Parliament is pushing a “Trusted Digital Identity Bill”; U.S. Congress is pushing the “Improving Digital Identity Act,” and the WHO has signed a deal with a Deutsche Telekom subsidiary to build the first global digital vaccine passport. All of these have one thing in common: the end goal, which is to expand them into a souped-up, global social credit system
wittgenstein

The globalist cabal is planning to monopolize health systems worldwide, and that plan is already underway. In June 2021, Dr. Julie Gerberding wrote a Time article1 laying out the framework for an international pandemic-surveillance network, which would include threat prediction and preemption as well.

Gerberding served as director of the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention from 2002 until 2009.2 After leaving the CDC, she became the executive vice president of vaccines and then switched, years later, to strategic communications at Merck. This is particularly egregious as she was head of government’s regulatory agency for vaccines and immediately took a job with one of the largest vaccine manufacturers in the world. Unethical in spades, but perfectly legal. Gerberding’s next spin through the revolving door was being named CEO of the Foundation of the National Institutes of Health (FNIH), March 1, 2022.3 Yesterday, I discussed the massive conflicts of interest at the FNIH, as its board is loaded with Big Pharma executives and even a representative of BlackRock, one of the top three largest investment firms in the world.

While Gerberding did not name the World Health Organization in her article, we now know that’s the organization designated as the top-down ruler of all things related to pandemics. However, some of the statements that have been made suggest that, in time, the WHO may also seize power over health systems more broadly.The Globalists’ Next MoveIn a February 18, 2022, article, Dr. Peter Breggin, author of “COVID-19 and the Global Predators: We Are the Prey,”4 warned that the next move in the globalists’ war on humanity is to seize control over the health care systems of the entire world:5“We have discovered the next move of the global predators — already in progress — in their escalating assaults against individual and political freedom. The next big assault on human freedom involves a legalized takeover of national healthcare systems by the World Health Organization (WHO).

This stealth attack — with its initial plans already backed by many nations — will begin full implementation in 2024 if it is not quickly recognized and fought! … The Chinese Communist influence over WHO has been solid for more than a decade, and the party was able to install Tedros without any competition. He became the first and only Director-General who is not a physician and instead is a communist politician. Now the Director-General of WHO, Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus — known simply as Tedros — has unveiled plans to take charge of all global health. While addressing the WHO Executive Committee on January 24, 2022, Director-General Tedros spelled out his global health plan, including his final priority for his enormous scheme: ‘The fifth priority is to urgently strengthen WHO as the leading and directing authority on global health, at the center of the global health architecture. ‘Tedros’s closing words to his report to the executive committee are chilling in their grandiosity and echo Marxist exhortations to cheering mobs by a Stalin, Mao, or Xi Jinping: ‘We are one world, we have one health, we are one WHO.’ Tedros seeks to become super-Fauci for the world, and, like Fauci, he will do it on behalf of the global predators.”

The Rise of Health Fascism

As explained by Breggin, the global health care takeover really began with Gates’ Decade of Vaccines, announced in 2010 at the World Economic Forum’s (WEF’s) annual meeting in Davos. At that time, Gates installed Fauci on his vaccine advisory board, thereby guaranteeing his plans would receive support from the NIAID. Breggin continues:6“A theme for the Decade of Vaccines was ‘Public-Private Partnerships Drive Progress in Vaccine Development, Delivery’ — essentially the precursor to the Great Reset establishing a world governance of public and private health united in the spirit of fascism.

By 2012, Gates achieved official UN approval for his scheme, establishing a broad network of global predators aimed at exploiting and dominating humanity through public health.

Communist China would play a prominent role through its control over the UN and WHO and through its close relationships with global predators like Bill Gates, Klaus Schwab, Mike Bloomberg, Big Tech executives, and many other billionaires and world leaders.

A decade and more later, during COVID-19, WHO has proven its usefulness to the predators in orchestrating science, medicine, and public health in the suppression of human freedom and the generation of wealth and power for the globalists.”

Under the guise of a global pandemic, the WHO, the WEF and all of its installed leaders in government and private business, were able to roll out a plan that has been decades in the making. The pandemic was a perfect cover. In the name of keeping everyone “safe” from infection, the globalists have justified unprecedented attacks on democracy, civil liberties and personal freedoms, including the right to choose your own medical treatment.Now, the WHO is gearing up to make its pandemic leadership permanent, and to extend it into the health care systems of every nation. “The idea is ‘the principle of health for all’ — universal health care organized by WHO as part of the Great Reset,” Breggin explains.The International Pandemic TreatyMay 24, 2021, the European Council announced it supported the establishment of an international Pandemic Treaty, under which the WHO would have the power to replace the constitutions of individual nations with its own constitution under the banner of “pandemic prevention, preparedness and response.”7

March 3, 2022, the Council authorized the opening of negotiations for an international agreement. The infographic below, sourced from the European Council’s website,8 summarizes the process.The WHO’s World Health Assembly has also established an intergovernmental negotiating body (INB) for this purpose.9 March 1, 2022, the INB held its first meeting to draft and negotiate an international instrument on pandemic prevention, preparedness and response under the authority of the WHO.10

If this treaty goes through, the WHO would have the power to, for example, call for mandatory vaccinations and health passports, and its decision would supersede national and state laws.

But considering the WHO changed its definition of “pandemic” to “a worldwide epidemic of a disease,”11 without the original specificity of severe illness that causes high morbidity,12,13 just about anything could be made to fit the pandemic criterion, including obesity, which was designated as a disease in 201314 and occurs globally. Tedros has also gone on record stating that his “central priority” as director-general of the WHO is to push the world toward universal health coverage.15“The world has already seen how any pandemic emergency, real or concocted, now or in the future, could then justify WHO taking over the entirety of government operations of sovereign nations, robbing all individuals of their freedoms, and fully crushing the democratic republics of the world,” Breggin warns.16“The spirit of Communism can be felt throughout the document. We are told that the ‘purpose’ of the new strategy will be ‘guided by a spirit of solidarity, anchored in the principles of fairness, inclusion, and transparency.’ Notice, as in all pronouncements by global predators; there is no mention of individual rights, political liberty, or national sovereignty. The great engine of human progress, human freedom, will be replaced by the great destroyer of humanity, collectivism, under the rule of the elite. Tucked into the report were the real goals … Here are three main purposes or goals of the proposed treaty:

1. response to any future pandemics, in particular by ensuring universal and equitable access to medical solutions, such as vaccines, medicines, and diagnostics

2. a stronger international health framework with the WHO as the coordinating authority on global health matters

3. the ‘One Health’ approach, connecting the health of humans, animals, and our planetThe report adds, ‘More specifically, such an instrument can enhance international cooperation in a number of priority areas, such as surveillance, alerts, and response, but also in general trust in the international health system.’ Clearly, they were building support for Tedros’s January 24, 2022 announcement that WHO would take over the international health care system.

WHO Moves Ahead With Global Vaccine Passport ProgramWhile countries around the world are now scrubbing their COVID measures, and many have announced they won’t be pursuing vaccine passports after all, the vaccine passport program is still alive and well — under the direction of the WHO. As reported by Off-Guardian, March 1, 2022:17“This week, while the eyes of the world are fixed on Ukraine and the next wave of propaganda, the World Health Organization is launching an initiative to create a ‘trust network’ on vaccination and international travel.

According to a report in Politico published last week, WHO making moves on international vaccine 'passport.'

The article quotes Brian Anderson, co-founder of the Vaccination Credential Initiative, which describes itself as ‘a voluntary coalition of public and private organizations committed to empowering individuals with access to verifiable clinical information including a trustworthy and verifiable copy of their vaccination records in digital or paper form using open, interoperable standards.’

They are, to take the PR agency sheen off this phrase, a corporate/government joint project researching and promoting digital medical identification papers. In short, vaccine passports.”Members of the VCI, which was founded in January 2021, include Google, Amazon, insurance companies, hospitals, biosecurity firms and most of the major universities in the U.S. Its steering committee consists of representatives from Apple, Microsoft, the Mayo Clinic and the MITRE Corporation, a government-funded research organization.

As noted by Off-Guardian, the International Pandemic Treaty will undoubtedly include provisions on international vaccine certification. And why wouldn’t it, seeing how a WHO-backed global health passport is already underway? While Off-Guardian predicted VCI’s SMART Health Cards system might be chosen, the WHO has now signed a deal with a Deutsche Telekom subsidiary called T-Systems to build the first global digital vaccine passport.18 As reported by the Western Standard:19“The WHO fully intends to provide support to its 194 member states to facilitate the implementation of the digital verification technology for countries’ national and regional verification of vaccine status.’COVID-19 affects everyone. Countries will therefore only emerge from the pandemic together. Vaccination certificates that are tamper-proof and digitally verifiable build trust. WHO is therefore supporting member states in building national and regional trust networks and verification technology.The WHO’s gateway service also serves as a bridge between regional systems. It can also be used as part of future vaccination campaigns and home-based records,’ said Garrett Mehl, unit head of the WHO’s Department of Digital Health and Innovation, on Deutsche Telekom’s website.

SMART Health Cards and Digital Identity Are Tools of Tyranny

Already, the SMART Health Cards system is used by more than a dozen countries,20 25 U.S. states, Puerto Rico and D.C.21

The Australian Parliament is also paving the way to tyranny with its “Trusted Digital Identity Bill 2021,”22 and the U.S. Congress has its “Improving Digital Identity Act of 2021.”23

All of these have one thing in common: the end goal, which is to expand them into a souped-up, global social credit system — one in which everything you do and say is monitored, recorded and assessed for threat value, and if you misbehave or engage in wrong-think, they have 101 ways to punish you and force you into compliance, from restricting your ability to travel to seizing your bank accounts. Don’t think for one second that government won’t have access to or use your data against you for political purposes. As explained by Off-Guardian:24“SMART Health Cards are run by VCI, which was created by the MITRE Corporation, which is funded by the United States government. If you give SMART access to your medical records, you’d better believe the U.S. government and its agencies will get their hands on them.

They might not have their own database, but they would have access to MITRE’s database when and if they needed or wanted it. And so would Apple, Amazon, Google and Microsoft. That’s how private-public partnerships work. Symbiosis.

Corporate giants serve as fronts for government programs and, in return, they get a big cut of the profits, bailouts if they’re needed, and regulatory ‘reforms’ that cripple their smaller competitors …This allows the federal government ‘truthfully’ claim to not be implementing a federal passport system, or keeping a vaccination database, all the while they are sub-contracting tech giants to do it for them. This system of backdoor government surveillance via corporate veneer is already spreading across the U.S., and it looks like it will play some part in any future ‘pandemic treaty’ too.

Surgeon General Demands Hit List From Big Tech

U.S. Surgeon General Dr. Vivek Murthy also appears to be building a narrative to justify an international health authority. March 3, 2022, Murthy formally requested that all major tech platforms submit data on the scale of COVID-19 misinformation. This includes social networks, search engines, crowdsource platforms, e-commerce platforms and instant messaging systems. Thankfully, his request is not legally enforceable. As reported by The New York Times:25“A request for information from the surgeon general’s office demanded that tech platforms send data and analysis on the prevalence of COVID-19 misinformation on their sites, starting with common examples of vaccine misinformation documented by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.26The notice asks the companies to submit ‘exactly how many users saw or may have been exposed to instances of Covid-19 misinformation,’ as well as aggregate data on demographics that may have been disproportionately exposed to or affected by the misinformation.

The surgeon general, Dr. Vivek Murthy, also demanded information from the platforms about the major sources of Covid-19 misinformation, including those that engaged in the sale of unproven Covid-19 products, services and treatments … The request for information is part of President Biden’s COVID National Preparedness Plan27,28 …In addition to demanding misinformation data from the tech platforms, the surgeon general called on health care providers and the public to submit information about how COVID-19 misinformation has negatively influenced patients and communities.”

As noted by Dr. Meryl Nass,29 “This is truly frightening. Misinformation (to be controlled via tech companies) is being treated as a crime, though never defined.” Nass also highlights a new bill,30 introduced by two Democrat senators March 2, 2022, that would give tech companies “cover to censor and turn over private data to government.” “In other words, Congress may ‘legalize’ censorship and criminalize First Amendment rights to freedom of speech,” Nass says.CDC Has Created Loads of MisinformationThe irony here is that the most of the CDC’s answers to “COVID myths”31 are themselves misinformation. For example, the CDC claims it’s a myth that natural immunity is better than the immunity you get from the COVID shot.Yet you’d be hard-pressed to find scientific backing for that statement. They basically just made that up. It’s a long-standing scientific fact that natural immunity is more robust and longer lasting than vaccine-induced immunity.

Before the pandemic, a ‘vaccine’ was ‘a product that stimulates a person’s immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease.’ In 2021, the CDC changed that definition to ‘a preparation that is used to stimulate the body’s immune response against diseases,’ effectively removing the need for a vaccine to produce immunity — the key thing a vaccine is supposed to do.The CDC also claims it’s a myth that mRNA shots are not vaccines. They say mRNA injections are vaccines because they trigger an immune response. What they don’t admit is that they changed the definition of “vaccine” in the middle of the pandemic.32Before the pandemic, a “vaccine” was “a product that stimulates a person’s immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease.” In the latter half of 2021, as the mRNA shots were nearing distribution, the CDC changed that definition to “a preparation that is used to stimulate the body’s immune response against diseases,” effectively removing the need for a vaccine to produce immunity — the key thing a vaccine is supposed to do.Incidentally, the CDC’s answer to this “myth” basically refutes its answer to the “myth” that vaccine immunity is better than natural immunity, since the COVID shots don’t provide immunity at all. They only stimulate an immune response, which by the way, can be either beneficial or detrimental, depending on how your immune system is stimulated.The CDC also still insists that the COVID jabs cannot change or interact with your DNA in any way, yet published research shows otherwise. Swedish research actually shows the Pfizer shot’s mRNA incorporates into human DNA in as little as six hours.33Murthy’s unconstitutional request for data from tech companies on users who share information that violates the CDC narrative seems to be an effort to continue building justification for an international health authority with power to dictate truth around the world.If there’s only one narrative, across every country, disseminated from a single entity, then the truth will be whatever they say it is. Eventually, research won’t even be published unless it conforms to the chosen narrative.

The WHO Is Totally Corrupt

https://odysee.com/$/embed/trustwho/57c5fb46f9696a7ba1f948fdc637b9fbf89417c3?r=8Sjn8ztS54jNxUshxwwfS5HrXKxxvjjd

Video may not work on all browsers

There are many reasons to reject the WHO as the sole arbiter of health facts. It’s corrupt to the core, and has been for years.34In the aftermath of the swine flu pandemic of 2009, the vaccine for which left many thousands injured, the Council of Europe Parliamentary Assembly (PACE) concluded that “the handling of the pandemic by the WHO, EU health agencies and national governments led to a ‘waste of large sums of public money, and unjustified scares and fears about the health risks faced by the European public.'”35Specifically, PACE concluded there was “overwhelming evidence that the seriousness of the pandemic was vastly overrated by WHO,” and that the drug industry had influenced the organization’s decision-making.

A joint investigation by the British Medical Journal and the Bureau of Investigative Journalism (BIJ) also uncovered serious conflicts of interest between the WHO — which promoted the global vaccination agenda — and the drug companies that created those vaccines.36The WHO has also been accused of massive money mismanagement, spending more on travel expenses each year — some $200 million in 2017 — than it does on some of the biggest public health problems, including AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria combined.37By now, most people also know that the WHO has been bought and paid for by Bill Gates. He contributes more to the WHO’s $4.84 billion biennial budget than every member-state government. The U.S. has historically been the top funder, but the combined contributions from the Gates Foundation and GAVI made Gates the unofficial top sponsor of the WHO as of 2018.

In the documentary “TrustWHO”38 (above), Lilian Franck reveals this and other clandestine influences that control the WHO, to the peril of public health. For example, we’ve seen that the WHO has strong allegiance to China, and shares China’s ruthless suppression of counternarratives.The WHO’s investigation into COVID-19’s origin was a fake from start to finish, and even before the COVID pandemic, the WHO had been in discussions with Facebook to “ensure people can access authoritative information on vaccines and reduce the spread of inaccuracies.” Given the strong and ongoing evidence that WHO is heavily conflicted and controlled by industry, its usefulness as a guardian of public health needs to be seriously reevaluated.The Plan for a Never-Ending PandemicWhile the White House has issued a plan to transition out of the pandemic,39,40 it seems more like a plan for a never-ending pandemic. As reported by STAT News:41“The report plots a course to what its authors call the ‘next normal’ — living with the SARS-CoV-2 virus as a continuing threat that needs to be managed. Doing so will require improvements on a number of fronts, from better surveillance for COVID and other pathogens to keeping tabs on how taxed hospitals are; and from efforts to address the air quality in buildings to continued investment in antiviral drugs and better vaccines.

The authors also call for offering people sick with respiratory symptoms easy access to testing and, if they are positive for COVID or influenza, a quick prescription for the relevant antiviral drug …The report suggests the U.S. response to Covid-19 should transition from one directed solely at this single disease to one where prevention, mitigation, and treatment efforts are focused on COVID as one of a number of respiratory viruses, including influenza.”Part of the plan is to create a new post: deputy Assistant to the president for biosecurity within the National Security Council.42 The deputy assistant for biosecurity would be responsible for “monitoring, addressing, and coordinating responses to and communications about any biosecurity and pandemic threats.

Importantly, this post would also be responsible for coordinating “efforts to counter foreign and domestic sources of anti-science misinformation on vaccines and drugs.” The COVID Roadmap also details strategies to improve documentation, monitoring and accountability for communication goals.

This includes monitoring “health iniquities” to “increase public accountability and support values that promote social well-being and health equity in infectious diseases.” It sounds to me like a plan to promote propaganda that shames people who don’t want to sacrifice their own health for “the greater good.” It also includes the establishment of “standards for streamlined clearance of health messages without political interference.” Will the WHO be responsible for such standards? Probably.

The roadmap also specifies that tech platforms and legacy media are to be urged to “design mechanisms to detect, deflect and deny the posting of harmful and false advice that hurts public health.” In other words, across the board censorship. If the WHO is given complete authority over health, censorship will be a given and science as we know it will basically cease to exist.

41Seconds

Learn More

Access Dr. Mercola's Censored Libary

Globalists Aim to Take Over Health Systems Worldwide

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • The globalist cabal is planning to monopolize health systems worldwide through the creation of an international pandemic treaty that makes the World Health Organization the sole decision maker on pandemic matters
  • The WHO may also be planning to seize power over health systems more broadly. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus has stated that his “central priority” as director-general of the WHO is to push the world toward universal health coverage
  • In the name of keeping everyone “safe” from infection, the globalist cabal has justified unprecedented attacks on democracy, civil liberties and personal freedoms, including the right to choose your own medical treatment. Now, the WHO is gearing up to make its pandemic leadership permanent, and to extend it into the health care systems of every nation. The idea is to implement universal health care organized by the WHO as part of the Great Reset
  • If this treaty goes through, the WHO would have the power to call for mandatory vaccinations and health passports, and its decision would supersede national and state laws. Considering the WHO changed its definition of “pandemic” to “a worldwide epidemic of a disease,” removing the requirement of high morbidity, just about anything could be made to fit the pandemic criterion, including obesity
  • The SMART Health Cards system is used by more than a dozen countries, 25 U.S. states, Puerto Rico and Washington, D.C.; the Australian Parliament is pushing a “Trusted Digital Identity Bill”; U.S. Congress is pushing the “Improving Digital Identity Act,” and the WHO has signed a deal with a Deutsche Telekom subsidiary to build the first global digital vaccine passport. All of these have one thing in common: the end goal, which is to expand them into a souped-up, global social credit system
wittgenstein

The globalist cabal is planning to monopolize health systems worldwide, and that plan is already underway. In June 2021, Dr. Julie Gerberding wrote a Time article1 laying out the framework for an international pandemic-surveillance network, which would include threat prediction and preemption as well.Gerberding served as director of the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention from 2002 until 2009.2 After leaving the CDC, she became the executive vice president of vaccines and then switched, years later, to strategic communications at Merck. This is particularly egregious as she was head of government’s regulatory agency for vaccines and immediately took a job with one of the largest vaccine manufacturers in the world. Unethical in spades, but perfectly legal.Gerberding’s next spin through the revolving door was being named CEO of the Foundation of the National Institutes of Health (FNIH), March 1, 2022.3 Yesterday, I discussed the massive conflicts of interest at the FNIH, as its board is loaded with Big Pharma executives and even a representative of BlackRock, one of the top three largest investment firms in the world.While Gerberding did not name the World Health Organization in her article, we now know that’s the organization designated as the top-down ruler of all things related to pandemics. However, some of the statements that have been made suggest that, in time, the WHO may also seize power over health systems more broadly.The Globalists’ Next MoveIn a February 18, 2022, article, Dr. Peter Breggin, author of “COVID-19 and the Global Predators: We Are the Prey,”4 warned that the next move in the globalists’ war on humanity is to seize control over the health care systems of the entire world:5“We have discovered the next move of the global predators — already in progress — in their escalating assaults against individual and political freedom. The next big assault on human freedom involves a legalized takeover of national healthcare systems by the World Health Organization (WHO).This stealth attack — with its initial plans already backed by many nations — will begin full implementation in 2024 if it is not quickly recognized and fought! … The Chinese Communist influence over WHO has been solid for more than a decade, and the party was able to install Tedros without any competition.He became the first and only Director-General who is not a physician and instead is a communist politician. Now the Director-General of WHO, Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus — known simply as Tedros — has unveiled plans to take charge of all global health.While addressing the WHO Executive Committee on January 24, 2022, Director-General Tedros spelled out his global health plan, including his final priority for his enormous scheme: ‘The fifth priority is to urgently strengthen WHO as the leading and directing authority on global health, at the center of the global health architecture.’Tedros’s closing words to his report to the executive committee are chilling in their grandiosity and echo Marxist exhortations to cheering mobs by a Stalin, Mao, or Xi Jinping: ‘We are one world, we have one health, we are one WHO.’ Tedros seeks to become super-Fauci for the world, and, like Fauci, he will do it on behalf of the global predators.”The Rise of Health FascismAs explained by Breggin, the global health care takeover really began with Gates’ Decade of Vaccines, announced in 2010 at the World Economic Forum’s (WEF’s) annual meeting in Davos. At that time, Gates installed Fauci on his vaccine advisory board, thereby guaranteeing his plans would receive support from the NIAID. Breggin continues:6“A theme for the Decade of Vaccines was ‘Public-Private Partnerships Drive Progress in Vaccine Development, Delivery’ — essentially the precursor to the Great Reset establishing a world governance of public and private health united in the spirit of fascism.By 2012, Gates achieved official UN approval for his scheme, establishing a broad network of global predators aimed at exploiting and dominating humanity through public health.Communist China would play a prominent role through its control over the UN and WHO and through its close relationships with global predators like Bill Gates, Klaus Schwab, Mike Bloomberg, Big Tech executives, and many other billionaires and world leaders.A decade and more later, during COVID-19, WHO has proven its usefulness to the predators in orchestrating science, medicine, and public health in the suppression of human freedom and the generation of wealth and power for the globalists.”Under the guise of a global pandemic, the WHO, the WEF and all of its installed leaders in government and private business, were able to roll out a plan that has been decades in the making. The pandemic was a perfect cover. In the name of keeping everyone “safe” from infection, the globalists have justified unprecedented attacks on democracy, civil liberties and personal freedoms, including the right to choose your own medical treatment.Now, the WHO is gearing up to make its pandemic leadership permanent, and to extend it into the health care systems of every nation. “The idea is ‘the principle of health for all’ — universal health care organized by WHO as part of the Great Reset,” Breggin explains.The International Pandemic TreatyMay 24, 2021, the European Council announced it supported the establishment of an international Pandemic Treaty, under which the WHO would have the power to replace the constitutions of individual nations with its own constitution under the banner of “pandemic prevention, preparedness and response.”7March 3, 2022, the Council authorized the opening of negotiations for an international agreement. The infographic below, sourced from the European Council’s website,8 summarizes the process.The WHO’s World Health Assembly has also established an intergovernmental negotiating body (INB) for this purpose.9 March 1, 2022, the INB held its first meeting to draft and negotiate an international instrument on pandemic prevention, preparedness and response under the authority of the WHO.10If this treaty goes through, the WHO would have the power to, for example, call for mandatory vaccinations and health passports, and its decision would supersede national and state laws.But considering the WHO changed its definition of “pandemic” to “a worldwide epidemic of a disease,”11 without the original specificity of severe illness that causes high morbidity,12,13 just about anything could be made to fit the pandemic criterion, including obesity, which was designated as a disease in 201314 and occurs globally. Tedros has also gone on record stating that his “central priority” as director-general of the WHO is to push the world toward universal health coverage.15“The world has already seen how any pandemic emergency, real or concocted, now or in the future, could then justify WHO taking over the entirety of government operations of sovereign nations, robbing all individuals of their freedoms, and fully crushing the democratic republics of the world,” Breggin warns.16“The spirit of Communism can be felt throughout the document. We are told that the ‘purpose’ of the new strategy will be ‘guided by a spirit of solidarity, anchored in the principles of fairness, inclusion, and transparency.’ Notice, as in all pronouncements by global predators; there is no mention of individual rights, political liberty, or national sovereignty.The great engine of human progress, human freedom, will be replaced by the great destroyer of humanity, collectivism, under the rule of the elite. Tucked into the report were the real goals … Here are three main purposes or goals of the proposed treaty:1.response to any future pandemics, in particular by ensuring universal and equitable access to medical solutions, such as vaccines, medicines, and diagnostics2.a stronger international health framework with the WHO as the coordinating authority on global health matters3.the ‘One Health’ approach, connecting the health of humans, animals, and our planetThe report adds, ‘More specifically, such an instrument can enhance international cooperation in a number of priority areas, such as surveillance, alerts, and response, but also in general trust in the international health system.’ Clearly, they were building support for Tedros’s January 24, 2022 announcement that WHO would take over the international health care system.”WHO Moves Ahead With Global Vaccine Passport ProgramWhile countries around the world are now scrubbing their COVID measures, and many have announced they won’t be pursuing vaccine passports after all, the vaccine passport program is still alive and well — under the direction of the WHO. As reported by Off-Guardian, March 1, 2022:17“This week, while the eyes of the world are fixed on Ukraine and the next wave of propaganda, the World Health Organization is launching an initiative to create a ‘trust network’ on vaccination and international travel.According to a report in Politico published last week, ‘WHO making moves on international vaccine ‘passport.’The article quotes Brian Anderson, co-founder of the Vaccination Credential Initiative, which describes itself as ‘a voluntary coalition of public and private organizations committed to empowering individuals with access to verifiable clinical information including a trustworthy and verifiable copy of their vaccination records in digital or paper form using open, interoperable standards.’They are, to take the PR agency sheen off this phrase, a corporate/government joint project researching and promoting digital medical identification papers. In short, vaccine passports.”Members of the VCI, which was founded in January 2021, include Google, Amazon, insurance companies, hospitals, biosecurity firms and most of the major universities in the U.S. Its steering committee consists of representatives from Apple, Microsoft, the Mayo Clinic and the MITRE Corporation, a government-funded research organization.As noted by Off-Guardian, the International Pandemic Treaty will undoubtedly include provisions on international vaccine certification. And why wouldn’t it, seeing how a WHO-backed global health passport is already underway? While Off-Guardian predicted VCI’s SMART Health Cards system might be chosen, the WHO has now signed a deal with a Deutsche Telekom subsidiary called T-Systems to build the first global digital vaccine passport.18 As reported by the Western Standard:19“The WHO fully intends to provide support to its 194 member states to facilitate the implementation of the digital verification technology for countries’ national and regional verification of vaccine status.’COVID-19 affects everyone. Countries will therefore only emerge from the pandemic together. Vaccination certificates that are tamper-proof and digitally verifiable build trust. WHO is therefore supporting member states in building national and regional trust networks and verification technology.The WHO’s gateway service also serves as a bridge between regional systems. It can also be used as part of future vaccination campaigns and home-based records,’ said Garrett Mehl, unit head of the WHO’s Department of Digital Health and Innovation, on Deutsche Telekom’s website.”SMART Health Cards and Digital Identity Are Tools of TyrannyAlready, the SMART Health Cards system is used by more than a dozen countries,20 25 U.S. states, Puerto Rico and D.C.21 The Australian Parliament is also paving the way to tyranny with its “Trusted Digital Identity Bill 2021,”22 and the U.S. Congress has its “Improving Digital Identity Act of 2021.”23All of these have one thing in common: the end goal, which is to expand them into a souped-up, global social credit system — one in which everything you do and say is monitored, recorded and assessed for threat value, and if you misbehave or engage in wrong-think, they have 101 ways to punish you and force you into compliance, from restricting your ability to travel to seizing your bank accounts.Don’t think for one second that government won’t have access to or use your data against you for political purposes. As explained by Off-Guardian:24“SMART Health Cards are run by VCI, which was created by the MITRE Corporation, which is funded by the United States government. If you give SMART access to your medical records, you’d better believe the U.S. government and its agencies will get their hands on them.They might not have their own database, but they would have access to MITRE’s database when and if they needed or wanted it. And so would Apple, Amazon, Google and Microsoft. That’s how private-public partnerships work. Symbiosis.Corporate giants serve as fronts for government programs and, in return, they get a big cut of the profits, bailouts if they’re needed, and regulatory ‘reforms’ that cripple their smaller competitors …This allows the federal government ‘truthfully’ claim to not be implementing a federal passport system, or keeping a vaccination database, all the while they are sub-contracting tech giants to do it for them. This system of backdoor government surveillance via corporate veneer is already spreading across the U.S., and it looks like it will play some part in any future ‘pandemic treaty’ too.”Surgeon General Demands Hit List From Big TechU.S. Surgeon General Dr. Vivek Murthy also appears to be building a narrative to justify an international health authority. March 3, 2022, Murthy formally requested that all major tech platforms submit data on the scale of COVID-19 misinformation. This includes social networks, search engines, crowdsource platforms, e-commerce platforms and instant messaging systems. Thankfully, his request is not legally enforceable. As reported by The New York Times:25“A request for information from the surgeon general’s office demanded that tech platforms send data and analysis on the prevalence of COVID-19 misinformation on their sites, starting with common examples of vaccine misinformation documented by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.26The notice asks the companies to submit ‘exactly how many users saw or may have been exposed to instances of Covid-19 misinformation,’ as well as aggregate data on demographics that may have been disproportionately exposed to or affected by the misinformation.The surgeon general, Dr. Vivek Murthy, also demanded information from the platforms about the major sources of Covid-19 misinformation, including those that engaged in the sale of unproven Covid-19 products, services and treatments … The request for information is part of President Biden’s COVID National Preparedness Plan27,28 …In addition to demanding misinformation data from the tech platforms, the surgeon general called on health care providers and the public to submit information about how COVID-19 misinformation has negatively influenced patients and communities.”As noted by Dr. Meryl Nass,29 “This is truly frightening. Misinformation (to be controlled via tech companies) is being treated as a crime, though never defined.” Nass also highlights a new bill,30 introduced by two Democrat senators March 2, 2022, that would give tech companies “cover to censor and turn over private data to government.” “In other words, Congress may ‘legalize’ censorship and criminalize First Amendment rights to freedom of speech,” Nass says.CDC Has Created Loads of MisinformationThe irony here is that the most of the CDC’s answers to “COVID myths”31 are themselves misinformation. For example, the CDC claims it’s a myth that natural immunity is better than the immunity you get from the COVID shot.Yet you’d be hard-pressed to find scientific backing for that statement. They basically just made that up. It’s a long-standing scientific fact that natural immunity is more robust and longer lasting than vaccine-induced immunity.Before the pandemic, a ‘vaccine’ was ‘a product that stimulates a person’s immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease.’ In 2021, the CDC changed that definition to ‘a preparation that is used to stimulate the body’s immune response against diseases,’ effectively removing the need for a vaccine to produce immunity — the key thing a vaccine is supposed to do.The CDC also claims it’s a myth that mRNA shots are not vaccines. They say mRNA injections are vaccines because they trigger an immune response. What they don’t admit is that they changed the definition of “vaccine” in the middle of the pandemic.32Before the pandemic, a “vaccine” was “a product that stimulates a person’s immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease.” In the latter half of 2021, as the mRNA shots were nearing distribution, the CDC changed that definition to “a preparation that is used to stimulate the body’s immune response against diseases,” effectively removing the need for a vaccine to produce immunity — the key thing a vaccine is supposed to do.Incidentally, the CDC’s answer to this “myth” basically refutes its answer to the “myth” that vaccine immunity is better than natural immunity, since the COVID shots don’t provide immunity at all. They only stimulate an immune response, which by the way, can be either beneficial or detrimental, depending on how your immune system is stimulated.The CDC also still insists that the COVID jabs cannot change or interact with your DNA in any way, yet published research shows otherwise. Swedish research actually shows the Pfizer shot’s mRNA incorporates into human DNA in as little as six hours.33Murthy’s unconstitutional request for data from tech companies on users who share information that violates the CDC narrative seems to be an effort to continue building justification for an international health authority with power to dictate truth around the world.If there’s only one narrative, across every country, disseminated from a single entity, then the truth will be whatever they say it is. Eventually, research won’t even be published unless it conforms to the chosen narrative.The WHO Is Totally Corrupthttps://odysee.com/$/embed/trustwho/57c5fb46f9696a7ba1f948fdc637b9fbf89417c3?r=8Sjn8ztS54jNxUshxwwfS5HrXKxxvjjdVideo may not work on all browsersThere are many reasons to reject the WHO as the sole arbiter of health facts. It’s corrupt to the core, and has been for years.34In the aftermath of the swine flu pandemic of 2009, the vaccine for which left many thousands injured, the Council of Europe Parliamentary Assembly (PACE) concluded that “the handling of the pandemic by the WHO, EU health agencies and national governments led to a ‘waste of large sums of public money, and unjustified scares and fears about the health risks faced by the European public.'”35Specifically, PACE concluded there was “overwhelming evidence that the seriousness of the pandemic was vastly overrated by WHO,” and that the drug industry had influenced the organization’s decision-making.A joint investigation by the British Medical Journal and the Bureau of Investigative Journalism (BIJ) also uncovered serious conflicts of interest between the WHO — which promoted the global vaccination agenda — and the drug companies that created those vaccines.36The WHO has also been accused of massive money mismanagement, spending more on travel expenses each year — some $200 million in 2017 — than it does on some of the biggest public health problems, including AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria combined.37By now, most people also know that the WHO has been bought and paid for by Bill Gates. He contributes more to the WHO’s $4.84 billion biennial budget than every member-state government. The U.S. has historically been the top funder, but the combined contributions from the Gates Foundation and GAVI made Gates the unofficial top sponsor of the WHO as of 2018.In the documentary “TrustWHO”38 (above), Lilian Franck reveals this and other clandestine influences that control the WHO, to the peril of public health. For example, we’ve seen that the WHO has strong allegiance to China, and shares China’s ruthless suppression of counternarratives.The WHO’s investigation into COVID-19’s origin was a fake from start to finish, and even before the COVID pandemic, the WHO had been in discussions with Facebook to “ensure people can access authoritative information on vaccines and reduce the spread of inaccuracies.” Given the strong and ongoing evidence that WHO is heavily conflicted and controlled by industry, its usefulness as a guardian of public health needs to be seriously reevaluated.The Plan for a Never-Ending PandemicWhile the White House has issued a plan to transition out of the pandemic,39,40 it seems more like a plan for a never-ending pandemic. As reported by STAT News:41“The report plots a course to what its authors call the ‘next normal’ — living with the SARS-CoV-2 virus as a continuing threat that needs to be managed. Doing so will require improvements on a number of fronts, from better surveillance for COVID and other pathogens to keeping tabs on how taxed hospitals are; and from efforts to address the air quality in buildings to continued investment in antiviral drugs and better vaccines.The authors also call for offering people sick with respiratory symptoms easy access to testing and, if they are positive for COVID or influenza, a quick prescription for the relevant antiviral drug …The report suggests the U.S. response to Covid-19 should transition from one directed solely at this single disease to one where prevention, mitigation, and treatment efforts are focused on COVID as one of a number of respiratory viruses, including influenza.”Part of the plan is to create a new post: deputy Assistant to the president for biosecurity within the National Security Council.42 The deputy assistant for biosecurity would be responsible for “monitoring, addressing, and coordinating responses to and communications about any biosecurity and pandemic threats.”Importantly, this post would also be responsible for coordinating “efforts to counter foreign and domestic sources of anti-science misinformation on vaccines and drugs.” The COVID Roadmap also details strategies to improve documentation, monitoring and accountability for communication goals.This includes monitoring “health iniquities” to “increase public accountability and support values that promote social well-being and health equity in infectious diseases.” It sounds to me like a plan to promote propaganda that shames people who don’t want to sacrifice their own health for “the greater good.”It also includes the establishment of “standards for streamlined clearance of health messages without political interference.” Will the WHO be responsible for such standards? Probably.The roadmap also specifies that tech platforms and legacy media are to be urged to “design mechanisms to detect, deflect and deny the posting of harmful and false advice that hurts public health.” In other words, across the board censorship. If the WHO is given complete authority over health, censorship will be a given and science as we know it will basically cease to exist.


Sources and References

🔹🔹🔹

THE GREAT RESET PHASE 2: WAR

by a special correspondent

Welcome to the second phase of the Great Reset: war.

While the pandemic acclimatised the world to lockdowns, normalised the acceptance of experimental medications, precipitated the greatest transfer of wealth to corporations by decimating SMEs and adjusted the muscle memory of workforce operations in preparation for a cybernetic future, an additional vector was required to accelerate the economic collapse before nations can ‘Build Back Better.’ 

I present below several ways in which the current conflict between Russia and Ukraine is the next catalyst for the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset agenda, facilitated by an interconnected web of global stakeholders and a diffuse network of public-private partnerships.

1. The war between Russia and Ukraine is already causing unprecedented disruption to global supply chains, exacerbating fuel shortages and inducing chronic levels of inflation. 

As geopolitical tensions morph into a protracted conflict between NATO and the Sino-Russia axis, a second contraction may plunge the economy into stagflation

In the years ahead, the combination of subpar growth and runaway inflation will force a global economic underclass into micro-work contracts and low-wage jobs in an emerging gig economy.

Another recession will compound global resource thirst, narrow the scope for self-sufficiency and significantly increase dependence on government subsidies.
 
With the immiseration of a significant portion of the world’s labour force looming on the horizon, this may well be a prelude to the introduction of a Universal Basic Income, leading to a highly stratified neo-feudal order. 

Therefore, the World Economic Forum’s ominous prediction that we will ‘own nothing and be happy’ by 2030 seems to be unfolding with horrifying rapidity.

2. The war’s economic fallout will lead to a dramatic downsizing of the global workforce

The architects of the Great Reset have anticipated this trend for a number of years and will exploit this economic turbulence by propelling the role of disruptive technologies to meet global challenges and fundamentally alter traditional business patterns to keep pace with rapid changes in technology.

Like the pandemic, disaster preparedness in the age of conflict will rest significantly on the willingness to embrace specific technological innovations in the public and private spheres so that future generations can supply the labour demands of the Great Reset.

A recurring theme in Klaus Schwab’s Shaping the Future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution is that groundbreaking technological and scientific innovations will no longer be relegated to the physical world around us but become extensions of ourselves. 

He emphasises the primacy of emerging technologies in a next generation workforce and highlights the urgency to push ahead with plans to digitise several aspects of the global labour force through scalable technology based solutions.

Those spearheading the Great Reset seek to manage geopolitical risk by creating new markets which revolve around digital innovations, e-strategies, telepresence labour, Artificial Intelligence, robotics, nanotechnology, the Internet of Things and the Internet of Bodies. 

The breakneck speed in which AI technologies are being deployed suggest that the optimization of such technologies will initially bear on traditional industries and professions which offer a safety net for hundreds of millions of workers, such as farming, retail, catering, manufacturing and the courier industries. 

Many of the jobs which will be lost in the years ahead were already moving towards redundancy and are unlikely to be recovered once the dust is settled

However, automation in the form of robots, smart software and machine learning will not be limited to jobs which are routine, repetitive and predictable.

AI systems are on the verge of wholesale automation of various white collar jobs, particularly in areas which involve information processing and pattern recognition such as accounting, HR and middle management positions. 

Although anticipating future employment trends is no easy task, it’s safe to say that the combined threat of pandemics and wars means the labour force is on the brink of an unprecedented reshuffle with technology reshaping logistics, potentially threatening hundreds of millions of blue and white collar jobs, resulting in the greatest and fastest displacement of jobs in history and foreshadowing a labour market shift which was previously inconceivable.
  
While it has long been anticipated that the increased use of technology in the private sector would result in massive job losses, pandemic lockdowns and the coming disruption caused by a war will speed up this process, and many companies will be left with no other option but to lay off staff and replace them with creative technological solutions merely for the survival of their businesses. 

In other words, many of the jobs which will be lost in the years ahead were already moving towards redundancy and are unlikely to be recovered once the dust is settled.

3. The war has significantly reduced Europe’s reliance on the Russian energy sector and reinforced the centrality of the UN Sustainable Development Goals and ‘net zero‘ emissions which lies at the heart of the Great Reset.

Policymakers marching lockstep with the Great Reset have capitalised on the tough sanctions against Russia by accelerating the shift towards ‘green’ energy and reiterating the importance of decarbonisation as part of the ‘fight against climate change’.

However, it would be very short-sighted to assume that the Great Reset is ultimately geared towards the equitable distribution of ‘green’ hydrogen and carbon-neutral synthetic fuels replacing petrol & diesel. 

While UN SDGs are crucial to post-pandemic recovery, more importantly, they are fundamental to the makeover of shareholder capitalism which is now being vaunted by the Davos elites as ‘stakeholder capitalism’. 

This will centralise power in the hands of stakeholder capitalists under the benevolent guise of reinventing capitalism through fairer and greener means

In economic terms, this refers to a system where governments are no longer the final arbiters of state policies as unelected private corporations become the de facto trustees of society, taking on the direct responsibility to address the world’s social, economic and environmental challenges through macroeconomic cooperation and a multi-stakeholder model of global governance.

Under such an economic construct, asset holding conglomerates can redirect the flow of global capital by aligning investments with the UN’s SDGs and configuring them as Environmental, Social, and Corporate Governance (ESG) compliant so that new international markets can be built on the disaster and misery of potentially hundreds of millions of people reeling from the economic collapse caused by war.

Therefore, the war offers a huge impetus for the governments pushing the reset to actively pursue energy independence, shape markets towards ‘green and inclusive growth’ and eventually move populations towards a cap-and-trade system, otherwise known as a carbon credit economy.

This will centralise power in the hands of stakeholder capitalists under the benevolent guise of reinventing capitalism through fairer and greener means, using deceptive slogans like ‘Build Back Better’ without sacrificing the perpetual growth imperative of capitalism.

4. Food shortages created by the war will offer a major boon to the synthetic biology industry as the convergence of digital technologies with materials science and biology will radically transform the agricultural sector and encourage the adoption of plant-based and lab-grown alternatives on a global scale. 

Russia and Ukraine are both bread baskets of the world and critical shortages in grains, fertilisers, vegetable oils and essential foodstuffs will catapult the importance of biotechnology to food security and sustainability and give birth to several imitation meat start-ups similar to ‘Impossible Foods’ which was co-funded by Bill Gates. 

One can therefore expect more government regulation to usher a dramatic overhaul to industrial food production and cultivation, ultimately benefiting agribusiness and biotech investors, since food systems will be redesigned through emerging technologies to grow ‘sustainable’ proteins and CRISPR gene-edited patented crops.

5. Russia’s exclusion from SWIFT (The Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication) foreshadows an economic reset which will generate precisely the kind of blowback necessary for corralling large swathes of the global population into a technocratic control grid.

As several economists have opined, weaponizing SWIFT, CHIPS (The Clearing House Interbank Payments System) and the US Dollar against Russia will only spur geopolitical rivals like China to accelerate the process of de-dollarisation.
  
The main benefactor of economic sanctions against Russia appears to be China which can reshape the Eurasian market by encouraging member states of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) and BRICS to bypass the SWIFT ecosystem and settle cross-border international payments in the Digital Yuan.
 
While the demand for cryptocurrencies will see a massive spike, this is likely to encourage many governments to increasingly regulate the sector through public blockchains and enforce a multilateral ban on decentralised cryptocurrencies.
 
The shift to crypto could be the dress rehearsal to eventually expedite plans for programmable money overseen by a federal regulator, leading to the greater accretion of power in the hands of a powerful global technocracy and thus sealing our enslavement to financial institutions.

I believe this war will bring currencies to parity, therefore heralding a new Bretton Woods moment which promises to transform the operation of international banking and macroeconomic cooperation through the future adoption of central bank digital currencies.

6.  This war marks a major inflection point in the globalist aspiration for a new international rules based order anchored in Eurasia.

As the ‘father of geopolitics’ Halford Mackinder opined over a century ago, the rise of every global hegemon in the past 500 years has been possible because of dominance over Eurasia. Similarly, their decline has been associated with losing control over that pivotal landmass. 

This causal connection between geography and power has not gone unnoticed by the global network of stakeholders representing the WEF, many of whom have anticipated the transition to a multipolar era and return to great power competition amid America’s receding political and economic influence and a pressing need for what technocrats call smart globalisation

While America tries desperately to cling to its superpower status, China’s economic ascent and Russia’s regional ambitions threaten to upend the strategic axial points of Eurasia (Western Europe and Asia Pacific).

The region in which America previously enjoyed uncontested hegemony is no longer impervious to cracks and we may be witnessing a changing of the guard which dramatically alters the calculus of global force projection.  

Although China’s ambitious Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) has the potential to unify the world-island (Asia, Africa and Europe) and cause a tectonic shift in the locus of global power, the recent invasion of Ukraine will have far-reaching consequences for China-Europe rail freight. 

The Ukrainian President Zelensky claimed that Ukraine could function as the BRI’s gateway to Europe. Therefore, we cannot ignore China’s huge stake in the recent tensions over Ukraine, nor can we ignore NATO’s underlying ambition to check China’s rise in the region by limiting the sale of Ukrainian assets to China and doing everything in its capacity to thwart The Modern Silk Road.

As sanctions push Russia towards consolidating bilateral ties with China and fully integrating with the BRI, a Pan-Eurasian trading bloc may be the realignment which forces a shared governance of the global commons and a reset to the age of US exceptionalism. 

7. With speculation mounting over the war’s long term impact on bilateral trade flows between China and Europe, the Russia-Ukraine conflict will catapult Israel – a leading advocate of the Great Reset – to even greater international prominence. 

Israel is a highly attractive BRI market for China and the CCP is acutely aware of Israel’s importance as a strategic outpost connecting the Indian Ocean and the Mediterranean Sea through the Gulf of Suez. 

Furthermore, the Chinese government has for many years acknowledged the primacy of Israel as a global technology hub and capitalised on Israel’s innovation capabilities to help meet its own strategic challenges.

Therefore, Naftali Bennet’s mediation between Moscow and Kiev is likely to factor the instrumental role of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) in expanding both China and Israel’s regional and global strategic footprint.

Israel’s status as among the leading tech hubs of the future and gateway connecting Europe and the Middle East is inextricably tied to the web of physical infrastructures, such as roads, railways, ports and energy pipelines which China has been building over the past decade.  

Is Israel in the formative stages of outsourcing its security interests away from the US and hedging its bets on the Sino-Russia axis? 

Already a powerhouse in auto-technologies, robotics and cybersecurity, Israel aspires to be the central nation in the millennial Kingdom and the country’s tech startups are predicted to play a key role in the fourth industrial revolution

Strengthening its evolving relationship with China amid the Russia-Ukraine crisis could help propel Israel into a regional hegemon par excellence with a large share of centralised economic and technological power converging in Jerusalem.

As Israel embarks on efforts to diversify its export markets and investments away from the United States, it begs an important question.

Is Israel in the formative stages of outsourcing its security interests away from the US and hedging its bets on the Sino-Russia axis? 

8. It is now common knowledge that Digital IDs are a central plank in the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset agenda and are to be streamlined across industries, supply chains and markets as a way of advancing the UN 2030 SDGs and delivering individualised and integrated services in future smart cities.

Many have cottoned on to how such a platform can be used to usher in a global system of technocratic population control and compliance by incorporating humanity into a new corporate value chain where citizens are mined as data commodities for ESG investors and human capital bond markets and assigned a social and climate score based on how well they measure up against the UN SDGs. 

This seamless verification of people and connected devices in smart environments can only take place once our biometrics, health records, finances, education transcripts, consumer habits, carbon footprint and the entire sum of human experiences is stored on an interoperable database to determine our conformity with the UN SDGs, thus forcing a monumental change to our social contract. 

Vaccine passports were initially touted by public-private partnerships as an entry point for Digital IDs. Now that such a logic has run its course, how might the present geopolitical tensions contribute to scaling what is the key node in a new digital ecosystem?

Ration entries could be logged on blockchain ledgers on the Digital ID to track our carbon footprint and consumptive habits during a national emergency

Ukraine has traditionally been called Europe’s bread basket and alongside Russia, both nations are major global suppliers of staple grains. Therefore, the war has all the makings of a black swan for commodities and inflation. 

With an economy teetering on the brink of collapse due to a global supply crunch, I believe the resulting economic tremors will trigger wartime emergencies across the world and the public will be told to brace themselves for rationing. 

Once this takes place, the multilateral adoption of Digital IDs which interface with Central Bank Digital Currencies can be touted as the solution to efficiently manage and distribute household rations under an unprecedented state of emergency and exception.

The Bank of England has already floated the prospect of programmable cash which can only be spent on essentials or goods which an employer or government deem sensible.

Once the issuer is granted control over how it is spent by the recipient, it will become nigh impossible to function adequately without a Digital ID, which will be required to receive food parcels and obtain a basic means of subsistence. Think UBI (Universal Basic Income).

If food inflation continues on an upward trajectory with no signs of abating, governments may institute price controls in the form of rationing and ration entries could be logged on blockchain ledgers on the Digital ID to track our carbon footprint and consumptive habits during a national emergency.

9. Europe is directly in the line of fire once a hybrid war between NATO and the Sino-Russia axis is underway. 

It would be remiss to ignore the clear and present danger posed by a cyber attack on banks and critical infrastructure or even a tentative and tactical nuclear exchange with intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs).

I can’t see how any warring party will not be limited by the doctrine of mutually assured destruction so a thermonuclear fallout is unlikely.

However, the use of remote access technologies to erase system memory from the SWIFT banking apparatus or Cross-Border Interbank Payment System can potentially render much of the international economy non-operational and send the dollar into a tailspin. 

If an event of such cataclysmic proportions was to occur, it will undoubtedly lead to increasing demands to overhaul cyber security.

The fallout from such an event could very well establish a new global security protocol according to which citizens must possess a Digital ID as a necessary national security measure. 

One can imagine how accessing the internet or public services in the aftermath of a nationwide cyber attack may require citizens to use a Digital ID to authenticate that their online activities and transactions are from a legitimate and non-malicious source.

There are few coincidences in politics.

10. The economic implications of this war will be so disastrous that governments and the public sector will require a significant injection of private capital to address the financing shortfall. 

This will effectively render the traditional separation of powers between central banking institutions and governments obsolete, as the former will be positioned to disproportionately influence the fiscal trajectory of nation states, whose sovereignty will be hollowed out by the wholesale capture of governments by the central banks and hedge funds.

Therefore, the nation state model is gradually being upended by a global technocracy, consisting of an unelected consortium of leaders of industry, central banking oligarchs and private financial institutions, most of which are predominantly non-state corporate actors attempting to restructure global governance and enlist themselves in the global decision-making process.

Therefore, the future of international relations and the social, economic and political transformation which the world is presently undergoing in light of the pandemic and Russia-Ukraine conflict will not be decided through multilateralism and elected representatives of sovereign states. 

Rather, it will be decided through a network of multi-stakeholder partnerships which are motivated by the politics of expediency and not accountable to any electorate or beholden to any state and for whom concepts like sovereignty and international law are meaningless.

🔹🔹🔹

Façade, American Style

March 14, 2022

Frances Leader, investigative journalist, environmental activist, blogger, administrator of Anti Fracking International, has captured the present moment in this quote from her recent Substack article:

“…Mr. Global is shoving fake food, fake pandemics, fake vaccines, fake climate change, fake weather, fake news, and fake government down our throats!”  —“Mr Global Plays God

Fake pandemic.
Fake death toll.
Fake vaccines.
Can’t take it any more.
Fake news
Fake views
from every Mainstream Media whore.

It’s all a dirty pack of lies
to get the suckers to take the jab.
The humdrum virus was made in a lab
by Fauci and his Chinese friends
so Big Pharma and Bill Gates
can vax you with poison till your life ends.

Fake PCR test.
Fake climate change.
Fake presstitutes
polluting your brains.
Fake politicians.
They’re all on the take.
Fake Russian threat to keep you awake
to keep you distracted
while you get injected.
The clot-shot is nothing like what you expected.
It will kill you six ways to Sunday
but you’ll listen to the fake news on Monday.

Fake feminists let their children die.
They jab them up and don’t ask why.
The “liberals” and “progressives” are the dumbest.
Their wokeist minds are the numbest,
in bed with the Establishment,
supporters of censorship and lies—
they forgot what “liberal” meant.

Fake pandemic    Fake vaccine
America…you’ve become obscene
morally obscene, I mean.
The Founding Fathers roll in their graves
at the dumbed-down sheeple, obedient slaves.

Still, a ray of hope brings joy…
Honking…stomping…a Truckers Convoy!
Circling the Beltway, confronting Biden.
Where is the senile “president” hiding?
The unelected globalist puppet,
grifter, groper, Big Pharma stooge
as genuine as a Disney Muppet.

♦️♦️♦️

Why Die for Biden?

March 14, 2022

by Llewellyn H. Rockwell, Jr.

As you would expect from brain-dead Biden and the people controlling him, American policy has been moving in the wrong direction. Whatever you think about the situation in the Ukraine, one thing is obvious. It’s a crisis. Shouldn’t we try to stay out of danger? Instead, the US has led the way in imposing drastic economic sanctions on Russia, backing Putin to the wall. What if he gets desperate and uses atomic weapons? This could result in the end of civilized life on our planet. Is this what Americans want?

The danger isn’t just something I and other critics of American policy have conjured up.  “President Vladimir Putin said on Saturday [March 5] that Western sanctions on Russia were akin to a declaration of war and warned that any attempt to impose a no-fly zone in Ukraine would lead to catastrophic consequences for the world. . . ‘These sanctions that are being imposed are akin to a declaration of war but thank God it has not come to that,’ Putin said, speaking to a group of flight attendants at an Aeroflot training centre near Moscow. He said any attempt by another power to impose a no-fly zone in Ukraine would be considered by Russia to be a step into the military conflict.”

The neocon warmongers brush this danger aside. They say that “we” have to do something to defend the Ukraine from an unprovoked Russian attack. But this totally distorts what is happening there. The Ukrainian government started things by moving against Donbass, a territory that declared independence and is allied with Russia. According to the Ukrainian government, the Ukrainians can secede from Russia but people can’t secede from the Ukraine. As Rick Rozoff pointed out in an article on February 2, “Two-thirds of Ukrainian army servicemen have been amassed along the Donbas contact line, Eduard Basurin, spokesman for the self-proclaimed Donetsk People’s Republic (DPR) militia, said on Thursday.

‘Another three brigades are on their way [to Donbas], which is 20,000 to 25,000 troops more. The total number will reach 150,000, not to mention the nationalists. This is about two-thirds of the Ukrainian Armed Forces’ personnel,’ Basurin said on the Rossiya 1 television channel (VGTRK) on Thursday.

The Ukrainian troops are stationed along the 320-kilometer front line, he said. . . The situation in Donbass has reached a critical mark in the past week due to Ukraine’s aggressive actions, Donetsk People’s Republic representative at the Minsk talks, DPR Foreign Minister Natalia Nikonorova said on Thursday.”

But the provocative actions against Russia go much further back. Vasko Kohlmayer gives an excellent account of these and highlights the danger of nuclear war that reckless American policy has caused: “The war drums are, of course, beating for US involvement in the Ukrainian conflict.

‘Declare a NoFlyZone over Ukraine,’ tweeted Rep. Adam Kinzinger (R-Ill.).

Lindsey Graham, a powerful US Senator, went so far as to publicly advocate the assassination of the Russian head of state. Tweeted he:

Is there a Brutus in Russia?  Is there a more successful Colonel Stauffenberg in the Russian military? The only way this ends is for somebody in Russia to take this guy out. You would be doing your country – and the world – a great service.

Such brazen incitement to murder by a highly positioned US official could be construed as a war act by the other side.

Watching the mounting hysteria, we can be certain that the beating of the war drums is going to become only louder in the days ahead. . . Before the situation escalates into a nuclear Armageddon, ordinary people would do well to ask themselves whether we have any dog in this fight.

And if we do, what is the size of this dog? Is it big enough to run the risk of nuclear annihilation?

Until last week, most Americans knew almost nothing about Ukraine. If you asked them what is its capital or major river, you would get no response. . . What triggered Putin was the globalists’ push to expand NATO to Russia’s doorstep in Ukraine. The globalists wanted to make it part of their New World Order which they use to prettily enrich themselves.

Joe Biden’s family has been at it for years already. They pulled millions from that land through the President’s son Hunter in one of the most brazen and shameless schemes of influence peddling in American history. . . If Trudeau, Biden and their friends want us to go to war with Russia, they must explain to common people how exactly it is in their vital interest that Ukraine join NATO.

Until they give us a good reason, we should say NO to the war in Ukraine.

The Russians have made it amply clear what they want. They want a neutral Ukraine that is free of NATO. This is a reasonable demand. To start World War III over this would be an act of most regrettable foolishness.”

Is there anything we can do to de-escalate the situation? The greatest Congressman in American history, Dr. Ron Paul, has the answer. American should end its encirclement of Russia and disband NATO.  Let’s look at his vital message to us: “When the Bush Administration announced in 2008 that Ukraine and Georgia would be eligible for NATO membership, I knew it was a terrible idea. Nearly two decades after the end of both the Warsaw Pact and the Cold War, expanding NATO made no sense. NATO itself made no sense.

Explaining my ‘no’ vote on a bill to endorse the expansion, I said at the time:

NATO is an organization whose purpose ended with the end of its Warsaw Pact adversary… This current round of NATO expansion is a political reward to governments in Georgia and Ukraine that came to power as a result of US-supported revolutions, the so-called Orange Revolution and Rose Revolution.

Providing US military guarantees to Ukraine and Georgia can only further strain our military. This NATO expansion may well involve the US military in conflicts unrelated to our national interest…

Unfortunately, as we have seen this past week, my fears have come true. One does not need to approve of Russia’s military actions to analyze its stated motivation: NATO membership for Ukraine was a red line it was not willing to see crossed. As we find ourselves at risk of a terrible escalation, we should remind ourselves that it didn’t have to happen this way. There was no advantage to the United States to expand and threaten to expand NATO to Russia’s doorstep. There is no way to argue that we are any safer for it.

NATO itself was a huge mistake. . . I believe as strongly today as I did back in my 2008 House Floor speech that, “NATO should be disbanded, not expanded.’ In the meantime, expansion should be off the table. The risks do not outweigh the benefits!”

The same people who imposed Covid-tyranny on us now want us to risk war with Russia. Let’s stop them before it’s too late.

♦️♦️♦️

Reality Check: “100 day vaccines” are NOT possible

They want us to believe the “next pandemic” will have a safe vaccine in three months. That flies in the face of reality.

by Kit Knightly

March 13, 2022

Neatly nestled behind the Ukraine headlines plastered all over the front pages, this past week has seen the World Health Organization meeting to discuss the global legislation to empowering the WHO to combat “future pandemics”.

The first consultation was held on March 1st. The EU passed a motion authorizing the bloc to negotiate such a treaty on March 3rd.

Nobody knows exactly what the hypothetical international regulations – dubbed the “Pandemic Treaty” – would entail, but there are hints.

It’s almost certainly going to involve some kind of international vaccine passport, possible based on the SMART Health Cards currently rolling out all across the US.

It’s also interesting to note that this treaty is being developed in parallel to the UK “reforming” their Human Rights Act 1998 into a new “UK bill of rights” which seeks to prevent the “abuse” of “rights culture” and place a new emphasis on “social responsibility”.

However, the specifics will remain a mystery until the final proposal is published later this year.

One thing we do know though, is that a big part of the proposed “strengthening” of our pandemic response will be increased funding and resources for developing vaccines even faster than the Covid vaccine.

This aim was announced at the recent Global Pandemic Preparedness Summit in London, where the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) announced their “100 Days Mission”.

CEPI, for those who don’t know, is a foundation jointly funded by (among others) the Bill and Melinda Gate Foundation and the World Economic Forum, whose stated aim is “to develop vaccines to stop future epidemics”.

The 100 Days Mission, which already has its own website and a trending hashtag (#100DaysMission), is pretty much exactly what it sounds like.

In future CEPI wants to produce new vaccines for unknown emerging diseases – what they call Disease X – within 100 days of the pathogen being isolated.

They’ve already secured 1.5 BILLION pounds sterling to further this effort.

Let that percolate.

Over a billion pounds to produce vaccines for a disease that – as yet – does not even exist, and may never exist.

This looks like a further step in the process, begun by the ‘pandemic’ narrative, of redefining everything we previously understood about how infective agents and vaccines interact.

Covid, let’s remember, was a disease-narrative totally removed from all social, scientific and historical context to create a fluid, agenda-driven alternate reality. And it looks as if this is intended to be the ‘new normal’.

Here’s a little refresher course on just how fast the Covid vaccines sped through the usual scientific process:

  • The virus was allegedly discovered in December.
  • It was fully genetically sequenced by January 10th 2020.
  • The paper that all the PCR tests were based on was peer-reviewed in less than 24 hours.
  • After decades of failure, the human race produced a dozen effective coronavirus vaccines in less than three months.
  • These vaccines were then “safety tested” in less than six months.

All told, from ‘discovering’ the virus to getting the vaccine(s) approved for use on people, it took 300 days.

This process normally takes at least 3-10 years.

It usually takes at least 5-10 years to bring a fully-tested vaccine to market. A paper by Pronker et al, “Risk in vaccine research and development quantified” (PubMed 2013), estimates the average development time for a new vaccine to be over 10 years.

Simply put, it has never been possible to make a vaccine for a new disease in 1000 days, let alone 100.

The speed with which the covid vacines were produced is totally unprecedented in the history of vaccines.

The idea you could further reduce this unprecedented time frame, and produce a safe and effective vaccine in only 100 days is frankly absurd. It’s surreal. Fictional.

For one thing, the vast majority of candidate vaccines don’t work.

The Pronker paper, found that of all potential vaccines products being researched, only about 6% ever actually hit the market.

So, back in the real world, a vaccine manufacturer will go through that 5-10 year process knowing there is a ~94% chance there will be nothing to show for it in the end.

After decades of trying they haven’t managed to produce a vaccine against AIDs, or the flu, or malaria or many other common diseases. These are conditions they know and (allegedly) understand, but they cannot make vaccines for them.

So, in that old world of veridical reality, even if you managed to make a vaccine in 100 days, the odds are it either won’t produce immunity, or it will but will also produce harmful side effects, or maybe it will do literally nothing.

Now, granted, science and technology are not static. We are always moving forward and making progress…but that’s irrelevant to this issue, because even if vaccine manufacturing technology really did take a huge leap forward just in time to battle covid, you still can’t produce a safe vaccine in 100 days, or even 300 days – because the process NEEDS time.

It takes time to test rigorously, it takes time – a lot of it – to a assess long term side effects. The clue is right there in the name.

No amount of new tech is going to permit you to know the ten-year effects of a vaccine in under three months.

With the public eye fixed on Ukraine, and Covid now firmly in the collective unconsciousness’s rearview mirror the powers that be are trying to normalise what was, inherently, an abnormal, unreal (if not impossible) process. To make it easier “next time”.

We’ve already seen Bill Gates lament that the vaccine was too slow, and he was partially right. The Covid story didn’t keep people hypnotized enough to secure everything they needed, in part because their “vaccine” rollout took almost a year.

But for the future “Disease X” waiting in the wings, it will officially only take three months, and the fear will still be fresh. The fact the process will be completely incompatible with reality or sense will not matter in the slightest.

To be clear: You cannot develop a “safe and effective” vaccine for a brand new disease in three months.

You can’t do it in one year.

And if in the future they claim to have done so, they will be lying.


📝

hotrod31 writes:

 Mar 13, 2022

To be clear: You cannot develop a “safe and effective” vaccine for a brand new disease in three months. Quite!
However, it should have become quite apparent to us all by now, that ‘Governments’ and ‘Multi-Corps’ are capable of ANYTHING when they control the narrative and they obviously control the very government organisations who are supposed to be the ‘licencing-authority’ on health-and-safety protocols.
THEY CAN DO ANYTHING … and ‘THEY’ are flaunting it quite openly by demonstrated absurdity over the past two years.
It is actually quite infuriating to even listen to the likes of Fauci, Scwab, Boula, etc. etc. and the various Govt. imbeciles who be strategically placed in positions of power … because you know that they are lying to you about virtually everything and yet, these demented criminals appear to openly demonstrate how cock-sure they are with their self-assured power-and-authority. The LEGAL SYSTEMS of all Western-Democracies are worthless and have revealed that they’re only there by the grace of their masters and to serve their masters for the MONEY. The medical hob-knobs and Academics have proven to be quite the same … a bunch of despicable, self-serving swill content with preening themselves and their ‘titles. Maggots the lot …
It has gone beyond the point of mere insanity.

♦️♦️♦️

Great Replacement: Globalists Use Ukrainian Crisis to Further Their Population Replacement Scheme

One in three refugees coming from Ukraine to France are predominately migrants from Islamic and African countries.

by Amy Mek, originally published March 12, 2022

Globalists are capitalizing on the Ukraine crisis to further their population replacement scheme, known as the Great Replacement. Islamic male migrants from third-world countries have been mixing in with the flow of Ukrainian Christian refugees, mainly women and children, to try to cross the borders and enter the European Union (EU).

While the Christian European refugees from Ukraine are fleeing for their lives, the Muslim’s motives for going to non-Islamic countries are to install Sharia (Islamic Law). As stated in refugee expert Ann Corcoran’s book “Refugee Resettlement and the Hijra to America,” “Hijra remains the model to this day for jihadists who seek to populate and dominate new lands.” Therefore, to emigrate in the cause of Allah is considered in Islam to be a highly respected act.

“I charge you with five of what Allah has charged me with: to assemble, to listen, to obey, to immigrate and to wage Jihad for the sake of Allah” – Quote from the Hadith

France

Already more than 5,000 arrivals in France of migrants from Ukraine since the start of the Russian attack on February 25. A number that is rapidly increasing,” says French Prime Minister Jean Castex. 

On Monday, “more than 500” migrants arrived in a single day. They are coming by bus, from Berlin in particular, and by train or plane. Although NGOs sponsor many migrants, some arrive by their own means from other cities and are helped by their families in France.

It has been reported by the French newspaper Le Figaro that almost one in three refugees coming from Ukraine are predominately migrants from Islamic and African countries. The latest arrivals include Algerians, Ivorians, Moroccans, Indians, Kyrgyz, Congolese, 15% Cameroonians, Pakistanis, Nigeriens, Chinese, Guineans, and Angolans.

Military-aged Islamic migrants can be seen mixed in with the Ukrainian migrants:

Many Islamic migrants have been trying to “pass themselves off as students.” For example, Mohamed, an Algerian who was a supposed student at Kyiv University in international development, explains to a French reporter, “I have no more papers to prove who I am; I had to flee Ukraine with nothing.”. On his right hand, the Algerian has bruises. “The Ukrainian soldiers are racist; they hit me with their weapons because I wanted to get out of Ukraine, look at my wounds!” testifies the refugee, before noting: “In France, we are well received.”

Germany Warns of Islamic Threat

In Germany, the government is already warning of Islamic terrorists taking advantage of the Ukrainian crisis. In response, The President of the State-Agency for the Protection of the Constitution in Thuringia, Stephan Kramer, has called for all Ukrainian refugees to be registered. There are no regular border controls when people enter the country from a war zone in Germany. Kramer believes that danger is not emanating from the Ukrainian refugees but possibly from terrorist organizations or organized crime.

“Islamic terrorists could take advantage of the refugee movement and the willingness of Germans to help,” said the constitutional protection officer. “For example, Islamist terrorist groups could use the lack of border controls to smuggle potential attackers into Europe without being checked,” said Kramer. “Islamist terror is not over, even if some would like us to believe that.”

Organized crime is already trying to take advantage of the refugee situation, such as human trafficking and prostitution. It is, therefore, necessary to register who has entered Germany, where they are staying, or whether they are just traveling through Germany, said the constitutional protection officer.

Poland

Thousands of Syrian, Iraqi, or Afghan migrants have mixed with the Ukrainian refugees trying to cross the Polish border. Many of the Islamic migrants have previously been rejected by Poland and other EU countries.

Poland has been at odds with the European Union for rejecting its Islamic migrant redistribution scheme for many years. Poland has remained steadfast in protecting its Christian identity and way of life. As the Polish Ambassador Anna Maria Anders explained in 2019,

The EU wants redistribution, but we do not change our point of view. Warsaw is already doing so much. In Poland, there are two million Ukrainians, many of whom have fled from war zones. They integrate well, share in part our language, traditions, and culture,” Anders said.

She stressed the importance of Christianity in Poland, saying: “The role of Christianity is a glue of the Polish nation. And this must be respected.”

Once again, he left has launched a media smear campaign against Poland for reportedly welcoming more Ukrainians while turning away the Islamic military-aged male migrants.

This week, Santiago Abascal, leader of the conservative VOX party in Spain, spoke before the Spanish Parliaments and slammed those criticizing Poland.

Abascal said Ukrainian refugees must be welcomed by other European countries, differentiating them from young Muslims of military age who come to conquer Europe,

These women, children, and the elderly must be welcomed in Europe, Anyone can now understand perfectly well what the difference is between these flows of refugees now and the invasions of young men of military age of Muslim origin that have launched against different borders of Europe in an attempt to destabilize and to colonize it.

“We know how to distinguish between those who are refugees and those who are not,” said the Spanish leader. The left is “constantly criminalizing Poland, a nation that has set an example to the world. They stopped and protected the borders of Europe against the scheduled migratory avalanche while welcoming true war refugees from Ukraine.”

Santiago Abascal addresses the Spanish Parliament:

European Union’s “Great Replacement” Scheme

For decades, European Union elites have used mass migration to replace European populations. So it is not shocking they would use the Ukraine crisis to further their Great replacement scheme.

There are already massive and irreversible demographic impacts from migration affecting European countries’ national and cultural identities. Migrants continue to be used by the left to dilute host cultures, ensure their political leaders more votes, and ultimately seize more power for leftist, globalist or supra-nationalist entities like the European Union and the World Economic Forum.

As reported previously at RAIR, Swedish European Union (EU) Commissioner and the political elite have gone to great lengths to conceal the devastating effects their suicidal immigration policies have caused Europe. From arresting migration critics to knowingly misrepresenting and even hiding the links between migration and crime and terrorism to labeling those concerned about the economic effects of millions of migrants as right-wing extremists or racist and xenophobic.

Instead of the European elite opening their arms and hearts to real children and women fleeing the destruction, they are using the Russian invasion of Ukraine to further their great replacement scheme. The Ukrainian crisis is another opportunity for the globalists to help military-age Muslims, often posing as children, penetrate Christian European countries.


Amy Mek is an investigative Journalist: Banned in parts of Europe, Wanted by Islamic countries, Threatened by terror groups, Hunted by left-wing media, Smeared by Hollywood elites & Fake religious leaders.

The media reserves its rage for the crimes of our enemies

by Donald Johnson

Originally published March 11, 2022

The west doesn’t care about the people it kills. Part of the evidence for this has been on the front pages of every newspaper and on every news show since Russia launched the Ukrainian invasion. The rest of the evidence is what has been missing on the front pages of the newspapers and TV shows. The contrast makes the point.

You see no universal Western outrage over the US support for the Saudi blockade on Yemen. The war had  killed an estimated 377,000 by the end of 2021, the majority of them children dead of famine. We see an occasional story but nothing remotely like the moral outrage over the Ukrainian invasion. The children are Arabs and we are supporting the ones most responsible for killing them.

And then there are our sanctions on Afghanistan and the American theft of their money. In that link, Ezra Klein in the New York Times attributes good intentions to Biden officials but makes it clear what the obvious results will be—immense suffering and death. He suggests they might be blinded by their ideology, unable to zoom out from it.Have you seen “Help Tom with medical expenses to fight leukemia”?

 I thought you might be interested in supporting this GoFundMe,
https://gofund.me/8b902e5a  More details here

Please share the fundraiser on your social media to help spread the word.

And then there are the sanctions we are imposing on various countries such as Iran, Syria and Venezuela. These sanctions are designed precisely to pressure governments by causing suffering and in the end, increased mortality rates among the population. Richard Nephew who designed the sanctions imposed on Iran during the Obama Administration explicitly admits that sanctions are meant to cause pain in his book “The Art of Sanctions”. (The “look inside” feature on Amazon shows enough to see Nephew’s declaration about the purpose of sanctions being the inflicting of pain.)

And of course there is the ongoing American support for the apartheid state of Israel, with photos of brutality against Palestinians which people have falsely attributed to the Russian invasion.

All of these things are happening right now and the Yemen and Afghanistan crises involve mass death, with a child dying of war-caused famine every nine minutes in Yemen and the possibility of worse in Afghanistan.

There hasn’t been anything close to the level of outrage or calls for action on these issues as there has been for the Ukraine invasion. The Russian invasion has its own uniquely dangerous and terrifying feature because there is the very real danger of a nuclear war breaking out due to escalation and miscalculation. But most of the outrage has been directed towards the war itself and Putin’s responsibility for the suffering. If this outrage were motivated by genuine universal concern for human life, we would be seeing daily photos or at least references to the children dying in Yemen and this would be linked to our support for the Saudis, but we don’t.

The recent Atlantic profile of Mohammed bin Salman refers to the humanitarian crisis in Yemen, but says nothing about the Saudi blockade. It only references US attempts to cut back on Saudi bombing of civilians, implying that we are the good guys– but the Saudis are using American planes dropping American bombs. The Houthis are not innocents either, but there is a liberal coating of whitewash given to American responsibility in Yemen.

That said, over the past 20 years no American who has paid attention to the news and becomes exercised over political issues can legitimately claim ignorance. As bad as the mainstream press usually is, as laced with bias and jingoism as it tends to be, there has been enough accurate reporting for people to know that the US commits war crimes or supports others who do, and these are not simply the excesses of the occasional soldier but are in fact policy.

Sanctions are policy. Blockades are policy. Massive bombing of civilians in Raqqa and Mosul was policy. Support for Israel no matter what it does to Palestinians is policy.

And yet little of this knowledge is reflected in our political culture, and European countries are no better. People act as though Putin’s brutality is some uniquely awful thing that “civilized” people would never do to other “civilized” people in our enlightened era. And all of these attitudes become part of everyday life. On my daily commute I just started seeing a church with a big blue and yellow banner saying “Pray for Ukraine”. In the many years I have driven past that church I don’t recall ever seeing a banner about Yemen or Gaza.

Why are we so brutally callous towards our own victims? The question partly answers itself. People don’t like to admit that the politicians they support, both Democrats and Republicans, are implicated in war crimes. So they ignore them or worse, justify them. It is easy to criticize, Democratic partisans will say. Republicans barely even bother to care (with a few exceptions).

The rest of the explanation, of course, is a mixture of racism and ethnocentrism. There is an explicit admission by some reporters and others that they care about Ukrainians because they look like “us” ( white people are “us”, apparently), and Ukraine is a “civilized” (white) place. At other times I have seen people state in so many words that our actions that plunge other countries into chaos are not so bad because they would be killing each other anyway.

But most important is the role of the press. As stated before, the Western press sometimes does report on Western atrocities, but with nothing like the level and quantity of moral outrage they reserve for the crimes of our enemies. People may think they can rise above this, but observation suggests this is largely false. If there isn’t a constant drumbeat of stories about our atrocities as there is for Putin’s, and pundits aren’t constantly agonizing over our need to do something, the unspoken message is that our crimes simply aren’t that important or bad. And there is always the social pressure to conform. And people absorb this message. They are embarrassed by the wrong kind of moral outrage. It isn’t normal and not the sort of thing you see serious people doing. That said, an explanation is not an excuse.

In the current climate of extreme stupidity the standard reaction to my argument would be that it is an example of “whataboutism.” Yes, that is exactly what it is, and only a moral imbecile would think there is something wrong with it because of that.

When people are behaving like hypocrites, denouncing one set of crimes committed by their enemies and ignoring, excusing or actually advocating the crimes committed by their own country or its allies, you should say to those people “what about the crimes your country supports”? And we aren’t even comparing past crimes committed by the US with current crimes committed by Putin. All of these crimes are occurring now.

Two more points. There are several pieces published recently where people try to outline a morally consistent anti-war position, where lefties oppose both American imperialism and imperialism by other countries such as Russia. This is a fine goal, and do it because it is right, but don’t do it because you think it will gain you more credibility with mainstream liberals. The ideology of mainstream liberalism requires them to see themselves as “civilized”. They may make tragic mistakes but always with good intentions. It can’t be that they are supporters of a system that has them making the same types of “tragic mistakes” over and over again. They are nice people. They can’t possibly be as guilty as someone like Putin. I am not being sarcastic. People in the Western world who make the decisions or identify with those who make the decisions are not going to accept a truly principled anti war critique. They will see the equation of their crimes with Putin’s as “whataboutism” and therefore not serious. Ezra Klein bumped up against that attitude ( we are the good guys doing our best) in the officials he questioned when writing his post on our Afghanistan policy. If these people accepted the anti war critique they would have to resign and speak out. Fundamentally Western liberals who consider themselves serious people cannot admit to themselves that Western leaders might be morally as responsible for war crimes as someone like Putin. It can’t be accepted. It also means that even when they do admit something is wrong, like Yemen or Afghanistan, it has to be seen as a tragic mistake by well intentioned people and not the result of an ideology and attitudes which keep leading to such “mistakes”. Tony Blinken is this nice soft-spoken guy but I gather he was in favor of both the Iraq invasion and the decision to support the Saudi war in Yemen. All liberals care about is that he is a nice guy (which I think he is), like them.

And finally, having condemned brutal sanctions, including the ones we may level on Russia (Russians are considered “them”, btw), how could I support BDS? Speaking only for myself, it is because BDS is largely symbolic and not remotely lethal. The reaction of Israel and its supporters demonstrates this. On the one hand they laugh off the effects as trivial economically, which they are, but on the other hand they react with near hysterical accusations of antisemitism if some musician or author refuses to perform in Israel or have a book translated by some Israeli firm. The symbolism frightens them.

It is impossible to imagine that the “civilized” West would ever allow “civilized” Israel to be subjected to the sorts of brutal sanctions that “civilized” nations inflict on “uncivilized” nations. So I don’t have to face the moral dilemma but what if it happened? One could decide based on what Palestinians themselves actually living there would say, because they as the people with no power are the ones who would suffer the most. Perhaps they would be united in favor of sanctions that would hit them hard. I would still not want to be responsible for killing people.

Meanwhile, in the real world, being a citizen of the US, I already am responsible for killing people. We are doing exactly that to various countries, and Gazans are living in a giant prison camp, so the preceding paragraph amounted to moral posturing regarding a situation that Western nations would never allow to happen to one of their own. Westerners inflict sanctions that hurt people living under authoritarian governments, hoping to see people suffer so much they might rebel or at least pressure their respective government to change course.

But somehow affluent citizens of democratic countries are never seen as suitable subjects for targeted sanctions even though they should have far more control over their own country’s actions.  One can’t easily target only the guilty classes on a large scale (you can hit individual oligarchs or dictators or in theory American politicians) which is why sanctions in practice, the ones imposed on an entire country, generally hit the poor the hardest.  And Westerners are fine with that.

Two concluding notes.

1. There are very early examples of the validity of whataboutism in the Bible. Notably in the famous line from the Sermon on the Mount, where Matthew quotes Jesus: “Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye.”

2. Here is a later example of a hypocrite objecting to a legitimate question regarding accountability.

Last June Nancy Pelosi and the Democratic leadership issued a statement rejecting Rep. Ilhan Omar’s criticisms of American and Israeli actions. “[D]rawing false equivalencies between democracies like the U.S. and Israel and groups that engage in terrorism like Hamas and the Taliban foments prejudice and undermines progress toward a future of peace and security for all,” the leaders said.

What triggered the hypocrites? Omar questioned Secretary of State Antony Blinken about the International Criminal Court prosecuting war crimes:

I know you opposed the court’s investigation in both Palestine and in Afghanistan. I haven’t seen any evidence in either cases that domestic courts both can and will prosecute alleged war crimes and crimes against humanity. And I would emphasize that in Israel and Palestine, this includes crimes committed by both the Israeli Security Forces and Hamas. In Afghanistan, it includes crimes committed by the Afghan national government and the Taliban.

Blinken responded to Omar that the US and Israel are accountable. This is ludicrous. And as someone who was part of the decision to give the Saudis the green light on bombing Yemen, he shouldn’t be speaking about accountability.

♦️♦️♦️

Only in Chicago . . . where criminals are just considered as “mentally ill”

Man gets probation for robbing 62-year-old blind man at Roosevelt CTA station

March 11, 2022 CWBChicago

A man has received three years of mental health probation for battering and robbing a blind man at the Roosevelt Red Line station on October 19, 2020.

Denzel Mukes, 31, was on bail for aggravated battery of a CTA employee when he jumped the 62-year-old victim in the station’s pedestrian tunnel around 7:20 a.m.Denzel Mukes | CPD; Crawford Clark via Wikipedia

Prosecutors said CTA video showed Mukes walking up behind the victim as the man walked with a cane inside the station. He allegedly reached into the man’s pockets, but the victim realized what was happening, and the two began to struggle until the victim fell to the floor.

Mukes then pulled on the victim’s tote bag, dragging him across the floor until Mukes gained control of the bag, prosecutors said. A witness followed Mukes onto a CTA bus and helped police locate him after the robbery. Officers said Mukes had the victim’s bag when they arrested him, and he admitted to the crime.

Mukes pleaded guilty to aggravated robbery of a handicapped person and received his sentence from Judge Joseph Claps, according to court records. He was on bail for battering a CTA bus driver at the time of the robbery. The status of that case was not immediately available.

♦️♦️♦️

Visions Of A New World: My Interview With Eugyppius


Twitter anons VS the “experts,” the origins of wokism, language as a limiting factor in the spread of ideas, and more.

by Sotonye March 2022

Eugyppius is the pseudonymous author of Eugyppius: A Plague Chronicle, the foremost publication on all things Covid and beyond where he masterfully details what not one single well-funded, well-staffed, well-networked mainstream outlet was able to get right about the last 2 years of unprecedented change. This has probably been my favorite interview so far and it’s made me much more interested in interviewing other pseudonymous writers in the future, and as you read along you’ll see why. There’s maybe something about pseudonymity that frees individuals from the everyday incentives we face to conform and seek status, things you’re bound to do or at least consider when you’re visible since, if you do conform publicly, you’ll get good-boy points from the internet in the form of likes and retweets and followers, and, if you don’t conform, you’ll present a legible attack surface for other status-hungry conformists—nothing signals obedience and ostensible decency like bashing deviations from popular opinion!  At any rate, pseudonymity allows the open-airing of truth and that’s exactly what we get here, and if you’re truly concerned with the truth and it’s expression as much as I am, subscribe to Eugyppius’ Substack here and follow him on Twitter for more!Subscribe

Over the last 6 years or so I’ve seen a kind of (as of yet) unidentified sclerosis creep into widely used online infrastructure; the internet as I knew it became less responsive to my questions and interests, more prone to elevating mainstream sources to satisfy query inputs, less likely to guide me to the individuals actually concerned with whatever problems I was facing. The usual channels for learning more about niche experiences like Google and YouTube became virtually useless, and I began to spend more of my time looking to people on Twitter or rustic web forums for answers, most of whom were anonymous like yourself. But this phenomenon seemed intuitively backward—random internet denizens were somehow producing more insightful commentary on pretty much every matter than highly credentialed experts and capital-heavy institutions. My question to you is: how is this possible? You’ve basically been more right about covid than any mainstream news source I’ve seen, and there is a significant trend online of part-time sleuths predicting world events or describing complex subjects with higher-fidelity than “persons of authority.” But what makes anons and everyday people so much better here than our ostensible betters? 

Thanks for your kind words about my work. It’s an interesting question, and one I’ve written about now and then. One of the main things, is that these curated, establishment discourses promoted by the algorithms and sustained by mainstream media organs, are always trying to do something in addition to being right. They’re trying to sell advertisements at the very least, but most of them are also running interference for progressive political programs, and striving to manage public opinion. This is also broadly true of academics and most of the experts who are brought to your attention on news programs. 

Twitter anons aren’t trying to do any of that, so we can speak a lot more freely and grasp problems much more directly than they can. This isn’t to say that we’re not political, but for me (and I suspect for most others in this sphere), the political commitments are secondary to the empirical project, and arise from it. To that comes the fact that the barriers to entry are a lot lower for us, and competition is much more ruthless. So we cast a wider net for ideas and promote the good ones much more relentlessly.

In addition to just being right, I’m often impressed with how much more agile and sophisticated all of the anons I interact with are, than the participants in expert, establishment discourses. The Twitter blue checks come across as very slack-jawed and narrow-minded by comparison. All the signs of a confident, dynamic discourse are with us – the sly, ironic humour; the openness to critique; resilience in the face of censorship and algorithmic deboosting; the inordinate interest we attract from adversaries.

I want to focus for a second on the progressive political program you’ve mentioned: there’s a trend of revolutionary posturing sweeping through authority and status-minting institutions in the West that’s come with a deeply polarizing affect; shifting, ultimatum-laden demands for (leftwing) ideological commitment have torn apart families, friendships, workplaces, universities, and entire cities in the US have even suffered millions in damage from those demands being taken to their extreme. Social trust has eroded and centers of power have become addled. A number of theories have been advanced to explain what we’re seeing, a few being that unprecedented consensus-generation (virality) from the rise of social media has an over-socializing quality that inspires shock, incredulity, and disgust at dissent; that the rise of secularism has left a God-sized hole that needed filling; that the decline of hobbies has seen the means for deriving positive approval change from doing something and signaling what we’ve done to believing something and signaling our beliefs; and that progressivism is a form of memetic warfare seeded by non-western state actors, which I’m more inclined to believe these days considering that Covid hysteria seems like part of the same thing, with China producing videos of collapsing bystanders at the start of the pandemic to seemingly bait western powers into overreaction. What do you attribute to the rise of the ideology we’re seeing? 

All these are very good explanations for the rise of wokery, and they clearly all play a part. Not just social media, but the expansion of the technological apparatus in general, has had a destabilising effect on western culture. We are all of us increasingly withdrawn from natural conditions, we spend most of our time in artificial environments. Our experience of the world is mediated by technology, and so we see corresponding cultural and social tendencies to deny our biological essence. This is important, because most of leftist wokery is about overcoming our animal and physical natures – whether it is denying sex differences, the influence of genes on behaviour, unequally distributed cognitive capacity, and so on.

Beyond that, I think there’s another component of social media that we understand only imperfectly, and that is the degree to which it is used deliberately to influence our ideas and behaviour. Social media platforms want universal participation and an advertiser-friendly experience, and they have coincided with the rise of a woke ideology that is pathologically inclusive and that seeks to suppress certain human emotions (hate, anger) which are not conducive to consumption. You propose that “progressivism” might be “a form of memetic warfare seeded by non-western state actors,” and I think theories in this direction should be taken very seriously, especially if we expand the idea a little, to include also western actors in the major technological enterprises like Google. These people are notoriously pozzed, they have amassed a wealth of data on all of our habits and how we respond to content on their platforms. The result is a massive and increasingly sophisticated effort to manipulate the opinions and beliefs of billions of people across the globe. There is a good chance that the trangender craze arises from algorithmic manipulation, and I really, really want someone to explore the extent to which big tech was involved in pushing lockdowns and containment policies. A lot of these ideas seem to have first emerged in Bay Area tech circles. 

It looks pretty bleak, but one reason for hope is that progressive wokery is at root a disease of affluence. It is not a normal, self-sustaining cultural tradition, and sooner or later it will end, whenever the money runs out, if not before.

Has wokery affected your personal life living in Germany? Various political polls here in the US have seen self-censorship and cancellation become the new norm where unorthodox thinking was once the rule and where personal views simply didn’t matter, and just anecdotally a startling number of people I know have experienced both a compulsion to lie publicly about personal views to maintain social-standing and livelihoods, and the loss of relationships and opportunities when non-mainstream views have been discovered or aired. What has your experience been so far here and what differences do you see between European and US manifestations of wokeness?

This is an interesting question, because the answer is that wokery has affected my life here in Germany far, far less than it did when I was living in the United States. This is not to say that there is no wokery in Germany, but it’s far more limited, particularly in the south. One theory would be that we’re just behind America, perhaps by 20 years or so, and in some ways this seems plausible. For example, the primary woke-adjacent political concerns are classic feminist issues of the kind that would strike an American as quaint, such as equal career opportunities for women, and (huge in Germany right now) gender-neutral language. But it’s more than that too, I think. There is the fact that Germany has its own quite separate original historical sin, namely the Holocaust, and so aggressive woke doctrines about white oppressor classes are superfluous here. To some unknown degree, and in a way I can’t even articulate all that well, I would also posit that wokery and the English language are closely related, and that as a political religion, wokery has trouble operating outside the Anglophone world. Thus wokery is more current in Scandinavia than Germany, and actually quite crazy in Scandinavian schools (where the language of instruction is generally English); it’s worse in the north than in the south, it’s worse in cities than in the countryside, it’s promoted primarily by our very Anglo-centric mass media. Finally, Germany (and Europe in general) is much more racially homogeneous than the United States, so wokery beyond feminist topics lacks an organic constituency; and I don’t teach students anymore, and students and the student-focussed administration were, in my prior life as a professor in the US, the main way that wokery made itself felt in my everyday routine.

When it comes to feminism and equality among the sexes, I don’t really obfuscate my views. This irritates some people, but surprisingly fewer than you’d think. There just isn’t any of the toxic hysteria here, that there is in America, the UK and Canada. On some topics (including Corona) I do obfuscate my views, because I’m not in a position to change anything.

Can you go a bit further into the English language being conducive to wokeism? This is probably one of the most interesting perspectives where meme-development and propagation is concerned but I’ve only had cursory exposure to ideas related, like for example I’ve heard that German with all its precision and granularity is the language most hospitable to philosophy, so I’m wondering if there’s more there: Do certain languages act as hedges against certain ideas or as fecund ground for their development and spread? 

Well, these are just half-formed intuitions, but I’m happy to expand. Just observationally, wokery in German is almost always accompanied by a deluge of English vocabulary, and again is associated with those regions and social sectors closest to the Anglophone world. Why might that be? 

There is in the strictest sense what you’re alluding to, the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis – the idea that languages or linguistic categories determine or guide thought. While I’m sceptical of the work I’ve read in this area, a few small points do come to mind. One is that the gender deconstructionists will probably have a harder time in languages with grammatical gender. When everything, from inanimate objects to animals to abstract ideas, has gendered articles and pronouns, special pronoun tricks become more challenging and less plausible. And staying with pronouns for a moment, I think the deeper goal of leftist word games like this is to introduce grammatical awkwardness, and to make plain speech difficult. Different languages offer different paths to achieving this. Thus, parallel to pronoun insanity in English, German leftists have engaged in a long-running (and equally absurd) attempt to introduce gender-neutral speaking habits, which is substantially more difficult and awkward in German than English. Wokery isn’t all about word games, of course, so this can’t be a full explanation, but it’s maybe a start, and perhaps there are deeper and less obvious ways in which language works here too.

But I also think wokery is native to and embedded in a tradition of critical theory, which has its deepest roots in postmodern critical theory. The earliest layers here (Frankfurt School) were obviously German, but the more direct foundations are French writers like Foucault and Baudrillard, and then English-language theorists like Judith Butler and the lamentable Kimberlé Crenshaw and so on. It’s hard to disentangle all the cause and effect going on here. On the one hand, these are arguments embedded in what you might call a broader intellectual operating system that, despite pervasive translation, exists only incompletely and without much cultural resonance outside the English language. On the other hand, these woke theorists are appealing to the interests of certain constituencies or political factions that, for historical and demographic reasons, don’t really exist outside of America and perhaps the UK. Intersectionality, for example, has something to do with the fact that affirmative action in the United States brought a lot of black women into white-collar jobs and universities, but very few black men. Black women thus needed a theoretical construct to maintain their position atop the victim hierarchy. These are social constellations that don’t exist outside the post-colonial Anglophone world. Which raises another point, the fact that wokery has a clear post-colonial political role, which will resonate far less in countries outside the Anglosphere that don’t have a very significant colonising past. 

A final point would probably be that the Anglosphere has this tradition of often private residential universities, which I think are crucial for fostering a certain kind of leftist activism. Here my thoughts are even less well-formed than about English as the native language of wokeness, but in continental Europe, the university system is overwhelmingly public, with comparatively much smaller administrations, less well-defined campuses, relatively few student services, and so on. It’s much harder for schools to incubate these extremist left-wing cultures of permanent racial offence and protest. This isn’t to say there’s no leftist activism at European Unis – there is no end of it – but it’s generally much more integrated with the world beyond the university and the broader political environment, which mitigates certain kinds of extremism (but not others).

This is all reminding me of something I’ve wondered in the past 24 hours: One facet of the language angle of wokeism is that it maybe signals the acme of what Fukuyama considered a core feature of liberal democracies: the sort of simulation of war, the impulse for conquest acted out as upward advancement in academic, governmental, or private sector bureaucracies, now expressed as conquest over the language governing the procedures of our bureaucracies. Now new procedures with a new language are used by individuals unwilling or unable to play competence games to seize new territory in the academic landscape, by governments to seize new powers over the will of their people, by corporations to seize new standards for themselves beyond those of safety and quality or, for platforms, new standards beyond adherence to laws that may have constrained them to protection of privacy and the guarantee of freedom of expression. A new form of soft-power has been realized in the West which can bludgeon seemingly anyone into submission or achieve previously inaccessible goals. Countries like the United States and Canada seem smug in its deployment, confident that nothing can overcome its ability to guilt, shame, dehumanize, or transform the order of the world. But the incident happening now between Russia and Ukraine has maybe shown another way, an old way which may have defied Pax Americana, a way that shouts loudly that strength and ambition don’t need to be bound by procedural norms or obfuscated by compassionate misdirection! For the first time perhaps since the end of the Cold War the genteel cornerstone of liberalism—the idea that governance by procedure (and now by changes to procedural language) can exist without challenge—has proven itself assailable. How do you view US hegemony in light of the Russian invasion of Ukraine and what are your predictions for the state of the world order if liberal democracy loses face? 

(Eugyppius here takes a brief break before answering. I harassed him a lot, the interview was too 🔥🔥🔥 to stop now)  

In a way, I‘m almost grateful my answer comes at such delay, after the West imposed its unprecedented sanctions regime on Russia. This extends even to the withdrawal of American television news operations; the western propaganda of CNN will no longer be broadcast to Russians, and this is supposed to punish them somehow. If this continues for very long, it will lead to the development of a Russo-Chinese financial, industrial, perhaps even metacultural sphere, a multipolar world and an alternative to the West. On the one hand, I think this is the result of a lot of undirected, systemic processes premised on corporate virtue signalling and pandering to blue check outrage mob on Twitter. It helps to remember that a lot of the people making these decisions are incredibly parochial; they live in bubbles where everybody has the same views, and this leads to strange extremism, like these Munich doctors refusing to treat Russian patients. On the other hand, though, in a broader metaphorical or even spiritual sense, perhaps it means the abandonment of western universalist claims. A world in which the West has to develop a particularist conception of itself as something other than these abstract platitudes about democracy and freedom and so on, could only be an improvement on what we have right now.

In the near term, of course, I think the humiliation of the West is very dangerous. Not only the political leadership, but also many of the urban upper middle-class sub-elites, live in a state of profound isolation from reality, including geopolitical reality. While I think the nature of the post-political West is to prefer cultural and economic assimilation to military solutions, they also have a lot of munitions and they command substantial armies, and it‘s conceivable they misjudge the situation and do something really stupid, like escalate to direct military confrontation with Russia. 

Despite all that we’re seeing happen in the world now, are we gonna make it? 

Yes, I think we will make it. I’m not sure any of us will live long enough to see the end of this period of decline, and I’m even more pessimistic that anything can be done to reverse it. But beyond that, there are are reasons for optimism: Firstly, as things unravel, and the globalist vampire squid loses its monolithic hold, there will be more opportunities for some of us, here and there, to create alternative communities or even small-scale political orders that provide some relief from the decline and allow us to realise some of our vision. Secondly, it is the broader globalist machine that is artificial and requires enormous effort and resources to stay running. We represent nothing but older, more traditional, much more stable ways of living and conceiving of the world, which are rooted in our nature and biology and can‘t really be abolished. We can‘t ever be defeated, just sidelined for a time, and the corollary to this is that our enemies can never win, they can just dominate for a time.


To find more from Eugyppius follow him on Twitter and subscribe to his Substack today!

♦️♦️♦️

World Economic Controlled Demolition

If they say ‘you will own nothing’, it’s because they know there will be nothing to own.

Megalomaniac Klaus Schwab

Sent via The Good Citizen

March 12, 2022

We have reached the economic destruction phase of management’s Silent War plans. The lockdowns that destroyed millions of small businesses over two years for a sniffles bug weren’t enough. Currency inflation from printing trillions isn’t happening fast enough. It’s time for the scorched earth period of the show, the ‘set your own house on fire’ scene of the second act in the globalist’s prepared play.

The price of oil is exploding up and gushing over the world like James Dean in the movie Giant. Soccer moms who spend all day watching real housewives reruns have no idea what’s coming, but when they do, they’ll unthinkingly alter their behavior and go out and buy the latest EV the government wants them to. Consumer behavior nudged through intentional economic pain.

The average price of gas will soon have doubled from a year ago. The American middle and working classes who don’t nudge will require diapers when filling the tank. The price of anything that needs to be transported will sky rocket. For the western consumer that’s pretty much everything.

This is intentional. The fear and angst from the plandemic are wearing off. The plebs had a brief taste of new normalcy, with masks, child abuse at schools, job losses and myocarditis management pills, but now must be herded back into the proper psychological corals. All of it helps hide the “sudden death syndrome” now plaguing the Covidian Borg. The farcical news bulletins get more hilarious by the day.

“Grocery shopping and the link to cardiac arrest, story at eleven.”

“The pain at the pump has a new meaning. Find out on Good Morning Borg how gas prices can cause heart problems and what you can do to be ready for your sudden death.”

It’s not just sudden death gaslighting and the price of oil. Russia and Ukraine provide nearly a third of the global wheat supply, much of it to Egypt and North Africa. The Black Sea has been closed to exports while the bear does his mauling and the comic lets his people get mauled on orders of the empire, so that wheat exports are intentionally stalled.

The price of wheat will bring out the self-immolators of the Maghreb as it did during the last Arab spring. Global management would love to see thousands of self immolators this time around instead of just one. Will they be able to afford gasoline to pour over themselves if they can’t afford the wheat? Perhaps they can use their credit cards to stick it to the bankers before they go.

The crowds in Iraq are already getting restless on the wheat front. We know what happens when crowds in Iraq start forming and there are no Abrams Tanks with depleted uranium shells aiming their guns at them.

Speaking of depleted uranium, where will the empire get theirs when Russia shuts down exports? The pentagon desk responsible for anticipating this one was on paternity leave for breast feeding duty. Diversity is our strength.

It’s not just wheat, oil, depleted uranium and transport costs. Commodities across the board are trading like porn site shit coins. The price of Nickel shot up 250% in one day. At some high rise in Hong Kong there’s a Chinese chicken little trader furiously chain smoking Marlboros in his underwear eyeing the street below.

The price of natural gas is the highest ever. The new German Frau in charge of Europe’s continued destruction claims there’s enough on reserve from those evil Ruskie pipes (that the EU commissioned for years) to keep the volk varm through the end of winter. Except the long range forecast for the northern mainland is an extended winter through April. Let’s hope for the sake of European virtue signaling operations against Russia those windmills don’t freeze again.

Everything is right on schedule, even the entire global supply chain being completely off schedule is right on schedule.

The cooking oil shortages have hit Indonesia and Malaysia and will spread to all of southeast Asia. That’s a billion more people who will be fomenting anger soon, but that’s exactly what Herr Schwab wanted. “Zer is more emotional turmoil in zee world. People in some parts of zee world are angry,” he said in 2017 and again last year. Herr Schwab loves it when the masses get angry. Angry people are good for engineering more chaos.

Anger must be leveraged to usher in zee new system. Sufficient suffering and demoralization will mean the sufferers will welcome their new system of slavery with open arms as a kind of salvation. Global Stockholm syndrome.

The World Economic Forum website is full of useful self-help advice about how to navigate our uncertain world they have so kindly engineered for us. They say not to embrace ‘toxic positivity’, which might undermine the feelings of another, and might be too condescending. Get it?

And so we must all heed the advice of global management on our own psychological states while they set infernos everywhere. Why wouldn’t we take advice on this subject from a globally interconnected cabal of sociopaths and psychopaths?


There was an air raid siren that went off across the city of Prague in the aughts every other Thursday at quarter to noon. After decades of no bombs dropping, and two generations not knowing the pain and suffering of war it was ignored by the people. In our post modern world it was a warning to the public to know that there was something there to warn them about something in the past that required a warning.

There are presently warnings going off to let the people know of the Silent War against them, and the people have been conditioned to ignore them. Alex Jones is but one of those sirens. The Borg mock and chide him to their own detriment while we fill his meme jar with pennies from heaven. You cannot force the Borg to water. Certainly not to the Alex Jones oasis that portends the suffering is only just beginning.

The past few years were act one. Act two is in full force. Organized destruction of the global economy is accelerating. They have killed capitalism to usher in more corporate-state fascism.

The infernos are presently raging everywhere, not just at false flag nuclear facilities in Ukraine. All the institutions of the west are so sufficiently degraded or in ashes, there would be no point in trying to resurrect any of them, if only because there’s nothing left to start with. Science is bought and owned by management. We are told to worship it as our new God. Government agencies are bought and owned by woke corporations, another new God. Universities are a joke. Media work for intelligence agencies. Hospitals work for government death accelerators. Public education is organized child abuse and institutional sexual confusion by teacher’s unions. Bankers at half a dozen institutions own everything. Our noble overlord Bill Gates is the largest farmland owner in America, just in time for global food shortages. Now that’s a man with his finger on the pulse of the future eager to extinguish other pulses to fulfill his Ted Talk prophecies.

And just to keep us on our toes they conveniently forgot to shut down the biolabs in Ukraine where secret experiments on Ukrainian soldiers have been taking place through third-party pentagon contractors since 2004. They knew for months the bear would maul and did everything they could to anger the bear so he did maul, but somehow forgot to clear out those labs before he mauled? Cue the “conspiracy theorists” making noises about the next intentional virus release.

Jen Psaki @PressSecWe took note of Russia’s false claims about alleged U.S. biological weapons labs and chemical weapons development in Ukraine. We’ve also seen Chinese officials echo these conspiracy theories.March 9th 202211,461 Retweets38,632 Likes

A Bulgarian investigative reporter has been blowing the lid off this “conspiracy theory” for five years. Peppermint Psaki knows this.

The east and west are all pointing to the biolabs and yelling different things, making false flag accusations. Everyone is looking at the biolabs in Ukraine as the source of the next scamdemic because they are all pointing in that direction. Would the media and global managers who knew what future they’re planning point us in the right direction?

The documents uncovered by investigative reporter Dilynana Gaytandzhieva reveal the deadliest ‘bioweapon’ in these U.S. funded Ukraine labs is hemorrhagic fever. Not exactly the source of a new pandemic since it’s insufficiently viral, meaning it’s not likely to leave Ukraine. But it’s all a nice source of distraction and diversion from the bigger killer they’re clearly engineering – mass economic pain and in some parts of the world, starvation.

In the west they’ll get you both ways. If they don’t get you coming, they’ll get you going to spend money that you earned, which will soon be as worthless as the German Reichsmark in 1923. Commodity inflation is just one mode of suffering, almost as sinister as currency inflation and wage stagnation.

Trillions of dollars were printed to bail out the 0.1% while deliberately destroying those millions of small businesses. Equities and assets were artificially inflated through a massive spending bubble that will soon go “POP!”. Whatever remains of 401k’s will come in handy for one or two tanks of gas on the drive to the nearest pawn shop, sky scraper or high speed train tracks.

Disclose.tv @disclosetvNOW – Pelosi: “Putin’s gas hike. That’s his gas hike. So, much of this increase… started weeks leading up to what happened there.”

March 11th 2022186 Retweets610 Likes

Now management has a convenient out. There’s an angry evil bear to pin it all on. They’re presently trying to blame inflation, gas prices, dollar debasement and the coming economic suffering on Putin and Russia. He is their scapegoat for their intentional destruction of the old system, in preparation for their new system.

Their new system of total surveillance through one digital pass (money, health, transport, society) is based on China’s model. It’s the gamification of social life. You gain points when you contribute to Fauci’s “common good”, and lose points when you don’t obey. All the central banks of the west are currently creating the greatest system of humanity’s enslavement ever devised – central bank digital currencies – CBDCs.

Programmable digital currencies that are tied to your behavior and submission and can be shut off for wrong-think. Did you march on the Champs-Élysées or Trafalgar Square last Sunday, or downtown New York or join in your local neighborhood protest against trans men going into teenage girls’ bathrooms? Your digital wallet was just frozen for holding the wrong political views. Sorry. You just got knocked off by a bureaucratic mushroom at the treasury department. Game over. Cue the mario bros. synth music.

Do-do-do-do do-do do, plop!

Did you march against the Christian bakers who refused to bake a wedding cake for Ace and Gary? Ka-ching! You win. Your digital wallet was just increased for recreational activities because you hold the correct political views.

Your money is your liberty. They’re coming for it fast. Once they control how it gets spent, they control everything and everyone – everyone who hasn’t yet died suddenly at the gas station.

The depopulation conspiracy theorists still get a hard time, even after all we’ve witnessed the past few years. Have you seen global management’s forecasts on that front? They’ve since scrubbed it from their site but the Internet never forgets. For now. (more on that soon)

The Deagel Report - A Scarily Accurate Look At What ...

What does Deagel, a pentagon partner know about the future? Why are they predicting a 60-80% decrease in western populations over the next three years? Will Bill Gates’ control of domestic farmland play a role? Will China’s control of 88% of the U.S. pharmaceuticals market play a role? Why target western populations? Could it have something to do with per capita carbon emissions?

There are a lot of selfish mass consumers across the nations of the west. They all drive gas guzzling cars and consume five meals a day, scarfing down each meal like they skipped the last twenty. Getting rid of a few billion of them would mean less carbon emissions since they won’t be very receptive to eating the bugs in order to save the planet from humanity.

It's getting weird now... first the virus and now a swarm ...

What if there was a virus or cure for a virus that could target the genetic origins of people with European ancestry with mass cancers or immune suppressive properties?

How about another massive banker war on the European continent between NATO and Russia?

To quote the genius Forest Gump, “Maybe both of them will be happening at the same time, Jennay.”

The hot war is proceeding on schedule. Everyone is playing their part well, including the Ukrainian Borg. Pump out the human suffering stories around the clock to the Borg and they’ll consent to any solution to make it stop, even lobbying their feckless local representative to turn up the heat in the global warfare kitchen. What better way to stop the suffering from war than more war?

Each false flag a new opportunity to collect more nodes for their psychological consent weapon. The Borg as a giant pusher of events, mover of destruction.

“They bombed a nuclear reactor? How evil! We need to do something now!”

“A children’s hospital? How evil!”

“A maternity ward? How evil!” – “Yes, in Yemen. For years now.”

“Where? What? Yem-wha?”

Everyone is an ignorant passive node for emotional manipulation. Billions of nodes organized in concert to pay attention to only one thing in one way, and react as one. Weaponized to move in unison like a school of fish. It’s the deadliest weapon global managers have and they’re wielding it every few months to do the work they’d never be able to do on their own.

The latest is to move the school of fish so the war and death go on in the hope a bigger war can be manufactured and to make sure oil and commodities stay high and wheat and sunflower exports from the bread basket of the world stay blocked so a lot of people starve.

The comic of the underground Ukrainian resistance is still playing his role to perfection from the embassy in Warsaw. He’s still dancing with the globalist stars. He unveiled a rousing Rumba for the British Parliament the other day, insulting them and then getting standing ovation for his performance. Masochistic Brits.

He’s insulted everyone by now, calling all cowards and wussies who don’t go along with his plans for World War Three. This is what heroism looks like in the west in the twenty-first century: Narcissistic, hand-picked servants of global power trying to drag the world into a nuclear conflict so historians of the future can write about his bravery and sacrifice from their radioactive-free underground survival bunkers while scarfing iodine tablets for the next thousand years.

Alex Jones has been screaming about all this for too long. He has had more fits of rage the past six months that aren’t the same as his usual fits. These are more like fits of despair from a man who has been warning humanity and cannot bear the pain of watching us douse ourselves in gasoline and race to the next inferno with smiley emojis on another time. It’s his soul crying out with questions that are met with silence and indolence.

“Why aren’t you listening to me this time? You know I’ve been right about so much for so long.”

Like those air raid sirens every other Thursday in Prague in the aughts that the people who have never known war or suffering completely ignored, the same people socially engineered to accept the next thing on offer ignore Alex Jones. He’s become the warning siren that cried wolf one too many times and now is just the warning to let the people know there’s a warning siren for something that they need to be warned about. Secretly he knows this and it only adds to his despair.

But don’t worry Good Citizens, I shan’t leave you with only pessimism once again. There is some good news out there that should be mentioned in belated honor of International Women’s Day!

Men can tuck their penises into women’s swimsuits and win all the medals in the women’s swimming competitions. It’s not only legal, it’s encouraged and considered stunning and brave!

Diversity.
Inclusion.
Equity.

Inclusion and equity will liberate our consciences from the socially engineered guilt of each one of us being all the -ists and all the -obics in existence. Global management’s offer of salvation with a side of crickets.

Diversity is our strength and will see us through these troubled waters of economic destruction, depopulation and sudden death.

Well, what are you waiting for? Get up on that DIE platform. The gun’s about to go off.

On your mark.

Get set.

Tuck!


THE GOOD CITIZEN – Documenting the deliberate dissemination of propaganda and misinformation for control and manipulation of an intentionally dumbed-down population. Not you, of course.

The richest man in history created the Pharmaceutical machine that is keeping you sick

Image

Here’s how John D Rockefeller did it. 🧵

Western medicine has a focus on drugs, surgery and radiation.

Preventative diets and holistic practices are highly discouraged by doctors.

In fact, health practitioners who prescribe these things are seen as “quacks” and cast off by Western medicine.

Image

In the US, we are not in the practice of healthcare, we are in the practice of sickcare. Currently:

🔴70% of US adults are overweight or obese
🔴1 in 3 Americans are pre-diabetic
🔴7 out of 10 deaths are caused by Chronic Illness
🔴Heart disease kills 500,000 Americans yearly

Image

We are also in a prescription drug epidemic due to our ties with Big Pharma and our tendency to over-prescribe. Currently:

🔴16M Americans abuse prescription drugs
🔴2M Prescription drug abusers are addicted
🔴4 out of 5 pharmacy-filled prescriptions are opioids

This thread will detail the bizarre history behind John D Rockefeller’s creation of Big Pharma and the foundations of Western Medicine that are destroying our metabolic health.

Image

John D Rockefeller was an oil magnate and one of the richest men in history.

He was America’s first billionaire and amassed a fortune of $418B adjusted for inflation.

Image

Through monopolistic practices, Rockefeller grew his company, Standard Oil, to control 90% of all oil refineries in the U.S.

Standard Oil has since broken up and has now become Chevron, Exxon, Mobil, etc.

Yes, that’s how big Standard Oil was in its prime.

Image

In 1900, Scientists discovered petrochemicals.

These were chemicals that could be created from oil.

Bakelite, the first plastic, was created from oil in 1907.

Image

Scientists were discovering various synthetic vitamins that could be used to treat illnesses such as Scurvy and Rickets that were caused by Vitamin deficiencies.

Rockefeller thought that Petrochemicals could also be used to create vitamins and medications.

Petrochemicals would allow Rockefeller to monopolize another industry in addition to oil.

Business-wise, Rockefeller could patent these Petrochemicals and sell them for immense profits.

Rockefeller acted quickly and purchased part of I.G. Farben – a German manufacturing company.

Side Note: I.G. Farben supplied the Nazis during WWII. Yep, look it up.

However, Rockefeller faced a major dilemma as he looked to monopolize medicine:

Natural & Herbal medicines were incredibly popular at the time.

Many doctors and medical schools in the US were advocating holistic practices as treatment & cure.

Image

Like he did for other competing oil companies, Rockefeller viewed natural remedies as his “competition” that needed to be decimated.

Rockefeller teamed up with Andrew Carnegie and hired a man named Abraham Flexner through the Carnegie Foundation.

Image

Flexner’s role was to travel the US and review Medical schools & hospitals across the country.

This led to the Flexner Report which resulted in the closure of almost 50% of all medical schools.

Image

Homeopathy and Natural medicines were utterly decimated in the report. Some holistic doctors were even jailed.

Rockefeller also donated a whopping $100M to colleges and hospitals under his philanthropic group called the General Education Board.

In a short period of time, medical schools & hospitals were homogenized with the same approach. Medicine was just about patented drugs, not utilizing holistic & natural approaches as treatment.

Image

Rockefeller’s next step was to launch a smear campaign against his holistic “competitors.”

Homeopathy and Natural Medicines were quickly discredited by the newspapers and media outlets.

Image

Rockefeller’s approach worked incredibly well as he decimated the holistic competition and ultimate created our current medical system.

This system continues today: Big Pharma makes large donations to medical schools in exchange for these schools to prescribe their drugs.

Again, this post is not to bash on Western Medicine.

It is to show the unfiltered history of John D Rockefeller and the role he played in shaping our current medical system.

Image

The next time your doctor spends 3 minutes with you during your visit and you feel like a “customer” instead of a patient, this post will hopefully give you clarity.

Not surprisingly, the cost of medical care in the US is #1 in the world, yet our quality is ranked at #37 .

It is your responsibility to be the CEO of your own health.

At the end of the day, no one cares about your own health more than you.

Take in a variety of different inputs and make the decision of what is in your best interest.

Start seeing your food and lifestyle as the true medicine.

Be intentional about where your source your food and the amount of sleep you get.


♦️♦️♦️

It’s Past Time for the Travel Mask Mandate to End, But Will It?

March 10, 2022

by Scott Morefield

Like those horses on Yellowstone that just refuse to be ridden, I’d like to think that I never, ever ‘broke’ to the habit of mask-wearing. It’s always awful. It’s always uncomfortable. Every moment I’m forced to wear one of those contraptions is a moment of completely unnecessary suffering enforced by power-hungry, hypochondriac tyrants whose primary goal is to make people miserable for as long as possible. Sure, adults and even children get ‘accustomed to’ masks over time, but those who make that argument should remember that prisoners also eventually get institutionalized. I never got used to mask wearing, and I WEAR THAT fact like a badge of honor.

Unlike many, I was fortunate enough to be in a state where I could largely ignore the toothless ‘mask mandate’ in my county. Businesses rarely if ever raised a peep at the few maskless people who entered their doors even during the height of the pandemic. They wanted people to wear masks, but they wanted the business more so they didn’t turn customers away. But airports, airplanes, trains, and train stations are an entirely different matter. There, peasants like you and I are forced – at proverbial gunpoint – to wear masks for hours on end with little to no reprieve.

I’ve had the misfortune of having to fly several times during this ridiculous era, and each time is a misery all its own. But having to play the Kabuki theater there when almost the entire rest of the country, including New York City, is living normally, is somehow worse. Last week, as Covid restrictions faded away in even the bluest of places, for the ‘crime’ of simply needing to fly to Texas I found myself again forcibly gagged while traversing a bleak, mindless hellscape where time has inexplicably stood still.

Compared to the ‘free’ world, airports and airplanes are like dystopian, alternate realities with a forced order that has absolutely zero basis IN reality. In it, we masked zombies wander seemingly aimlessly from place to place, barely looking up, clearly agitated and unhappy yet powerless to remedy the situation lest we find ourselves on a no-fly list or, worse, in a prison cell. Forcibly muzzling passengers who have already been treated like cattle for decades is the perfect leftist power-play, and they’re playing it for maximum impact.

As the pre-flight recording makes abundantly and obnoxiously clear down to the excruciating detail of what needs to happen after every bite and sip, travelers are expected to be fully masked from above the nose to below the mouth during every non-eating and drinking second of our existence at these infernal places. It’s torture enough on relatively short, on-time flights, but God help you if your flight is delayed, and even God won’t be able to help you if you’re stuck for hours on a tarmac inside a plane that has ‘mechanical issues.’ Breathing freely is, after all, secondary to ‘following the rules.’ 

Traveling is stressful enough without this, and yet this is what our tyrannical overlords impose in the name of ‘safety.’ They don’t care about your ‘comfort,’ only your obedience. They know damn well cloth masks aren’t worth the t-shirt material it took to manufacture them and that the recycled air on planes makes them as safe or safer than anywhere else indoors, and yet the federal travel mask mandate is likely to be extended even beyond the supposed March 18 expiration. 

Why? I submit it’s because they can. It’s a scientific fact that if these crazed, hypochondriac leftists could control society like they can control those places with the iron fist of the TSA, we’d be in masks forever. They can’t, of course, which is why the politics changed enough for them to ‘relax’ mandates almost everywhere. But airports and airplanes are a different animal. There, the ‘security theater’ practiced for decades fits perfectly with the newer but even more sinister ‘mask theater’ of the Covid era. If passengers are still forced to remove their shoes because of the clumsy actions of some loser more than twenty years ago, do you think forcibly muzzling people for the next two decades and beyond is an issue for these ghouls?

I hope I’m wrong. Boy, do I hope I’m wrong. But I suspect it’s going to take a tremendous political fight to get them to relent on this. It may even take a new administration, which means we’ll be stuck with it for at least the next three years. Let’s just hope that, by then, the nonsense isn’t so ingrained that it becomes a permanent apparatus. After all, did anyone in 2001 think we’d still be taking off our shoes in 2022?


Scott Morefield spent three years as a media & politics reporter with the Daily Caller, another two years with BizPac Review, and has been a weekly columnist here at Townhall since 2018. His op-ed bylines can also be found on TheBlaze, The Hill, WND, Breitbart, National Review, The Federalist, American Greatness, and many other sites. Follow him on Twitter @SKMorefield and Parler @smorefield

Propaganda Shapes the Past, Present and Future

How Propaganda Shapes the Past, Present and Future—An Analysis (3 March 2022) by Lawrence Davidson

Part I—George Orwell’s Insight

There is a famous quote from George Orwell’s dystopian novel 1984, that goes, “those who control the present control the past and those who control the past control the future.” This process is achieved by substituting propaganda for reality. In so doing, thinking is bound to present culturally acceptable storylines that support official views of the past and are designed to carry on into the future.

At the present moment in the United States, this is exemplified by popular responses to two crises. The first involves a majority of U.S. states that are seeking to use political power to control how their past is officially taught and interpreted. This is being done with the hope of forging a unified view among future citizenry—one that returns to perceptions of U.S history, race and gender characteristic of a time before the civil rights movement of the late 1950s and 1960s. This mindset accepts segregation and discrimination based on race, gender, sexual orientation and the like as reflections of acceptable traditional values.

The second crisis involves the revival of Cold War perceptions to shape the present and future U.S. public views concerning Russia and Ukraine. Here, the proffered story is of a bipolar world—one side, led by the United States, is allegedly a “free world” and the other side, led by Russia, is a hostile, dictatorial and expansionist world. These perceptions are characteristic of the time prior to 1989 and the collapse of the Soviet Union. It would seem this past point of view, like the domestic mindset mentioned above, never went away but only retreated. In this way, past manipulated mindsets reemerge into the present when circumstances are right, and threaten to ideologically skew the future.

Let’s examine these two crises beginning with the efforts of the American states.

Part II—On the Domestic Scene

A revealing Portside article of 14 February 2022 describes how 36 American states either have or are seeking to pass laws that censor the teaching of both local and national history so as to tell a traditional, Eurocentric story. This effort seeks to deny the demonstrable facts about the role racism has played in shaping social and economic development since the nation’s inception. Against this trend, 17 U.S. states have moved to officially expand their history and social studies curriculum to make it more racially and class inclusive.

We should state clearly that the teaching of such a culturally approved official history has always been pursued in the United States, and is indeed not just an American tactic. It is a ubiquitous practice in much of the world. As public education evolved in the American colonies during the 19th century, it had specific goals: (1) to make the young as literate and skilled as necessary for an evolving capitalist economy and (2) to teach political loyalty. If in this effort there was any reference to or concern for “the truth,” it was allegedly to be represented by the daily repetition of the Lord’s Prayer and the Pledge of Allegiance.

In the case of the United States, this two-pronged purpose for public schools came to be safeguarded by indoctrinated citizens themselves sitting on state and local boards of education. It is they who began the censorship of school textbooks and libraries, minimizing uncomfortable and “divisive” topics such as slavery, lynching, systematic discrimination against non-white peoples, the genocidal attack on native peoples, and the history of labor struggles and unionization. The success of this censored teaching is the reason the history of non-white Americans is so often left out of the curriculum.

It has only been in the last fifty or so years, beginning with the civil rights movement, that this treatment of U.S. history has been challenged. If the 17 U.S. states expanding their curriculum to make it more racially and class inclusive are an expression of that challenge, the 36 states seeking to increase censorship are part of the reactionary response to progressive actions ranging from Affirmative Action to Black Lives Matter. Most recently there is the exaggerated response to Critical Race Theory—a largely academic investigation of the role of institutionalized white racism in American history. It should be noted that these efforts at censorship now go hand in hand with “the wave of voter suppression laws promoted by the same rightwing political forces.”

As of now, the national organizations that represent U.S. teachers, the National Education Association (NEA) and the American Federation of Teachers (AFT), both shaped by the past few decades of progressive change, stand against the conservative, reactionary effort to turn the clock back. As AFT President Randi Weingarten put it, the organization stands against the “culture warriors” who “are bullying teachers and trying to stop us from teaching students accurate history.” However, reactionary state legislatures and fanatical parents have the ability to intimidate more than just teachers. They can scare and manipulate school administrators who hire and fire teachers. If the legislators of those 36 states noted above hold their positions through multiple elections and stay their reactionary course, they can repopulate public schools with teachers of their own persuasion.

In other words, assuming the present politicians can keep their elected positions, rightwing propaganda will be used to control present education long enough to shape how the past is taught and interpreted. This will impact the future in a sort of circular process that will go on until the thought police are removed from positions of authority.

Part III—The Foreign Policy Scene

The same process of resurrecting a traditional mindset is now taking place in the area of foreign policy. Here the traditional worldview is represented by Cold War tropes resurrecting Russia as Europe’s perennial bad guy. In this case it is not rightwing reactionaries who are the driving force. Rather it is the centrist Democrats, heirs of Cold War thinking, who interpret present-day events in Eastern Europe in terms of an ideologically colored pre-1989 past.

The current trouble centers on Ukraine and its ambition to join North Atlantic Treaty Alliance (NATO). If Ukraine had done so, Russia’s southwestern border would have been in the hands of a hostile Western alliance. The Russians initially approached this dilemma in a peaceful manner. Moscow approached the West and demanded a security treaty that would have halted the eastward expansion of NATO and ended any speculation about Ukraine joining that alliance. However, the U.S. and NATO refused to consider such a treaty and thus considerably narrowed Russian options.

Russia’s bid for a security treaty had solid historical reasons behind it. I laid these reasons out in my analysis Russia Reacts to NATO and History (20 January 2022). These historical facts had long ago been deleted from the Western Cold War storyline that depicted the Soviet Union as ideologically driven to imperial expansion. This traditional interpretation of Russian motives, only partially papered over since 1989, has now been resurrected. For instance, President Biden has accused President Putin of wanting to “re-establish the Soviet Union.” A more realistic interpretation of the present would suggest that by refusing to negotiate a limit on NATO expansion eastward and declaring that NATO would remain open to the possibility of Ukrainian membership, Western leaders forced Russia to take action against Ukraine.

In other words, the past in the form of years of post-World War II anti-Soviet propaganda now shapes present perceptions and has assured a violent future for Ukraine. These same propaganda has been censored to hide the hypocritical nature of the U.S. position on the present crisis.

Consider the following facts so often censored out of popular perceptions: MSNBC host Medhi Hasan noted in an on the air monologue, “the United States would have ‘more credibility’ to condemn the recent actions of Russia in Ukraine if it wasn’t currently supporting illegal occupations by its allies around the world—and if it didn’t have its own long record of carrying out brazenly unlawful invasions of sovereign countries.” He recognized this hypocrisy on the part of the U.S. while still being critical of the Russian treatment of Ukraine.

In contrast, consider the following attempt to resurrect an idealized yet official perception of the past. The New York Times opinion columnist Bret Stephens has complained that the Ukraine crisis shows us that “at some point in the last 30 years, the concept of the ‘free world’ fell out of favor. … The free world is the larger idea that the world’s democracies are bound by shared and foundational commitments to human freedom and dignity; that those commitments transcend politics and national boundaries; and that no free people can be indifferent to the fate of any other free people, because the enemy of any one democracy is ultimately the enemy to all the others.” Though Mr. Stephens no doubt believes this, it is a hollow idealization of a world that never was.

The inability of Americans—even those who profess expertise—to consider U.S. hypocrisy while welcoming Bret Stephens fantasy is a measure of popular loyalty to a traditional storyline about the past. This story precludes the possibility that today’s Russian Republic might have the same security needs as any other country. Indeed, Russia is actually acting much as the United States would have acted during the Cuban Missile crisis if the Russians had not reversed course and removed their missiles. I think we can safely say that if the U.S. and NATO had reversed course and given Russia the reasonable security guarantees it sought, things would have turned out differently for the Ukrainians.

Part IV—Conclusion

We all live in multilayered states of perception shaped by culture and open to interpretative manipulation in areas, among others, of history and politics. That means that culture can be the seedbed for much propaganda. In some cultural milieus traditional ideas about race and gender have become official guides to history despite the harm done by generations of discrimination. In some cultural milieus traditional Cold War ideas make Russia an object of fear and enmity undeserving of secure boundaries.

This being the case, it should come as no surprise that there are millions of white people mostly, though not exclusively, in the American South and Midwest who are quite willing to throw the idea of egalitarian democracy out the window. It should also come as no surprise that the American people never hear about the many thousands of Ukrainians who were critical of their country’s alleged “sovereign right” to join NATO.

It is interesting that, within the American milieu, it is the presence or absence of competitive ideas that make these two cases different. In the case of the U.S. domestic scene, the power of white racists is localized and confronted by a larger cultural bubble that is critical of their efforts to censor history. In the case of U.S. foreign policy there are very few who are critical of the traditional Cold War propaganda. Thus, there is no larger context to support perceptions that might accept Russia’s security needs. Thus, debate rages on one front but is largely absent on the other.


Lawrence Davidson is professor of history emeritus at West Chester University in Pennsylvania. He has been publishing his analyses of topics in U.S. domestic and foreign policy, international and humanitarian law and Israel/Zionist practices and policies since 2010.

The Great Reset’s 5G Cyborg Ecosystem

March 9, 2022

Analysis by Dr Joseph Mercola

Whether people realize it or not, The Great Reset is a globalist plan that is moving forward at lighting speed. The COVID-19 pandemic was part and parcel of that plan, as detailed in Klaus Schwab’s book, “COVID-19: The Great Reset,”1 but to really fulfill the technocrats’ ambitions, a war of some kind is likely needed. As reported by Dr. Vernon Coleman with The Exposé:2

“Now that they’ve got most people cowering behind the sofa or under the bed because of the fake COVID threat, they have introduced two new threats to the menu: war and storms … they were always going to do this … To keep us on our toes some of the storms will be ferocious. Those will probably be the manufactured ones.

And there will be heat waves, heavy snow falls and probably a tsunami or two (easily created, as I previously explained, with an underwater explosion). You can’t kill billions with bad weather of course but you can push up the prices of food and energy and kill millions through wrecked economies, poverty and starvation.

The recent storms in the UK led to immediate closures of schools and railways (‘just in case a tree fell down and hurt someone’) and the halting of supermarket deliveries. All this was patently overkill to do more damage to society and the economy. We have to remember that population control is one of the purposes of everything that is happening.

Wars are coming too — as they threatened some time ago. We’re clearly heading for another long Cold War with Russia and China on one side and America and Europe on the other.

It is difficult to avoid the feeling that Schwab is behind the scenes pulling strings and if, following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the West does decide to intervene militarily, it will be because the conspirators want it to happen and see it as a way to further damage the global economy and cause a few million deaths.

Remember that ruining the global economy is an essential step on the route to the Great Reset. The rhetoric coming from Washington and London certainly suggest that both Biden and Johnson are desperate to exacerbate the situation, cause more terror, push up energy prices and terrify everyone.

Once you realize what their plan is it is easy to see what is going to happen next … Remember: the COVID fraud was just the beginning. The conspirators have only just started their campaign to take total control.”

Total Control Through Digital IDs

Sadly, he’s correct. There’s no doubt calamitous weather events and world war have been part of the plan from the start. They need chaos, mass casualties and financial chaos in order to create the desperation necessary for people to give up their freedoms and give in to tyrannical control.

But the stick is not the only tool in the technocrats’ toolbox. They also use carrots, and perceived convenience is an oft-used one. Case in point: digital IDs. The World Economic Forum (WEF), founded by Schwab, has for years promoted the implementation of digital IDs, and ensuring that everyone on the planet has a legal, digital identity is part of the United Nations’ 2030 Sustainable Development Goals.3

“Convenience” is a key incentive for digital IDs. With a central digital ID on your phone (and eventually an implanted chip), you’d be able to do everything from checking into a doctor’s office to securing a mortgage.

In an article4 arguing for digital IDs, the WEF also stresses that millions of people who flee their homelands due to war or persecution cannot secure refugee status due to the fact that they lost their identity documents in the confusion. Apparently, they want us to believe that no one would ever flee a situation without the cell phone holding their digital identity. Or perhaps they’re jumping straight to implants?

They also claim nearly a billion people have no legal identity and therefore cannot open a bank account, get a loan or vote. But is that really justification enough to foist digital IDs on everyone, whether you have a real need for it or not? No, it’s not about need. It’s not about convenience. It’s about them getting control over us.

Financial Transparency — Who’s It Really For?

In that same article,5 the WEF reviews a digital ID app with an ingenious “transparency engine.” The argument is that this feature would enable charities to “follow the money they send to projects.” This way, they can account for where all the donations went.

Anyone who has looked into the WEF’s plans for mankind knows that this example is pure baloney. A system of financial transparency is never going to be used to give regular folk insight into an organization’s financial dealings. It will be used to give the ruling technocracy insight into our financial transactions — yours and mine.

The Canadian Freedom Convoy and prime minister Justin Trudeau’s invocation of the Emergencies Act offered a rare glimpse into the power they want over your finances. They want to be able to single out every single person that contributes to an anti-establishment cause, even if it’s just a few measly dollars, and seize everything you have in retribution. Trudeau had to invoke extraordinary emergency powers to do that.

In the future, the ruling cabal want to be able to do it automatically and continuously. Make no mistake, the digitization of your identity and finances means they’ll have the power to throttle your finances if you misbehave. In a worst-case scenario, they’ll have the power to turn you into a non-entity, locking you out of your identity credentials altogether.

I really cannot overstate the danger of digitizing and linking together all of your personal records. As noted by the WEF itself, our digital identity “determines what products, services and information we can access — or conversely, what is closed off to us.”6 Doesn’t that tell you everything you need to know?

Understanding the Scope of ‘Digital Identity’

In an article on The Sociable, Tim Hinchliffe warns:7

“Your digital identity can be used against you in the event of a great reset … [W]hile digital identities show great promise towards improving the livelihoods of millions, they are also used by authoritarian governments to profile and police citizen behavior under a social credit system.8

The idea behind digital identities is simple enough. All the data collected from every online interaction you make with the private and public sectors goes into forming your digital identity. This data can include your personal:

•Search history

•Social media interactions

•Online profiles

•Device location

•Medical records

•Financial ledgers

•Legal documents

•And more

By connecting your every online/offline interaction, the WEF envisions your digital identity being linked to:

•Every click, comment, and share you make on social media

•Every financial transaction you record

•Your location and where you travel

•What you buy and sell

•Your personal health data and medical records

•The websites that you visit

•Your participation in civic functions (i.e. voting, taxes, benefits, etc.)

•How much energy you consume

•And more

Thus, your digital identity becomes an account of your social behavior, which can be policed … [T]here will be a class system where people are given access to privileged information, products, and/or services based on the data recorded in their digital identities.”

The graphic below, from the WEF, illustrates their idea of how your digital identity will interact with the world. Every last thing you can think of is to be connected to your digital identity, and your behavior, beliefs and opinions will dictate what you can and cannot do within society. It will unlock doors where someone like you is welcome, and lock the ones where you’re not.

If you think the idea of vaccine passports is insane, wait until your access to critical infrastructure and services is dependent not just on your vaccination status, but also what books you’ve bought, what ideas you’ve shared, and who you’ve given money or emotional support to.

The Difference Between Identification and Digital Identity

Hinchliffe accurately notes that there’s a big difference between identity and identification. Identification refers to documents that prove you are who you say you are. A digital identity is NOT merely a form of identification. As you can see from the short-lists above, it’s much, much more. Your “identity” is who you actually are, and a digital identity will keep a permanent record of your choices and behaviors, 24/7.

“Identity encompasses everything that makes you unique,” Hinchliffe notes,9 “and your identity is what the WEF is really interested in. Step out of line, and every social media interaction in which you partake, every penny you trade, and every move you make can be used against you.”

Indeed, having access to everyone’s digital identity is the key to successful manipulation and control of the global population. Writing for Coin Telegraph, hacker and tech executive Trent Lipinski also pointed out that:10

“With a few tweaks of code, blockchain can be corrupted by authoritarians to build social credit enslavement systems. If world governments legislate encryption technology for their own purposes and pervert consensus mechanisms for their own centralized enslavement systems, we will end up with digital currencies that can be used against the people of the world.”

The Fourth Industrial Revolution

People aren’t merely confused about what digital identity actually entails. Most also don’t understand the intended scope of the Fourth Industrial Revolution, another concept invented by Schwab and promoted through the WEF.Schwab and his technocratic allies dream of turning mankind into cyborgs with limited or no capacity to free will. The inability to comprehend or accept just how twisted and power hungry these individuals are, is a psychological hurdle we need to overcome.

The Fourth Industrial Revolution is really just another name for transhumanism. I suppose they decided it would be easier to fool people with that term than to call it what it actually is.

Schwab and his technocratic allies dream of turning mankind into cyborgs with limited or no capacity to free will. My guess is that for most, that sounds more like what nightmares are made of. The inability to comprehend or accept just how twisted and power hungry these individuals are, is a psychological hurdle we need to overcome.

Schwab himself has stated that “the Fourth Industrial Revolution will lead to a fusion of our physical, our digital, and our biological identities.”11 Beyond your own “enhanced” 5G cloud-connected self, the WEF foresees a near future in which everyone’s digital identity is connected to each other through an Internet of Bodies (IoB).12,13

The Internet of Bodies

In its 2020 briefing document on the IoB,14 the WEF describes the IoB as an ecosystem of “an unprecedented number of sensors,” including emotional sensors, “attached to, implanted within, or ingested into human bodies to monitor, analyze and even modify human bodies and behavior.”

See, I’m not the one predicting they might want to modify your behavior and control your psychological reality. THEY are the ones stating that this is what they intend to do. Every new technology, every new surveillance opportunity they bring forward is to further this aim.

“Now, who could possibly benefit from the massive consolidation of every intimate detail of your life?” Hinchliffe asks.15 “According to a recent RAND corporation report,16 the IoB ‘might trigger breakthroughs in medical knowledge […] Or it might enable a surveillance state of unprecedented intrusion and consequence.’

The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has taken the notion of the IoB to create an Orwellian surveillance state that pegs the digital identities of its ‘netizens’ to a social crediting system.

From ‘deadbeat debtor’ contact tracing apps that alert citizens with a warning whenever they come with 500 meters of someone who is in debt17 to the DNA phenotyping18 of over 1 million Uyghurs sent to ‘re-education camps’19 — the CCP is a living example of some of the horrible ways in which digital identities can be exploited …

The great reset is not a mandate from the people — It is a manufactured ideology concocted by a group of un-elected globalists trying to sway ‘stakeholders’ into creating a new economy and social structure out of the destruction of the old … But should society’s fate be mandated from the Davos elite?”

We’ve Been Played Like Fiddles

The shocking reality is that the COVID pandemic was not an “act of God.” It was part of the plan, like everything else. In 2018 and 2019, this global cabal planned, practiced and coordinated their responses during pandemic tabletop exercises (Clade X and Event 201). The solutions concocted during these pandemic scenarios “were in lockstep with The Great Reset,” Hinchliffe notes.20

In other words, all of the pandemic countermeasures we’ve all lived through for the past two years had one goal, and it had nothing to do with saving lives. It had to do with furthering The Great Reset goals, which require top-down governance.

Schwab himself has bragged about grooming and installing political leaders across the world’s governments,21 which answers the question as to how and why so many leaders have willingly gone along with policies that are clearly destructive to their own economies and societies.

The only way this makes sense is by accepting that the technocratic cabal, which for decades has been secretly pulling levers behind the curtain like the Wizard of Oz, want economies to fail. They want them to fail so they can replace them with a new all-digital system where they have access to your wallet and can control your behavior through financial penalties for undesired behaviors.

They want small businesses out of the way, so their monopolies are all that’s left. They want mass deaths, because robots and artificial intelligence are taking over the bulk of currently available jobs. The plan is to institute a universal wage, so the fewer people there are, the better.

They want frightened, uneducated and socially inept children because they’re easier to mold into obedient nonthinkers who will accept things like emotional trackers and AI that tells you when to take a pill.

They don’t care about what you want, because to them you’re not even human. They’re human; you’re just a commodity, and they’ve figured out how to profit from every move you make, and then some.22

All this talk about the common good, fairness and equity, that’s just PR. Technocrats’ idea of fairness and equity is everyone being the same level of destitute. As declared by the WEF, “by 2030, you will own nothing.” Who then will own everything? They will.

Is a Cyber Attack Next?

In another more recent Sociable article,23 Hinchliffe highlights emerging cyber security risks and the WEF’s July 2022 Cyber Polygon24 event, which will focus on “raising global cyber resilience” in sectors that use cloud services, such as finance, retail, health care, transportation and more. According to Schwab, “lack of cybersecurity has become a clear and immediate danger to our society worldwide.” In 2020, he stated:25

“We need vaccines to immunize ourselves. The same is true for cyberattacks … We need to build IT infrastructures that have digital antibodies built-in inherently to protect themselves …

We all know, but still pay insufficient attention to, the frightening scenario of a comprehensive cyber attack, which would bring a complete halt to the power supply, transportation, hospital services, our society as a whole … The COVID-19 crisis would be seen … as a small disturbance in comparison to a major cyber attack.”

Based on how other exercises have magically manifested in the real world, it’s not unreasonable to suspect that a major cyberattack is being planned by the very same people who claim they want to prevent it.

But even if that doesn’t happen, one thing we can be completely sure of is that whatever cybersecurity measures they come up with will serve the technocratic agenda, which again, is to enslave humanity in a 5G cyborg ecosystem and elevate themselves to the status of gods, micromanaging the lives of every person through the use of algorithms and artificial intelligence.

Preventing it will require an unprecedented level of unity and solidarity among the people of the world. There are billions of us and perhaps only a few thousand of them, but their technological and financial control still makes this a David versus Goliath battle.

The difference between our real-world situation and the Biblical version is that no one David can win this fight by himself. We must unite and stand as one, like billions of ants forming a single body. We may not have the weapons they do, but we have the advantage of sheer numbers.

I believe the answer is to refuse any and all “solutions” coming from this global cabal, en masse, and to build our own parallel societies and industries — a “reset,” but one that we actually want and not the one they’ve planned for us. It won’t be easy, but the alternative is the destruction of humanity.

Sources and References


Nowhere Left to Hide

March 9, 2022

by James Howard Kunstler

Financial markets are averse to threats of chaos and death. These conditions tend to interfere with formal promises between parties to service loans, which is the basis of finance.

Time, they say, is nature’s way of making sure that everything doesn’t happen at once. If that’s so, then maybe time has stopped because all of a sudden everything seems to be happening at once. Three things, actually: 1) a Russian military operation in Ukraine that a lot of people in America want to turn into World War Three; 2) an epic crack-up of the world financial system; and 3) the breakdown of the fishy Covid-19 affair and especially the story behind its holy avatar: the mRNA vaccine.

In a sane society, that might be enough to trip the institutional reality-test apparatus, but we are not a sane society these days, so we plunge ever-deeper into a hurly-burly of wrongful endeavor vectoring toward self-destruction. The immediate problem is a nation (us) that is powerfully bamboozled, led by a figurehead nobody believes in, backed by a hidden coterie of actors who appear to hate our country enough to try to sink it.

Forgive me for re-stating the premise of the Ukraine situation but one must counter the propaganda emitted like poison gas by a perfidious news media: Russia objected to the expansion of NATO to its very border, based on long-standing prior agreements about it. “Joe Biden” had every chance to formally recognize that reality and stupidly demurred. The Ukrainian government, ditto. Our side (the USA) had already created enough mischief there in mounting the 2014 coup against a government friendly with Russia, and then arming its replacement to harass Ukraine’s own citizens in its easternmost provinces, Donetsk and Luhansk. Two weeks ago, Russia moved in to forcefully correct all that. After all, Ukraine had been a part of Russia since they wrested it from the Ottoman (Turkish) empire in the 1700s, and in any other sense Ukraine is within Russia’s sphere-of-influence, as such things are defined in geopolitical history.

The US-led response to the Russian op was an attempt to dismantle the complex interbank payment systems of the global economy in order to punish one region (Russia) of the global economy — that is, cutting off your leg to punish yourself for walking into harm’s way. The result of that now is mayhem in the financial markets and in currencies, with global commodities like grain, oil, and ores acting as hostages. This hostage-taking has far-reaching effects because the nations of the world can’t operate without food, energy, and stuff to make products out of. Interfere with the rational distribution of them and you’ll get chaos and death.

Financial markets are averse to threats of chaos and death. These conditions tend to interfere with formal promises between parties to service loans, which is the basis of finance. If finance destabilizes badly, standards of living plummet, and pretty soon people are stuck being hungry in the cold and dark — which is the opposite of being happy and civilized. So, maybe jamming an I-beam into the machinery of global finance isn’t the splendid idea it seemed to be a few days ago when the geniuses behind “Joe Biden” swung into action pretending to be super-heroes fighting an imagined nemesis. Standing by to see how all that works out….

Then there is the resolving picture of all the mysterious puzzle-pieces in the Covid-19 story. Sunday night, America’s premier propaganda vessel, CBS’s 60-Minutes, ran a puff-piece on the CDC starring the warm-and-fuzzy Mom figure, Rochelle Walensky. It is hard to overstate just how dishonest the segment was, starting with its subtle effort to keep America in a state of alarm (“new variants” coming!), proceeding to a deceptive cartoon of how the mRNA “vaccines” work wonders (“white memory cells patrol the body,” no mention of spike proteins), and concluding with exhortations for Americans to continue vaxxing and boosting up — despite an avalanche of news coming from elsewhere than 60-Minutes about the CDC withholding critical information from the public it’s supposed to serve throughout the two-year-plus crisis, not to mention new data from alt-media on extensive injury and death rates among the vaccinated, including shocking info from the court-ordered recent release of Pfizer’s own records.

Was this 60-Minutes segment corporate media’s attempt to cover-up the emerging crimes of America’s public health agencies in concert with Pharma and media itself? That is, to get ahead of the story, as has lately been the strategy for all the cable channels and legacy newspapers with more and more citizens asking themselves if they have been played? Meanwhile, the Big Kahuna of Covid-19, one Dr. Anthony Fauci, has gone-to-ground, made himself scarce, skipped the scene, vamoosed… amid all the new controversy. Word has apparently come down from on-high in the Party of Chaos that his ubiquitous puss on the nation’s flat-screens is no longer helping to sell the mass vaxx directive. Too many people, perhaps, suspect that he caused the whole thing to happen in the first place and then botched his attempt to play savior over it.

It would be a pity for the Party of Chaos (starts with a “D”) and its accomplices in the Covid frauds if the events playing out in Ukraine actually concluded with a reduction of danger and chaos in that corner of the world. It is surely the last thing they want. Yet the possibility exists that Russia will pacify the country, disarm it, neutralize its most corrupt and obdurately degenerate factions, and set it up as a properly governed backwater that will not threaten to upset the peace of the world again for some time ahead. Then, the spotlight will be back on the Covid crime against humanity and the folks who perpetrated it. And there will be nowhere for them to hide….especially with financial markets crashing down on their ears.


James Howard Kunstler is the author of The Long Emergency, Too Much Magic, The Geography of Nowhere, the World Made By Hand novels, and more than a dozen other books. He lives in Washington County, New York.

Don’t believe the media’s fake post-mortem, the “pandemic” was NOT a mistake

The story will be that Covid hysteria was the result of “flawed data” or “panic”…it was neither.

by Kit Knightly

March 7, 2022

As the mainstream media power down the pandemic narrative and engage war mode, there’s still time for one last autopsy – the media’s post mortem of the pandemic itself.

And, in a beautifully fitting piece of poetic irony, Covid’s autopsy will be inaccurate and fitted to a foregone conclusion.

This week has seen the UK’s SAGE group discontinuing their regular monthly meetings, whilst admitting their predictions were “at variance with reality”.

The media are discussing the “bad data” which was used to build the Imperial College models that called for a lockdown.

A Telegraph article quotes Prof Mark Woolhouse, who claims in his recent book that “lockdowns had surprisingly little effect”, and that “Anyone who supported lockdown on the basis of the half-million figure was misled” but still lays the blame at the feet of incompetence, never malice.

This is all still part of the story. The post-event navel-gazing. We’ve seen it before.

They said 9/11 was the result of a “failure of imagination”.

The Iraq War was supposedly the result of “bad intelligence”.

Both outright, provable lies. A protective rear-guard for the establishment narrative.

The agonising over “mistakes” and promising to “do better next time” are all still part of the theatre, buttressing the fake story against a more brutal reality – “Covid”, as it was sold to us, never really existed.

The pandemic was not organic. Lockdowns were not the result of panic.

We have all read the facts. The data was fudged, the tests were useless, the statistics artificially inflated, and many deaths were intentionally caused through institutionalized medical negligence. Hospitals received funding bonuses as payoffs.

None of that had anything to do with bad data, or pessimistic models. They did it all on purpose, all of it.

Every life lost, every business destroyed, every penny wasted, every child traumatised. Every moment of anxiety and fear – every single one – entirely intentional.

They ruined lives and countries and the global economy as a deliberate policy on the back of a vast web of lies, and last act of the deception will be to claim it was a “mistake”.

Meanwhile, the same agenda that masked itself behind this “mistake” – mass poverty, food and energy shortages, censorship and social control – is creeping ever closer in a new guise: War.

It’s all the same, no matter what they’re saying, no matter what they’re pretending to care about, what they actually want never changes.

“Covid” cost every single one of us a something – safety, money, trust, health, friends, family – but it gave us something too – A peek behind the curtain. In their ambition, the establishment exposed their true face.

They think if they stop talking about the “great reset”, the “new normal” or “building back better” for a few months we’ll forget. But we won’t.

They told us, clearly, who they were and what they intended, and now they’re going to pretend they didn’t mean it.

Don’t believe it. Not for a second.


Something We Can All Agree On

by Karen Kwiatkowski

March 7, 2022

Tom Clancy foretold the attacks of 9-11, in his 1994 book Debt of Honor, featuring Japanese industrialists crashing civilian airliners into the U.S. Capitol Building.

I stopped following the books some years ago, but the Hubs was watching a 2014 movie from Clancy’s post-humous juggarnaut, called Jack Ryan: Shadow Recruit.  It had been paused on the screen, and I noticed the plot description provided by Philo, where I get my streaming TV fix.

Given the Ukraine invasion, DC’s neo-demonization of Putin, and the interesting global side effects of Putin’s action so far, I thought the Philo tag –  “Jack Ryan uncovers secret Russian plot to crash the U.S. economy” – to be amazingly prescient.

There really are no secrets, only obscurations, lies, competing narratives and mysteries waiting to be solved.  I wouldn’t want to give Putin too much credit, but dare I ask if there may be an actual “plot” to crash the U.S. economy?

Naturally, my first guess as to who is crashing our economy, and our country, would be our own US government, the MICIMATT, and the Federal Reserve network of affiliated banks, investors, and beneficiaries.  Apologies for repeating myself. If they aren’t destroying the US economy on purpose, in an insane desire for complete control over everything and every idea, then they are either really stupid or just devilishly lucky.  We could call this the Orwell assumption.

The WEF and Davos vision, articulated quite openly, needs obedient slaves, and far fewer of them than currently exist.  The humans at the top of that food chain intend to stay that way.  As the saying goes, cannibals will cannibal.  Or maybe that was another saying.  Maybe they are behind the plot to crash the US economy.  They certainly have not backed away from us “owning nothing and being happy about it.”  There will probably be plenty of drugs to help us cope, because this is indeed the Huxley assumption.

I’ve written about petrodollar warfare, and I learned a lot from a 2005 book by that name written by William Clark.   No one denies US Job #1 has been to ensure the world’s most affordable and efficient energy source is traded in dollars, and that US currency is the world reserve currency.  Some would say this fanatical desire on the part of US elites and the MICIMATT is the fundamental reason for the US-sponsored rise of the House of Saud, our decades of persistent antagonism to Iran, Iraq, Libya and Venezuela among others, and today’s narrative of enthusiastic hatred for Russia, particularly Vlad Putin.  Actually, just about anyone would say this, and most people, especially those who have served in those theaters or commanded them, say it all the time.

The anti-gold, anti-crypto attitude of the US government also stems from its petrodollar communion, that fragile wafer of a dried-up idea, clenched in the white-knuckled hands of US policy kingmakers.  Beyond hating competing reference points of value, and freedom, the US appears to believe that other countries cannot make agreements to trade products, technology and natural resources among themselves – until and unless Uncle Sam, and quite possibly, Uncle Joe, gets a cut of the proceeds.

Well, if it isn’t the MICIMATT, the World Economic Forum, or the preservation of the petrodollar, maybe it is Old Europe itself that wants to see the US economy fail?  After all, resentment against the US runs deep.  When it comes to murder, you must look first to those who know you best.  Or, maybe this is China’s strategy – as they grow their own consumer base, and create new growing markets around the world, they no longer need the US shopper.  Curiously, the Chinese have chosen not to occupy and destroy countries as a precursor to building back better, so – note to self –  their plan probably isn’t going to work.

I don’t think India is planning a nefarious way to destroy the US economy, or Brazil, or even our little off-the-books ally Israel.  Well, clearly, that leaves Vlad and the Russians, and this Ukraine invasion is the first volley.

Because, as I have heard on every channel, in every op-ed, and in all the news, even from the sacred throats of our own US Senators, what needs to happen is that someone should assassinate Vlad, and make Russia a NATO country.  That’ll fix it!

I can’t take credit for that last idea – a few days ago, I was watching a zoom presentation at our local community college, where the featured speaker, who fancied himself a past spook and current Russia expert, mentioned how scared China would be if Russia was a NATO country.  It was hilarious, because only a few minutes earlier, he was going on about how NATO is purely and solely a humble, harmless, defensive alliance. This speaker also called for Putin to be assassinated, hopefully by a Russian, but definitely by someone.  Maybe he was just repeating Senator Graham’s words, I can’t say.  The NPC is strong in this country.

Clearly, we don’t know who is trying to destroy the US economy, but Tom Luongo has absolutely nailed what is happening along these lines.  You have to read this!  One could always say we are doing it to ourselves, US emperors playing Checkers while Russia plays chess, and China plays Go!  Because I am a good American, I am supposed to think Vlad is doing it all by himself, him and his 125,000 Russian troops in Ukraine, population 43 million.   By comparison, NYC with a population of nearly 9 million, has a police department with 55,000 employees.

It’s not good to be Ukraine right now, I get that.  The US egged them on, and now won’t even consider a NATO no-fly zone.  I’d be mad too.  Especially if I was a comedian.

I cannot do justice to Tom Luongo’s analysis, but he includes at one point a tweet that warmed my heart:

https://platform.twitter.com/embed/Tweet.html?dnt=false&embedId=twitter-widget-0&features=eyJ0ZndfZXhwZXJpbWVudHNfY29va2llX2V4cGlyYXRpb24iOnsiYnVja2V0IjoxMjA5NjAwLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X2hvcml6b25fdHdlZXRfZW1iZWRfOTU1NSI6eyJidWNrZXQiOiJodGUiLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X3NwYWNlX2NhcmQiOnsiYnVja2V0Ijoib2ZmIiwidmVyc2lvbiI6bnVsbH19&frame=false&hideCard=false&hideThread=false&id=1499023420834594819&lang=en&origin=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.lewrockwell.com%2F2022%2F03%2Fkaren-kwiatkowski%2Fsomething-we-can-all-agree-on%2F&sessionId=75f632d229abdcfe31e39528a93e9a38cbeb7fe5&siteScreenName=lewrockwell&theme=light&widgetsVersion=2582c61%3A1645036219416&width=550px

Can I love my country, and hate the anti-free market, imperially-driven petro-dollar system it currently revolves around?

Well, I do.  The funny thing is I suspect that most Russian, most Americans, and even most Ukrainians could all say the exact same thing.  It’s a start


A retired lieutenant colonel in the U.S. Air Force, Karen Kwiatkowski worked as a desk officer in the Pentagon and in a number of roles in the National Security Agency. She wrote a number of essays on corrupting political influences of military intelligence leading up to the invasion of Iraq in 2003, and has said that she was the anonymous source for Seymour Hersh and Warren Strobel on their exposés of pre-war intelligence.

The War on Humanity…

by Eamon McKinney

March 7, 2022

The current situation in Ukraine has once again invigorated the lying Western media and sent them into an anti-Russian frenzy. For the last two years the media has been enthusiastically pushing the genocidal Covid narrative on behalf of the Globalist faction. Whatever doubtful credibility they had prior to Covid they have destroyed with their relentless lies. With an astonishing lack of self-awareness they are now pushing the anti-Russian narrative like the unprincipled mindless hacks that they are. Ignoring both facts and context they are relentlessly promoting war propaganda to justify this hostility to their own beleaguered populations.

The unfortunate reality is that despite unprecedented distrust in the media that propaganda works. Anti-Russian sentiment is rising throughout the West. We have witnessed the same phenomena with the rabid anti-China narrative emanating from Western governments and their client stenographers in the media. The message is clear, unless you are a pliant puppet of the Anglo-American empire, then obviously you are evil and must be destroyed.

The truth of course is deeper, the real war the Globalists are fighting is against the citizenry of every country on earth. As the Covid atrocity is being rapidly exposed the repression of the people is the only option open to the New World Order Davos cabal. As has always been the case, a war abroad is the best excuse to impose tyranny at home. The Western Neo-liberal governments of America, Canada, Australia and most of Europe cannot afford to be removed from power. The full anger of the people will be unleashed full power against those who imposed the Genocidal Covid lie upon them. Trudeau, Macron et al will be held to account (one way or another) for their pivotal roles in this atrocity. They cannot allow that to happen, they have too much to lose.Have you seen “Help Tom with medical expenses to fight leukemia”?

 I thought you might be interested in supporting this GoFundMe,
https://gofund.me/8b902e5a  More details here

Please share the fundraiser on your social media to help spread the word.

The tragic and unnecessary conflict in the Ukraine can be viewed as the “Great Reset War”. Although targeted towards Russia for media purposes, its real objective is the further subjugation of the peoples of their own countries. The Western Neo-liberal agenda is failing on every front, economically, socially and morally. The Cabal has destroyed the once prosperous and free societies that they governed. The dystopian future that they have planned for the world is now plain for all to see. It has been on display in Canada and Australia, New Zealand and throughout Europe. It is a prospect that should alarm everybody.

“The Great Reset” is the Cabal’s way of ensuring that the same Globalists who plunged the world into chaos are still in charge after the coming inevitable collapse. The Green agenda and the 4th industrial revolution are about de-industrialising the world and destroying successful industrial competitors such as Russia and China. Not surprisingly, neither Russia or China, along with India and Iran are going along with this insidious plan. They are not alone, many countries from Africa, South America and Asia are also gravitating more towards the Russian/Chinese orbit. All have good reasons to be distrustful and angry at the Empire. The Cabal is weak and failing, it has created powerful enemies who are formidable obstacles to the New World Order and the Great reset. Expect this to embolden other countries to resist the Empire’s plans.

The Empire doesn’t care about the Ukrainians anymore than they care about the people in their own countries. It is about maintaining control over humanity. President Putin is not in essence fighting the Ukraine, he is fighting the N.W.O. And that is everyone’s fight. The battle being waged by the West is for the minds of the Western people so they can justify the imposition of further tyranny. Until recently, President Putin has demonstrated incredible restraint, despite the incessant lies and aggression he has pursued peace and diplomacy. This has not been reciprocated, it has been meet with more lies and provocations. It has been faced with only two options, capitulate or resist, he has resisted. Russia’s fight is the fight of all peoples who value freedom and resist tyranny.

We are all Russians now.


Dr. Eamon McKinney is an eminent Sinologist with more than 40 years’ involvement in China foreign business. He is C.E.O. and founder (1985) of CBNGLOBAl, his company has managed more than 300 major China-Foreign projects. He lives in Qingdao, China.

♦️♦️♦️

Black On White Hate Crimes Are Never Reported In The Mainstream Press, WHY


Charges filed in violent attacks of 72-year-old woman and her husband near NW Side Blue Line station

Chicago, IL March 6, 2022

Prosecutors have charged a man with violently attacking a 72-year-old couple as they walked home from a Northwest Side Blue Line station after visiting the Art Institute last month.

Bob Tataryn spoke with CBS2 on February 22 while police were still investigating the attack. Prosecutors said Bob suffered a fractured nose and cuts while the attacker broke his wife Kitty’s wrist and fractured both sides of her jaw.

Tomatae Sipes and Bob Tataryn | CPD; Facebook

On Friday, Assistant State’s Attorney Loukas Kalliantasis said Chicago police detectives used a series of surveillance camera feeds to track the offender’s movements before the attack. They caught a break when the attacker used his own Ventra card to enter a Blue Line station in the Loop. Data from that fare swipe eventually led cops to arrest charge cardholder, 28-year-old Tomatae Sipes, with attacking the Tataryns and with an unrelated incident at a downtown bank last year.

The attack

Bob and Kitty exited the Blue Line at Irving Park around 3 p.m. on February 17 and headed toward their car, which they parked on a nearby side street before taking the train downtown to visit the Art Institute earlier, Kalliantasis said.

“We’re city people,” Bob told CBS2 last month. “We take the Blue Line as much as we can.”

The couple quickly realized a man was following them from the station. He continued to follow them across Irving Park and down another street, so the couple doubled back, fearing that he might be a carjacker, according to Kalliantasis.

The Tataryns tried to enter the back doors of nearby businesses to get away from the man, but they were locked. He caught up with them and immediately punched Kitty in the face, knocking her to the ground “instantly,” Kalliantasis said.

“He hit her – left, right, left, right – broke her jaw, and broke her wrists,” Bob told CBS2.

Then the attacker turned his attention to Bob, punching him in the face repeatedly until he fell to the ground. The attacker then kicked Bob in the face several times and left. A passerby called 911.

EMS took Kitty to a hospital for treatment. Bob drove himself to the hospital, according to Kalliantasis.

Police arrested Sipes at the Irving Park YMCA on Thursday after identifying him through video and Ventra records, according to CPD records. The couple could not identify him in photo line-ups, but he was wearing the same boots and pants and was carrying the same backpack as the attacker, Kalliantasis said.

CTA surveillance cameras also recorded Sipes’ identifiable facial features before the attack, he said.

Sipes denied knowing about the attack.

Near North bank incident

Prosecutors also charged Sipes on Friday with an incident at Fifth Third Bank, 33 West Huron, in November.

Kalliantasis said Sipes became upset when the bank told him that there was no money in his account and that he should contact Social Security to resolve the issue.

Instead, Sipes allegedly threatened to “f*ck everyone up until I get my money.”

He proceeded to tear up the bank, Kalliantasis said, breaking three computer monitors, three phones, a money machine, the front door, and a window. Damage totaled over $3,600.

Charges

Prosecutors charged Sipes with two counts of aggravated battery of a victim over age 60, two felony counts of aggravated battery causing great bodily harm, felony criminal damage, and misdemeanor counts of criminal damage and battery.

His criminal background includes juvenile adjudications for armed robbery in 2009 and attempted residential burglary in 2010. As an adult, he received a 13-year sentence for home invasion in 2012, Kalliantasis said. According to court records, Sipes was also wanted for failing to appear in court for a misdemeanor battery case on the same day that he allegedly attacked Bob and Kitty Tataryn.

Assistant Public Defender Suzin Farber said Sipes suffers from mental health conditions.

Judge Kelly McCarthy set bail at $750,000 on the new charges and ordered Sipes to go on electronic monitoring if he posts a 10% deposit to get out of jail. She set a separate $30,000 bail on the misdemeanor arrest warrant.

♦️♦️♦️

The New York Times’ Disgraceful and Deceitful Attack on RFK Jr

March 5, 2022

by Edward Curtin

The New York Times, floundering in the deep waters of truth and desperately trying to stay afloat in the shallows by continuing its history of lying for its CIA masters, has just published a front page of propaganda worthy of the finest house organs of totalitarian regimes.

Right below its February 26, 2022 headline denouncing Russia and Putin as evil dogs pursuant to the American empire’s dictates concerning Ukraine, it posts an unflattering photo of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. sandwiched between American flags with the title of its hit piece, “A Kennedy’s Crusade Against Covid Vaccines Anguishes Family and Friends.”

It’s an exquisite juxtaposition: Putin as Hitler and Kennedy as a junior demon, suggestive of the relationship between CS Lewis’s Screwtape and his nephew Wormwood in The Screwtape Letters.  Evil personified.

The Times is big into anguish these days, not only for Nazis in Ukraine and upper-class apartment hunters who can’t find a place for less than a few million, but for Robert Kennedy Jr’s family and friends.  It’s very touching.

That his sister, Kerry Kennedy, would harshly criticize him once again is genuinely pathetic, but of course she has to add how much she loves him, ostensibly to take the sting out of her inability to remain sisterly silent.

If he is so wrong about his work with Children’s Health Defense and his book, The Real Anthony Fauci: Bill Gates, Big Pharma, and the Global War on Democracy and Public Health, rather than ripping him to the press, why doesn’t she or her siblings, who agree with her, write a comprehensive article or book refuting his facts?

They don’t because they can’t; so the next best thing is to criticize their brother to media glad for any way to disparage the Kennedys. One senses a very weird masochistic family dynamic at work.

Kennedy’s siblings do not seem to understand why the media have been attacking him for years. His stance on vaccines and Anthony Fauci are the cover story they use to criticize him, and his siblings don’t get it.  That their brother has become a major thorn in the side of the CIA escapes them, the CIA that has caused so much devastation to their family and the world.  The CIA that has been deeply involved in the global vaccine push, working with medical technocrats like Anthony Fauci, billionaires such as Bill Gatesthe militarymediaBig Pharma, the World Economic Forum, etc. 

Calling your brother brilliant while ignoring his book’s searing, evidence-based indictment of the intelligence-run Covid-19 operation is more than sad, especially when doing so to The New York Times, the CIA’s paper of record together with The Washington Post.

Character assassination of Robert F. Kennedy Jr is what the CIA and its media mouthpieces have been doing for years. This has become more and more necessary as they have realized the great growing danger he poses to their agenda. Calling him an anti-vaxxer, conspiracy theorist, and names far worse, is part of a concerted smear campaign to turn the public away from his message, which is multi-faceted and supported by deep research and impeccable logic.

Like his father and uncle, he has become an irrepressibly eloquent opponent of the demonic forces intent on destroying the democratic dream.

The Times article by Adam Nagourney is a blatant hatchet job filled with sly jabs, innuendos, and ignorant lies.  As is par for the course, his hack piece completely avoids Kennedy’s arguments but relies on a form of social gossip that substitutes for logic and evidence.  He seems to have learned much from The National Enquirer and The New York Post’s “Page Six” whose styles the NY Times has emulated.

Nagourney tells the reader that RFK Jr’s work as the face of the vaccine resistance movement has “tested,” “rattled,” “anguished,” and “mystified” family, friends and his Hollywood crowd; that this man “of the often troubled life” has

effectively used his talent and one of the most prominent names in American political history as a platform for fueling resistance to vaccines that could save countless lives.”

Translation: Kennedy, a Hollywood hobnobber and former drug addict, is so mentally unbalanced that he will betray his family and friends and kill people with medical advice that runs counter to the truth.

No evidence is required to establish this “truth,” just Nagourney’s word and those of those he can get to say the same thing, in other words.  Such as:

His conduct ‘undercuts 50 years of public health vaccine practice, and he’s done it in a way I’ve never see [sic] anyone else do it,’ said Michael T. Osterholm, the director of the Center for Infectious Disease Research and Policy at the University of Minnesota. ‘He is among the most dangerous because of the credibility of who he is and what his family name has brought to this issue.’

Notice the implication: that these experimental mRNA so-called vaccines have been around 50 years and Kennedy is against all vaccines, both of which are false.

Furthermore, Nagourney says RFK Jr not only “inveighs” against vaccines, especially Covid vaccinations, but has adopted other weird “unorthodox” views (implication: orthodox views are good) over the years.

One is his claim that Sirhan Sirhan did not kill his father Senator Robert F. Kennedy.  Nagourney might do a smidgen of research and discover that Kennedy is correct; but doing so would disrupt the flow of his ad hominem attack. 

All serious writers on the case know that the senator was not shot by Sirhan; they know there are deep CIA connections to the assassination. The evidence conclusively proves, as the autopsy has shown, that Sirhan was in front of the senator when he fired his pistol but RFK was shot from the rear at very close range with all bullets entering his body from the rear.

Nagourney either knows nothing about the assassination or is dissembling the facts, which must be “unorthodox.”

Sounding like a US government spokesmen telling the press something is true without an iota of evidence, he writes the following sentence as if it were true simply because he wrote it, while making sure not to mention the book’s title – The Real Fauci: Bill Gates, Big Pharma, and the Global War on Democracy – a brilliant, deeply researched and sourced book The Times will not review:

In a best-selling new book, he claimed that Dr Anthony S. Fauci, who is President Biden’s top medical adviser for the coronavirus pandemic, and Bill Gates, the co-founder of Microsoft, were in cahoots with the pharmaceutical industry to profiteer off dangerous vaccines.

Notice Nagourney’s insidious method. State RFK’s claim as if it’s false because Nagourney stated it, when in fact it is so abundantly true and backed up by massive evidence that if Nagourney dared to engage in actual journalism by checking Kennedy’s book he would discover it.

But his job is not to search for truth but to defile a man’s reputation. He accuses Kennedy of circulating false information on the coronavirus and the vaccines but of course doesn’t say what that is or why it is false.

His entire article is an ad hominem attack by statement with the author cunningly hidden behind deceitful objectivity.

He writes:

To the public distress of his wife, the actress Cheryl Hines, Mr. Kennedy invoked Anne Frank, the young German-Dutch diarist who died in a Nazi prison camp, as he compared government measures for containing the pandemic with the Holocaust at that rally in Washington.

However, that is not what he said.  He said that during the Holocaust Anne Frank could hide for a while and others could flee out of Germany, but with the new “turnkey totalitarianism” being introduced today, which is technological, it will be harder to escape, for every aspect of life will be monitored by the authorities in a digital dystopia.

Such a perspective is in no way unusual, for it is shared by many scholars of technology and only the most naïve would consider it eccentric. His point and words were twisted to serve others’ purposes and to paint him as an insensitive Holocaust denier.  Here’s what he said:

What we’re seeing today is what I call turnkey totalitarianism. They are putting in place all of these technological mechanisms for control we’ve never seen before. It’s been the ambition of every totalitarian state since the beginning of mankind to control every aspect of behavior, of conduct, of thought and to obliterate dissent. None of them have been able to do it. They didn’t have the technological capacity.

Even in Hitler’s Germany, you could cross the Alps into Switzerland. You could hide in an attic like Anne Frank did. I visited in 1962 East Germany with my father and met people who had climbed the wall and escaped, so it was possible. Many died … but it was possible.

Yet his sister Kerry also ripped him for making a statement that was clearly true if you accept his argument about the technological lockdowns in progress.  You can disagree (I don’t) but to impugn his intentions and his words is really despicable, but Nagourney adds it to his ad hominem attacks, making sure to include his sister Kerry’s Tweet:

Bobby’s lies and fear-mongering yesterday were both sickening and repulsive. I strongly condemn him for his hateful rhetoric.

Nagourney: “Even his most prominent critics say they do not doubt his sincerity, even as he has become one of the most prominent spreaders of misinformation on vaccines.”

Translation: RFK Jr means well but he’s deluded.

Big Daddy Fauci is introduced to tell the young whippersnapper the following after Kennedy delivered a briefing at The National Institutes of Health:

When it was over, Dr Fauci walked Mr Kennedy out of the conference room. “I said, ‘Bobby, I’m sorry we didn’t come to any agreement here,’” he said. “‘Although I disagree factually with everything you are saying, I do understand and I respect that deep down you are really concerned about the safety of children.’ I said that in a very sincere way.”

Condescension and sincerity overflow as the “conspiracy theorist” patient is told by the good doctor that he means well but needs help.

Then, making sure to include The New York Times endlessly repeated CIA talking point, our no-nothing author writes:

The assassination of President John F. Kennedy, his uncle, in 1963, when Robert was 9, helped foster a modern culture of conspiracy theories. Now, many of the arguments that Mr Kennedy has embraced — including that Dr Fauci is part of a “historic coup d’état against Western democracy” — recall the theories of a secret assassin helping Lee Harvey Oswald from the grassy knoll in Dallas.

That it was the CIA that weaponized the use of the term “conspiracy theory” in a 1967 dispatch – #1035-960 – in order to disparage those questioning The Warren Commission and its cover-up of the CIA’s role in JFK’s assassination is another fact that our fair-minded scribe conveniently omits while insidiously implying that Lee Harvey Oswald killed JFK. 

Yes, there are magic bullets and magical tricks used to make sure RFK, Jr. is seen as a “sincere” nutcase.

RFK Jr has been and is an astute critic of the CIA and all its machinations, including its involvement in the assassinations of his uncle JFK, his father Senator Robert F. Kennedy, its involvement in the COVID propaganda, and in its extensive deadly deeds and disinformation at home and abroad.

His critical siblings praise him for his great intelligence and political acumen but seem clueless themselves.  So they ally with the same media that have been stenographers for the CIA.  The Kennedy family may be very well known, but in these ways they are very typical of American families that are divided by those who know and those who don’t know who the real devils are.

But let me make two final points about this sickening piece of character assassination.

RFK Jr has spent decades as an environmental lawyer fighting the pollution of our air, earth, and water. In other words, the pollution also of human beings who live in nature while nature lives in us. Some people know the outside and the inside are connected. Yet Nagourney bemoans the tragic turn he took from such good work with the environment to such terrible work with Children’s Health Defense and vaccines. He writes:

The swerve in Mr Kennedy’s career, from the environment to vaccines, is particularly startling because for many family members and other Kennedy associates, Robert Kennedy Jr is the sibling who most recalls the level of charisma and political appeal of his late father.

Startling? No, very consistent for one who can think.

There is an obvious link between the major corporate polluters of the outside environment and the major polluters of human bodies.  Big pharmaceutical, oil, chemical, agribusiness, military, etc. are an interrelated lot of criminal enterprises despoiling all life on earth.  Kennedy’s lifetime work has followed a natural trajectory and underlying it all is his critique of the CIA and its media accomplices, such as The New York Times.

Yes, those family and friends who say he’s brilliant are right, and he is following in his father’s footsteps in ways they do not grasp; for he is able to connect the dots, diagnose the patterns, and expose with facts the criminal syndicates that are destroying democracy and so many lives.

The reason The New York Times publishes hit pieces like this and does not review his recent books is because his critique of these nefarious forces has gained a large audience and as a result many people are awakening to the truths concealed by the likes of the paper of record” with its propaganda.

Hit pieces like Nagourney’s should cause anyone reading it intense “anguish.”  There is nothing “mystifying” about it.

It’s simply disgraceful and deceitful.


Edward Curtin is an independent writer whose work has appeared widely over many years. His website is edwardcurtin.com and his new book is Seeking Truth in a Country of Lies.

♦️♦️♦️

I had my doubts back then but no, I was correct – Sean Hannity is a complete moron

Sean Hannity Calls for Putin Assassination as Ultimate Retardedness Intensifies

by Andrew Anglin, originally published March 3, 2022 by the Daily Stormer

Sean Hannity

On Wednesday night, Fox News host Sean Hannity called for the assassination of Vladimir Putin, saying he has “forfeit his right to live.”

He first said that he hoped that people around him assassinate him, then he called for a change in international law which prohibits the assassination of foreign leaders.

https://platform.twitter.com/embed/Tweet.html?dnt=true&embedId=twitter-widget-0&features=eyJ0ZndfZXhwZXJpbWVudHNfY29va2llX2V4cGlyYXRpb24iOnsiYnVja2V0IjoxMjA5NjAwLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X2hvcml6b25fdHdlZXRfZW1iZWRfOTU1NSI6eyJidWNrZXQiOiJodGUiLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X3NwYWNlX2NhcmQiOnsiYnVja2V0Ijoib2ZmIiwidmVyc2lvbiI6bnVsbH19&frame=false&hideCard=false&hideThread=false&id=1499214960588726272&lang=en&origin=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.unz.com%2Faanglin%2Fsean-hannity-calls-for-putin-assassination-as-ultimate-retardedness-intensifies%2F&sessionId=04dadb0f85a520e6f8712f439d2fffaef0eb1819&theme=light&widgetsVersion=2582c61%3A1645036219416&width=500px

It’s really like deja vu all over again to see Fox News – Hannity in particular – back on his game from twenty years ago. I remember watching this guy during the Iraq War talking about all of the atrocities that Saddam Hussein was committing, and going into this unhinged rage about how America needs to kill people.

There is only so much I can even take. He had Ari Fleischer on.

For those younger among you – Fleischer is a Jewish neocon who served as George Bush’s version of Jen Psaki during the Iraq invasion. He was the press secretary who kept talking about intelligence showing Saddam had weapons of mass destruction and was planning to invade America.

Someone who did what Fleischer did, playing this role in faking this hoax that got thousands of Americans killed and millions of Arabs – for literally no reason other than the alleged security interests of Israel – would retire from public life completely, in total shame. Or, in his case, he might move to Israel, and get a job there. But instead, he is brought on as an expert on how we need to do a really serious war against Russia.

Hannity is claiming that Putin is losing the war so badly that he has begun using cluster bombs on civilian neighborhoods. This is the wackiest thing.

The biggest difference between this and Iraq is that when Hannity was pumping that war, three large buildings had just been blown up in New York City.

The other big difference is that after Donald Trump, who did succeed in changing America’s mind about foreign wars, this conservative agenda for war cannot yet include calls for an American invasion of Russia, or even boots on the ground in the Ukraine to fight Russian soldiers.

But that will change. They are hyping up this atrocity propaganda to maximum level, as they prepare to call for a no-fly zone aggressively, which will mean starting a war with Russia. Please remember that this is at the same time they are saying that Putin has gone completely insane, and will start firing nukes if he is backed into a corner. It seems like if you actually believed that, you’d be saying “maybe we should just agree to talks with Russia, restore Ukraine’s neutrality status, and end the war.”

Understand that: this could be ended at any time by simply ending the push for the Ukraine to join NATO and the EU. Putin isn’t going to give back the south of the country, but he’d let them keep Kiev and most of the rest of the country if the Americans and NATO simply agreed to go back to neutrality. He’s said that clearly.

Hannity and Fox were the key figures pushing the idea that Saddam Hussein was responsible for 911, and that he had weapons of mass destruction. So I guess it shouldn’t be surprising he is pushing these “mindlessly slaughtering women and children” narratives. But it’s still wild to see.

There is a woman, Victoria Spartz, who is apparently a Ukrainian-American Congressperson, who I didn’t even know existed. She has a thick accent. She was on Hannity Wednesday night saying that gangs of mercenaries are going into villages and shooting women and children.

Because they can’t call for open war yet, the main thing that Fox News is calling for is energy sanctions, blocking the sale of all Russian energy to the West.

Those are probably coming. I don’t know how they couldn’t be, with the pitch that this narrative has reached.

I saw that black woman on Fox News, I forget her name (she is very white presenting and the only black female host on Fox), and she was saying that it will spike the price of gasoline in an extreme way, but said that Americans should start riding bicycles as a sacrifice for the democracy of the Ukraine.

I’m not joking. I wish I had the clip. She said that people should give up driving cars and start riding bicycles in order to protect human rights in the Ukraine.

It’s just…

Imagine what the Jews have done to the Palestinians in recent memory. Imagine the invasion of Lebanon.

Also, do people remember Rwanda? And all of these other wars in Africa where entire villages were getting machine-gunned down or chopped up with machetes?

What about what is going on right now in Yemen, which is supported by the United States? No one can say that is not much worse than what is happening in the Ukraine.

And that is without even going into what the United States has done itself in my lifetime. The invasion of Iraq was a complete slaughter. The US killed millions of people. They leveled the entire city of Baghdad. It was just indiscriminate slaughter.

Also – it took 20 days. People keep saying “Putin is losing the war because it is taking him a week to win.” Well, Iraq was “shock and awe.” No one can say Putin is doing “shock and awe.” Even in Kharkiv – Fox News itself, the lead propaganda outlet, was whining about four (4) civilian deaths yesterday. They said the entire civilian death toll – which I guarantee is mostly partisans throwing Molotovs at soldiers and trucks – is less than 2,000, through the entire week. I don’t know how that jives with “going into villages and slaughtering everyone.”

The strategy of saying “Biden isn’t doing the war hard enough” is smart. I mean, Biden’s people started the war by trying to move NATO into the Ukraine, and completely refusing to negotiate on neutrality. Russia gave a list of demands that were really reasonable – just saying “we just don’t want NATO on our border, we need a buffer. We’ve tolerated this endless expansion, but now it’s on our direct border, and you’re talking about short range missiles openly, and this is a red line. Please just back off and let’s have peace.”

Biden’s people refused to even discuss this, and kept walking out of meetings, or refusing to meet at all.

So, Biden started the war – but he isn’t fighting the war hard enough. That’s their narrative.

Fox keeps playing this clip of Kamala Harris saying “basically, the Ukraine is a country…”

https://platform.twitter.com/embed/Tweet.html?dnt=true&embedId=twitter-widget-1&features=eyJ0ZndfZXhwZXJpbWVudHNfY29va2llX2V4cGlyYXRpb24iOnsiYnVja2V0IjoxMjA5NjAwLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X2hvcml6b25fdHdlZXRfZW1iZWRfOTU1NSI6eyJidWNrZXQiOiJodGUiLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X3NwYWNlX2NhcmQiOnsiYnVja2V0Ijoib2ZmIiwidmVyc2lvbiI6bnVsbH19&frame=false&hideCard=false&hideThread=false&id=1498744412586848263&lang=en&origin=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.unz.com%2Faanglin%2Fsean-hannity-calls-for-putin-assassination-as-ultimate-retardedness-intensifies%2F&sessionId=04dadb0f85a520e6f8712f439d2fffaef0eb1819&theme=light&widgetsVersion=2582c61%3A1645036219416&width=500px

I am about as critical of that bitch as I am of anyone, but the clip is from “The Morning Hustle.” It’s a black show. She is trying to get black people on board with the war, and when you are talking to black people about something like this, you have to start with “basically, the Ukraine is a country.”

I’m not defending Kamala, but it’s the dumbest attack.

The West is Getting These People Slaughtered

There is zero chance that the Ukraine can win a war against Russia. That is an insane proposal.

This is like if Texas tried to secede and it was invaded by the US Military and the Russian media was broadcasting nonstop propaganda that the Texas National Guard was going to win a war against the US military, because Texans have such a strong fighting spirit.

Whatever you think of Russia, this is a matter of numbers. Adolf Hitler – who had a pretty good army – sent nearly 4 million troops to fight Russia with at the time extremely advanced weaponry, and lost really badly.

There is nothing more irresponsible than the West continuing to tell the Ukrainians they can win this war, that they are going to send them all these weapons, and they will repel the invasion. The Ukrainian media is saying the same thing, and is trying to block all Russian media that is trying to explain to these people the basic math of the situation.

The West is saying they’re sending all these weapons – how are they going to get the weapons into the country? Russia already bombed all the airfields, and Russia has complete control of all Ukrainian airspace. There is no possible way to fly weapons in. So they are going to do what? They are going to drive the weapons in across the Polish border?

Even if Russia didn’t bomb the weapons convoys – or just stop them on the road – there is no possible way they are going to get the weapons into Kiev, which is already surrounded. Honestly, I don’t even understand what these people are talking about when they say they are sending all these weapons. It has been sort of addressed in the media, they’ve at least noted it for anyone who has basic cognitive functionality, and they’ve said they don’t know how the weapons are going to get into the country.

Even with massive amounts of Western military hardware, Ukraine would still lose the war – it would just mean that a lot more people would die. But right now, making this claim about Western weapons is just a way to give these people false hope, and keep them shoving themselves into a meat grinder.

https://platform.twitter.com/embed/Tweet.html?dnt=true&embedId=twitter-widget-2&features=eyJ0ZndfZXhwZXJpbWVudHNfY29va2llX2V4cGlyYXRpb24iOnsiYnVja2V0IjoxMjA5NjAwLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X2hvcml6b25fdHdlZXRfZW1iZWRfOTU1NSI6eyJidWNrZXQiOiJodGUiLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X3NwYWNlX2NhcmQiOnsiYnVja2V0Ijoib2ZmIiwidmVyc2lvbiI6bnVsbH19&frame=false&hideCard=false&hideThread=false&id=1498994887164899328&lang=en&origin=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.unz.com%2Faanglin%2Fsean-hannity-calls-for-putin-assassination-as-ultimate-retardedness-intensifies%2F&sessionId=04dadb0f85a520e6f8712f439d2fffaef0eb1819&theme=light&widgetsVersion=2582c61%3A1645036219416&width=500px

The West is also implying that there might be a NATO no-fly zone over the Ukraine, or some other form of serious military aid. They are just filling the minds of the people with dreams of lollipops and candy canes.

No sane person thinks that the Ukraine is going to win this war. It is just utterly goofy nonsense.

What the West wants is as many dead civilians and bombed out buildings as possible, so they are stringing the Ukrainian military, and whatever percentage of the civilian population is against a Russian takeover (that isn’t clear, but we know from pre-Maidan elections that it is less than half). They are trying to create a massive atrocity situation.

This is why they are advising the Ukrainian military to take up positions in residential areas or other areas with high civilian populations. They are trying to force Russians to kill as many civilians as possible. (Obviously, in any war, civilians are going to die, but Russia went in with a policy of minimizing civilian casualties at the expensive of higher Russian military casualties.)

The footage we’ve seen from Kharkiv specifically shows that they are seeing some success with this strategy. As we’ve reported, the mayor of Kharkiv tried to surrender to the Russian military, but then the Ukraine military moved in more heavily and started fighting the Russians.

https://platform.twitter.com/embed/Tweet.html?dnt=true&embedId=twitter-widget-3&features=eyJ0ZndfZXhwZXJpbWVudHNfY29va2llX2V4cGlyYXRpb24iOnsiYnVja2V0IjoxMjA5NjAwLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X2hvcml6b25fdHdlZXRfZW1iZWRfOTU1NSI6eyJidWNrZXQiOiJodGUiLCJ2ZXJzaW9uIjpudWxsfSwidGZ3X3NwYWNlX2NhcmQiOnsiYnVja2V0Ijoib2ZmIiwidmVyc2lvbiI6bnVsbH19&frame=false&hideCard=false&hideThread=false&id=1498911849307422725&lang=en&origin=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.unz.com%2Faanglin%2Fsean-hannity-calls-for-putin-assassination-as-ultimate-retardedness-intensifies%2F&sessionId=04dadb0f85a520e6f8712f439d2fffaef0eb1819&theme=light&widgetsVersion=2582c61%3A1645036219416&width=500px

No one wants to see death and destruction, other than the West, who wants to paint Putin as a mass murdering psychopath who indiscriminately slaughters civilians.

Basically, the Western strategy is to force Russia to completely level much of the Ukraine. That means, in any rational analysis, that the West is completely responsible for all of the deaths in the Ukraine. The only logical thing for the Ukraine to do would have been to immediately surrender, and for Zelensky to resign, and to allow the Russians to install an intermediary government to hold new elections, at which point neutrality could be reinstated.

Everyone who knows anything understands that the current government of the Ukraine is a revolutionary government installed by the West, following the revolution they funded in 2014. And everyone understands that this government is only able to hold power by banning opposition media and opposition political figures (there have also been assassinations). Putin tolerated this, as long as neutrality was maintained, but the West refused to maintain neutrality, and attempted to get Ukraine into NATO and the EU.

The level of disinformation coming out of the media is completely out of control. It’s actually shocking. The fact that the right-wing is going along with this lunacy really proves that there is not any kind of solution to the problems of the United States. We are just doomed. The media has complete control over people’s thoughts. I think many conservatives will be willing to pay $9 for a gallon of gas – or ride a bike through the snow to the grocery store – in order to back the fight against the evil Russian regime.

Tucker Carlson is going to be taken off the air, social media is going to continue to be censored even further, and people will be convinced that they are only good people if they agree to submit to these sanctions. A free society is not compatible with a ubiquitous and ubiquitously censored mass electronic media.